# Welcome to LandScale documentation

Welcome to the LandScale documentation! Here, we provide comprehensive guidance for setting up a landscape initiative profile, evaluating your landscape initiative’s progress through maturity evaluations, and monitoring your landscape’s health through structured baseline performance assessments and reassessments.

{% hint style="info" %}
Looking to support a landscape initiative? Visit [our website](https://www.landscale.org/how-it-works-supporters/) to learn how to explore initiatives on LandScale, access credible insights, and find opportunities to engage and support their work.
{% endhint %}

## Explore key resources

Explore our guidance to learn more about LandScale’s services and how they work, helping you navigate the platform and assessment and evaluation processes confidently and effectively.

### Get started with LandScale

Learn the foundational steps for launching a landscape initiative on the LandScale platform—a central hub to showcase your initiative’s work and engage stakeholders.

{% content-ref url="/pages/KpfXr2QnDgscQAqTjce6" %}
[Set up LandScale profile](/profile-setup/set-up-landscale-profile)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Landscape initiative maturity evaluation

Assess the maturity of your landscape initiative through an evaluation of the elements that underpin resilience—including governance and organizational foundations—helping surface strengths, identify gaps, and prioritize development to enable informed, deliberate progress over time.&#x20;

{% content-ref url="/pages/5NzW7exJl6ZF5YsUzuhN" %}
[Landscape initiative maturity ](/landscape-initiative-maturity/get-started-with-landscape-initiative-maturity)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Baseline assessment guidelines

Build a holistic understanding of your landscape’s current conditions through structured baseline performance assessments, establishing a foundation for future evaluations.

{% content-ref url="/spaces/yud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle" %}
[Assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Reassessment guidelines&#x20;

Track progress over time by conducting performance monitoring reassessments, helping adapt strategies based on changes and emerging priorities within the landscape.

{% content-ref url="/spaces/zQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y" %}
[Reassessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/reassessment-guidelines/)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Need additional support?

No matter where you are in your journey with LandScale, access tools, resources, and expert guidance to strengthen and manage your landscape initiative with confidence.

<table data-card-size="large" data-view="cards" data-full-width="false"><thead><tr><th></th><th data-type="content-ref"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="image">Cover image</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><h4>Visit the website</h4><p>Explore the LandScale website for more detailed information and additional resources.</p></td><td><a href="https://landscale.org/">https://landscale.org/</a></td><td data-object-fit="contain"><a href="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FwMrNpmwHDLtA4P5UG6HR%2Fwebsite%20screenshot.png?alt=media&amp;token=ad6216d0-f9f8-4443-8f18-3d612c3e413e">website screenshot.png</a></td></tr><tr><td><h4>Access the platform</h4><p>Log into the LandScale platform to use tools and features designed to support your landscape initiative.</p></td><td><a href="https://platform.landscale.org/">https://platform.landscale.org/</a></td><td data-object-fit="contain"><a href="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FkGYHHZpIocwyDrJ0oA3Z%2Fplatform%20screenshot.png?alt=media&amp;token=6806387e-88b9-4c3b-a5a3-233c3438cdad">platform screenshot.png</a></td></tr><tr><td><h4>Help resources</h4><p>Browse FAQs, user guides, and troubleshooting tips to navigation the LandScale ecosystem smoothly.</p></td><td><a href="/about/support/help-center">Help center</a></td><td><a href="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FZfnJOTT2GOwpoddffoeY%2FPlatform_Illustrations_Assessment%20guidance.png?alt=media&amp;token=8104628d-6cf8-44fa-81b5-b633854c2e5f">Platform_Illustrations_Assessment guidance.png</a></td></tr><tr><td><h4>Contact us</h4><p>If you have any questions or need personalized assistance, feel free to reach out via email. We’re here to help!</p></td><td><a href="mailto:landscale@ra.org">mailto:landscale@ra.org</a></td><td><a href="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2F7DZAMyv22psko239o3WB%2FPlatform_Illustrations_Landscape%20supporter%20Guidence-Landscape%20supporter%20guidance.png?alt=media&amp;token=eea3b4b9-2afb-48c6-b544-05db0365d81f">Platform_Illustrations_Landscape supporter Guidence-Landscape supporter guidance.png</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Set up LandScale profile

Creating a LandScale profile is the first step in establishing your landscape initiative on the platform. Your profile serves as a central hub to showcase your initiative’s work, providing visibility to key stakeholders, funders, and partners.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FYuIBn4Th8mJh8P7GJQhJ%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7acd1352-1164-4c40-94ee-61c6dadac7f9" alt="Screenshot of the LandScale home page when logged in. From the LandScale home page, click &#x27;Create a new landscape&#x27; to start a new landscape initiative profile."><figcaption><p>Log into your LandScale account and click 'Create a new landscape' to get started.</p></figcaption></figure>

A free LandScale profile provides an overview of your landscape, including its geographic boundary, key characteristics, and involved stakeholders. By setting up a profile, you create a foundation for greater engagement, transparency, and collaboration.&#x20;

Specifically, you can showcase:

* The **landscape boundary**, including its size, location, and type (jurisdictional, watershed, stakeholder-defined).
* **Key characteristics**, such as population and traded commodities.
* A **narrative about the landscape**, highlighting its challenges, opportunities, and the initiative's vision for the future.
* **Key stakeholders** involved in the initiative, including their roles and levels of involvement.
* **Contact details** so others can get in touch.

Once your profile is set up, you can expand it by evaluating your [landscape initiative maturity](/landscape-initiative-maturity/get-started-with-landscape-initiative-maturity) or conducting a [LandScale assessment](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/), allowing you to validate and showcase deeper insights into your sustainability efforts.&#x20;

Your profile can be shared publicly through a dedicated link, making it a useful tool for disclosures, reporting, and attracting potential investors or partners. The platform also enables you to explore and connect with other landscape initiatives, fostering collaboration and knowledge exchange.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2F6M3bq1lAwssBOQzjRkv4%2FScreenshot%202026-04-13%20175314.png?alt=media&amp;token=21f66689-03bb-42b4-9b3a-b4f189ef809a" alt="Screenshot of an example landscape initiative profile on LandScale, displaying its &#x27;About&#x27; section, encompassing information about the landscape and a map of its boundary."><figcaption><p>Example of a landscape initiative profile on LandScale.</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Import an existing Terraso or SourceUp profile**

Already have a landscape initiative profile on [**Terraso**](http://app.terraso.org/)? You can easily import it to LandScale and get set up in minutes. Simply navigate to your profile settings and select 'Import profile.'

If you have a profile on [**SourceUp**](https://sourceup.org/), make sure you are registered on LandScale and contact us via the Help Desk so we can support you with the import.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FPO85SUl52FDY9WSrzOBy%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=e7000322-34d3-4d24-83e7-31545ccdb7c2" alt="Screenshot of the profile settings where users can access an &#x27;import profile&#x27; button to import an existing Terraso profile."><figcaption><p>To import an existing Terraso profile, navigate to 'Settings' and click 'Import profile.' </p></figcaption></figure>


# Get started with landscape initiative maturity

Landscape initiatives bring together multiple stakeholders—such as local communities, businesses, governments, and other key actors—within a defined geographic area to address sustainability challenges like deforestation, biodiversity loss, and livelihoods. Their strength lies in aligning diverse interests around shared goals, actions, and investments to drive long-term resilience at scale.

As landscape and jurisdictional approaches gain recognition as essential tools for building resilient supply chains and mitigating risks, there is a growing need for a common framework to evaluate and strengthen the maturity of these initiatives. A shared understanding of what makes an initiative credible and effective ensures that resources are directed toward those with the highest potential for impact as well as initiatives where targeted support can address gaps and enhance their effectiveness.

Our guidelines provide detailed instructions on how to evaluate initiative maturity using LandScale. Planning ahead and understanding the framework's requirements will help ensure an efficient process and high-quality results.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FtpOH0Tnbk3YhAWuGChgi%2FScreenshot%202026-04-13%20115659.png?alt=media&amp;token=d487fa87-ccde-4907-bb5c-df93afc4ce7b" alt="Screenshot of the landscape initiative maturity wheel on a landscape initiative profile on LandScale."><figcaption><p>Example of the landscape initiative maturity wheel on a LandScale profile.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Understanding landscape initiative maturity

The [landscape initiative maturity framework](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework) provides a standardized and credible way to evaluate a landscape initiative’s progress, identify strengths and gaps, and guide development toward widely accepted best practices for Integrated Landscape Management. By doing so, it helps enhance the credibility, effectiveness, and impact of landscape initiatives.&#x20;

Originally based on [CDP's Maturity Matrix](https://www.cdp.net/en/insights/meeting-nature-goals-landscape-and-jurisdictional-approaches), the framework was further developed by the [ISEAL-convened Landscape Practitioner Network](https://isealalliance.org/what-we-do/sustainability-issues/climate-biodiversity-and-nature/core-criteria-mature-landscape), which introduced specific sub-criteria to improve clarity and ease of implementation. As a result, the framework consists of four core criteria, which are further divided into 12 evaluable sub-criteria.

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to the [collective position paper webpage](https://www.landscale.org/guides/landscape-initiative-maturity-paper/) to learn more about how the landscape initiative maturity framework was developed.
{% endhint %}

Once validated by LandScale, maturity evaluation results will be visible on the respective initiative's profile and can be easily shared with supporting organizations. For example, companies disclosing to CDP can reference the profiles of initiatives they support to demonstrate their maturity. Similarly, companies setting Science-Based Targets for Nature must provide details on the maturity of any initiative they engage with as part of their Landscape Engagement target.

By completing a LandScale profile and evaluating their maturity, initiatives not only gain visibility and credibility but also receive structured feedback from the LandScale team, highlighting where further development is needed.

## Evaluate landscape initiative maturity

To evaluate their maturity, landscape initiatives must respond to the relevant questions for each sub-criteria they aim to meet. Once the required information and supporting documentation are uploaded to the LandScale platform and submitted for validation, LandScale validators will review the submission to confirm the extent to which sub-criteria have been credibly met. Upon validation, the results will be published on the initiative’s profile.

By evaluating and validating their maturity with LandScale, landscape initiatives can:

* **Showcase progress** to key stakeholders, including supply chain companies, donors, and investors.&#x20;
* **Identify areas for growth**, highlighting where additional support and resources could further strengthen the initiative.&#x20;
* **Increase credibility and transparency**, making it easier for companies and organizations to engage with and support the initiative.

By completing this process, landscape initiatives gain structured feedback on their current maturity level and areas for further development, ensuring they continue to progress toward long-term sustainability and impact.&#x20;

Review [how to complete the evaluation](/landscape-initiative-maturity/get-started-with-landscape-initiative-maturity/how-to-complete-the-evaluation) for a step-by-step guide on navigating the evaluation process on the LandScale platform.

## Explore each core criterion's requirements

Review the full [landscape initiative maturity framework](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework), learn how [maturity progress levels](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework/landscales-maturity-rubric) are assigned, and explore each core criterion to understand its sub-criteria and the information LandScale requires for validation.

<table data-card-size="large" data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th data-type="content-ref"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="image">Cover image</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><h4>Scale</h4><p>Ensure the landscape boundary is appropriately scaled.</p></td><td><a href="/landscape-initiative-maturity/scale">Scale</a></td><td><a href="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FCVuf5Ag3PDlygzg5N1YK%2FPlatform_Illustrations_Artworked_New%202026_Scale.png?alt=media&amp;token=541c0987-c413-491d-9a7b-e1d8850990a9">Platform_Illustrations_Artworked_New 2026_Scale.png</a></td></tr><tr><td><h4>Multi-stakeholder governance</h4><p>Clarify the initiative's governance structure and decision-making procedures.</p></td><td><a href="/landscape-initiative-maturity/multi-stakeholder-governance">Multi-stakeholder governance</a></td><td><a href="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FmwnXON8Il5Fgaeo1Cxje%2FPlatform_Illustrations_Artworked_New%202026_Multi-stakeholder%20governance.png?alt=media&amp;token=c391922d-39d7-4234-b28d-9e0096cc71f5">Platform_Illustrations_Artworked_New 2026_Multi-stakeholder governance.png</a></td></tr><tr><td><h4>Collective goals and actions</h4><p>Establish the initiative's sustainability goals and plan for achieving them.</p></td><td><a href="/landscape-initiative-maturity/collective-goals-and-actions">Collective goals and actions</a></td><td><a href="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2Fq3c1dOYvfiDmPfUyjotv%2FPlatform_Illustrations_Artworked_New%202026_Collective%20goals%20and%20actions.png?alt=media&amp;token=39e8e699-dbad-4b8d-8b8a-7afa1d3fc101">Platform_Illustrations_Artworked_New 2026_Collective goals and actions.png</a></td></tr><tr><td><h4>Collective monitoring</h4><p>Confirm the initiative's monitoring and reporting framework for tracking progress.</p></td><td><a href="/landscape-initiative-maturity/collective-monitoring">Collective monitoring</a></td><td><a href="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FPDQIqtTMf3BgZuSIp5dP%2FPlatform_Illustrations_Artworked_New%202026_Collective%20monitoring.png?alt=media&amp;token=363a6e80-2169-4d47-9cf5-0cc74dcf5705">Platform_Illustrations_Artworked_New 2026_Collective monitoring.png</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# How to complete the evaluation

The [landscape initiative maturity framework](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework) is structured around four core criteria, which are further divided into 12 evaluable sub-criteria. Each core criterion contains sub-criteria that are evaluated  based on defined requirements to determine how an initiative is progressing within the framework.

Landscape initiatives do not need to meet all sub-criteria to undergo an evaluation. The maturity framework is designed as a roadmap for continuous improvement, allowing initiatives to credibly showcase their current stage of development, while identifying areas for further strengthening over time.&#x20;

Because progress occurs gradually, meeting a sub-criterion may look different at different stages of maturity. To reflect this, each sub-criterion can be met at three [levels of maturity](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework/landscales-maturity-rubric), allowing initiatives to demonstrate and track their progress as they develop over time.

## Evaluate a sub-criterion

To begin evaluating a sub-criterion, first navigate to the 'Maturity' section of your profile, where your landscape initiative maturity information is displayed. Ensure the section is in '**Edit Mode**.' If it is not, click the dropdown menu and select the correct state.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FNbr6H4Lqn3FaALfPXcLV%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7577168a-2249-4697-afaf-e0d9fcdc8dab" alt="Screenshot of the maturity section of a landscape initiative profile on LandScale, identifying where the &#x27;Edit Mode&#x27; drop-down is located."><figcaption><p>To begin an evaluation, navigate to the 'Maturity' section and ensure it is in 'Edit Mode.'</p></figcaption></figure>

Next, navigate to the sub-criterion you want to work on and click on the right arrow to open the accordion containing its corresponding form.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FIWHuFHdJWfWh5gN1yVbW%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=43e94e76-23d3-465f-9db1-19f080aef519" alt="Screenshot of the maturity section of a landscape initiative profile on LandScale, indicating how to access the evaluation forms for each sub-criterion."><figcaption><p>Click on the arrow next to the sub-criterion you want to evaluate to open its corresponding form.</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2F9K58o60YxD5RDt6DJ7a9%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=06bcfa3c-7c38-4fdd-a035-dfd05a5ef5b1" alt="Screenshot of the scale sub-criterion form used for evaluation."><figcaption><p>Fill in the corresponding form with all relevant information to ensure a comprehensive evaluation.</p></figcaption></figure>

Before making changes, check the status of the sub-criterion:

* If the status is '**Not Started**,' '**In Progress**,' or '**Rejected**,' you can edit the fields directly.
* If the status is '**Submitted**,' the content cannot be edited because it is currently under review by LandScale validators.
* If the status is '**Approved**' (meaning it has previously been submitted for validation), the fields will not be editable. Instead, a 'Make changes' button will appear. Click this button and confirm in the modal to reopen the form and enter edit mode.

{% hint style="info" %}
When editing a sub-criterion that has previously been submitted for validation, you must start a new version by clicking 'Make changes.' If the latest validated version was set to public, it will remain visible to external users. Any updates made in the new version will only become visible once the revised version has been submitted and approved for validation.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FufN6WbWeFmav4Uvy14Ns%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=417c7d18-d31a-4d0e-9867-ed4a3559547d" alt="Screenshot of a sub-criterion that was validated, indicating where the &#x27;make changes&#x27; button is located."><figcaption><p>Click 'Make changes' to edit a sub-criterion that was previously submitted for validation.</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FBYDkGAVsUs5yI1bEOt0U%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=75bb2b61-ca79-431d-b51d-b7ef0e6bc37f" alt="Screenshot of the modal that appears after clicking &#x27;make changes&#x27; to enter edit mode of a previously submitted sub-criterion. Click &#x27;yes, edit&#x27; to proceed."><figcaption><p>Confirm that you would like to edit the previously submitted sub-criterion to reopen the form and enter edit mode.</p></figcaption></figure>

Each sub-criterion is divided into several sections containing a dedicated set of questions and a 'Save' button. You can add or update information in each section as needed. While no questions are mandatory, providing more complete information will support an accurate evaluation against the validation criteria.&#x20;

After entering the information, review the publish toggle to control whether the data will be visible to external users once validated by LandScale. If you do not want the information to be publicly visible, ensure the toggle is set to 'Private.'

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FmzObeSTlHV2in8r6ACp5%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=e42d08e3-6ae8-4350-83c1-2a3b503b7f74" alt="Screenshot of the publish toggle that enables users to control whether the data for each sub-criterion is public or private."><figcaption><p>Review the publish toggle to control whether the data is public or private.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Save changes to the sub-criterion

After adding all relevant information to a sub-criterion, click the '**Save**' button on each section where you have added or updated data.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FIIwPwC9M63fWANHunRVO%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=86a14828-0311-46cf-be60-6e63dcb673dd" alt="Screenshot of a sub-criterion form with the &#x27;save&#x27; button encircled."><figcaption><p>Click 'Save' on each section where you have added or updated data.</p></figcaption></figure>

After saving:

* If the sub-criterion was '**Not Started**,' it will change to '**In Progress**.'
* If the sub-criterion was '**In Progress**,' your latest edits will be stored, and the '**Last Saved**' date will update.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FN9gkdeY0wAzQ8N1irtwQ%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=95ee80fb-ebd8-4004-9889-5477c666acd8" alt="Screenshot of a saved form and the last saved date encircled."><figcaption><p>After saving any updates to the form, the 'Last Saved' date will automatically update.</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Saving does not submit your work**. A sub-criterion can only be submitted once all changes have been saved—unsaved changes will block submission. You can return and continue working on the evaluation at any time before it is submitted for validation.
{% endhint %}

## Submit the sub-criterion for validation

Submission is a global action, meaning all eligible sub-criteria are submitted at once.&#x20;

Before submitting for validation, ensure the following:

* **Save all edits:** The system will not allow submission if there are unsaved changes.
* **Review eligible sub-criteria:** Check the list of eligible sub-criteria displayed in the bar at the bottom of the screen and confirm you are satisfied with their content. If needed, scroll back to the relevant sub-criteria to review, edit, and save the information.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2Fnr0qgpBTuo5wtgywsBww%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=5b2a3842-f78e-4cef-a5a4-ac3402645ed9" alt="Screenshot of the bottom bar summarizing which sub-criteria are eligible for submission."><figcaption><p>Before submitting, review the eligible sub-criteria and confirm you are satisfied with their content.</p></figcaption></figure>

When you are ready to proceed, click the '**Submit**' button. This will open the submission modal displaying all of the sub-criteria that are eligible for submission. To be eligible for submission, a sub-criterion must be in the 'In Progress' state and fully saved (no pending edits).&#x20;

Review the list and confirm the submission by clicking '**Confirm & Submit**.' This will send the eligible sub-criteria for validation.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FN3RljbsbH6xZtJdSxEtT%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=2be77f3f-b577-4473-a9eb-d259093b2b55" alt="Screenshot of the modal that lists sub-criteria eligible for validation and a button to confirm and submit them."><figcaption><p>Review the list of sub-criteria eligible for validation and confirm the submission.</p></figcaption></figure>

After submission, a confirmation modal will appear explaining what happens next. The sub-criteria status will change to 'Submitted,' and the content will become locked (read‑only) until the validation process is completed.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FCW4cU7jAabhPWqqTQLWu%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=f8572852-8e82-4e8a-941d-de1b80634b44" alt="Screenshot of a sub-criterion submitted for validation, with indication of where the &#x27;Submited (under review)&#x27; status is located."><figcaption><p>Example of a sub-criterion submitted for validation.</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
LandScale validators cannot edit submitted content; they can only review and approve or reject each sub-criterion. Please **ensure the information provided is sufficient** to support evaluation against the validation criteria before submission.
{% endhint %}

## What happens after submission

After submission, a LandScale validator reviews the submitted content and assigns one of two outcomes: '**Approved**' or '**Rejected**.'

### If the sub-criterion is **approved**:

* The status of the sub-criterion will change to 'Approved.'
* You will receive a public validation remark from the LandScale validator alongside the assigned maturity level.&#x20;
* Any previously validated versions become historical versions, and the newly validated version becomes the current reference version displayed on the profile.
* Any sections with the publish flag set to public will become visible to external users. The validator remark and assigned maturity level will also be displayed publicly.
* The content becomes read-only. To make changes, you must start a new version by clicking 'Make changes.'

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FtH4mGYCiWL6jY6AhwIBt%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=e45e78dc-2734-4511-bd4d-488bb0dc006d" alt="Screenshot of an approved sub-criterion with a validator remark that says &#x22;well done!&#x22;."><figcaption><p>Example of an approved sub-criterion with a validation remark.</p></figcaption></figure>

To revise the content, click 'Make changes' and repeat the evaluation workflow. Starting a new version preserves the previous version as a historical record while allowing you to continue editing a new version. Once revisions are complete, you can resubmit the sub-criterion for validation.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
Starting a new version creates a historical snapshot of the previous validated version in the database. Access to historical versions will be available through the platform in a future release. For now, historical versions can be requested through the Help Desk.
{% endhint %}

### If the sub-criterion is **rejected**:

* The status of the sub-criterion will change to 'Rejected.'
* You will receive a private validation remark from the LandScale validator with guidance on what needs to be improved.&#x20;
* After reviewing the validator's remark, update the data accordingly and resubmit it for validation.

<figure><img src="https://1092486103-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F1jqV1juWebGTj2eaj7im%2Fuploads%2FfCtkZfpOsGFbOxoGPjSL%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=a19e48d8-da12-484c-b7a3-40df01c997a5" alt="Screenshot of a rejected sub-criterion with a validator remark indicating what requires attention."><figcaption><p>Example of a rejected sub-criterion with a validation remark indicating what requires attention.</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
There is no limit to how many times you can start a new version and resubmit a sub-criterion for validation. Validation is conducted on a first-come, first-served basis, so after resubmitting, there may be a short waiting period while validation takes place.
{% endhint %}


# Landscape initiative maturity framework

Mature landscape initiatives are defined by four core criteria essential to their effectiveness:&#x20;

1. **Scale:** The landscape initiative operates at the scale of a defined ecological, socioeconomic, or administrative area (refer to the [scale criterion](/landscape-initiative-maturity/scale#boundary-delineation-options) for boundary delineation options).
2. **Multi-stakeholder governance:** The landscape initiative is governed by a multi-stakeholder process or platform that has decision-making responsibility for the design, implementation, and monitoring of the initiative.
3. **Collective goals and actions:** Stakeholders in the landscape initiative have agreed on a set of long-term, landscape-scale sustainability goals and a collective action plan for achieving those goals.
4. **Collective monitoring:** The landscape initiative manages a collective monitoring and reporting framework that enables assessment and communication of progress toward the initiative's collective sustainability goals.

These core criteria, along with their sub-criteria detailed below, provide a roadmap for developing initiatives over time. Implementing these elements also serves as a safeguard, reducing risks in decision-making while enhancing positive social and environmental outcomes.

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to the [collective position paper webpage](https://www.landscale.org/guides/landscape-initiative-maturity-paper/) to access the full paper, which outlines the core criteria, their corresponding sub-criteria, and associated use cases.
{% endhint %}

## Operationalizing the maturity framework

To operationalize the maturity framework, it was translated into a practical evaluation approach that can be applied consistently across landscapes. The sub-criteria are applied in a structured way to assess the maturity of enabling structures and processes, as outlined in the table below:

<table><thead><tr><th width="153">Core criteria</th><th>Sub-criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Scale</td><td><ol><li><strong>Landscape-level scale:</strong></li></ol><p>The landscape initiative operates at a scale that:</p><ul><li>Is typically in the range of hundreds of thousands of hectares (though it may be larger or occasionally smaller, depending on the context).</li><li>Is sufficient to influence systemic conditions underlying its sustainability goals, such as through land use planning or policy reform.</li><li>Enables coherent area-level management through a multi-stakeholder governance process.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Multi-stakeholder governance process or platform</td><td><ol><li><strong>Participation from key stakeholders:</strong></li></ol><p>Includes active participation from key stakeholders in the landscape, including local community representatives in particular.</p><p></p><ol start="2"><li><strong>Alignment with governmental policies:</strong></li></ol><p>Engages directly with local government actors and seeks to align with progressive local, sub-national, and/or national government priorities and policies.</p><p></p><ol start="3"><li><strong>Governance and decision-making:</strong></li></ol><p>Has clear, transparent operating procedures and decision-making processes that support effective and inclusive stakeholder participation.</p><p></p><ol start="4"><li><strong>Coordination of actions and monitoring:</strong></li></ol><p>Plays a coordinating role in implementation for actions and monitoring across the landscape.</p><p></p><ol start="5"><li><strong>Implementation of safeguards:</strong></li></ol><p>Implements safeguards that minimize the risks of negative human rights or environmental impacts, while enhancing positive results for people and nature within the landscape.</p></td></tr><tr><td>Collective goals and actions</td><td><ol><li><strong>Collective sustainability goals:</strong> </li></ol><p>The collective sustainability goals:</p><ul><li>Are informed by a context analysis (or similar effort) to understand current landscape conditions and stakeholder priorities.</li><li>Encompass social, environmental, and economic priorities.</li><li>Are accompanied by measurable metrics, baseline data, and short and medium-term milestones.</li><li>Are reviewed regularly and revised as necessary to reflect the changing landscape context.</li></ul><p></p><ol start="2"><li><strong>Collective action plan:</strong></li></ol><p>The collective action plan:</p><ul><li>Addresses systemic issues by focusing on long-term solutions that can be embedded in local governance.</li><li>Reflects the diversity of land-use types and commodities present in the landscape.</li><li>Defines strategies and actions to achieve milestones and advance the sustainability goals.</li><li>Is agreed upon by participating stakeholders and made publicly available.</li><li>Is updated regularly to reflect progress and evolving funding realities.</li></ul><p></p><ol start="3"><li><strong>Funding and finance strategy:</strong></li></ol><p>The initiative is supported by a funding and finance strategy that:</p><ul><li>Accompanies the collective action plan and supports its long-term viability.</li><li>Identifies clear funding sources.</li><li>Seeks diversified and sustainable financing mechanisms to reduce reliance on a single source.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Collective monitoring</td><td><ol><li><strong>Baseline performance assessment and reporting:</strong></li></ol><p>A locally validated baseline assessment of ecological and socio-economic conditions across the landscape, supported by robust and transparent reporting.</p><p></p><ol start="2"><li><strong>Performance monitoring and reporting:</strong></li></ol><p>Locally validated monitoring of landscape-level performance against defined metrics and milestones linked to the collective sustainability goals, supported by robust and transparent reporting.</p><p></p><ol start="3"><li><strong>Activity monitoring and reporting:</strong> </li></ol><p>Monitoring of progress in implementing activities outlined in the collective action plan, supported by robust and transparent reporting.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
Maturity levels, which indicate the extent to which each sub-criterion is met, are outlined in the [LandScale's maturity rubric](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework/landscales-maturity-rubric) section of the guidelines.
{% endhint %}


# LandScale's maturity rubric

{% hint style="warning" %}
The beta version of LandScale's maturity rubric will be piloted with selected partners to assess usability, relevance, and level of effort, and to inform further refinement. We invite partners to contribute to this iterative process. If you are interested in participating in a pilot or accessing the rubric, please contact our Operations Manager, Hannah Grice, at [hgrice@ra.org](mailto:hgrice@ra.org?subject=I%20would%20like%20to%20participate%20in%20the%20LandScale%20landscape%20initiative%20maturity%20evaluation%20pilot).
{% endhint %}

To support a clearer and more consistent interpretation of initiative maturity, LandScale developed a **maturity rubric** to support reflection, learning, and continuous improvement across landscape initiatives.

The rubric introduces a set of indicative thresholds used to assign maturity levels, helping initiatives understand their current stage of development and identify areas for strengthening. It provides a practical lens for learning, decision-making, and communication, and offers additional insight into the enabling conditions and processes that contribute to landscape outcomes.

Recognizing the diversity of landscape contexts, the rubric is designed to be flexible and adaptable. Its thresholds are intended as guidance and should be interpreted in light of the specific context of each initiative, rather than as strict requirements.

## Understanding maturity progress

The maturity rubric provides a structured approach to interpreting a landscape initiative’s progress across the [maturity framework](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework)'s four core criteria:&#x20;

1. Scale.
2. Multi-stakeholder governance.
3. Collective goals and actions.
4. Collective monitoring.

Progress across these criteria can contribute to a more resilient initiative, better positioned to deliver sustainability impacts at scale.&#x20;

This progress is assessed at the sub-criterion level, indicating where a landscape initiative is situated along its maturity journey, and supporting the identification of its current stage of development, gaps, and areas for improvement.&#x20;

The 12 sub-criteria are assessed against **three progress levels**, described below. These descriptions provide a general indication of what each progress level represents; however, specific expectations and thresholds vary by sub-criterion.

### Maturity progress levels

The rubric sets out three progress levels—Building, Progressing, and Advanced—each representing a different stage of maturity.&#x20;

* **Building**: The initiative is at an early stage of development, evidenced by meeting a set of minimum requirements for the sub-criterion, though other factors may be taken into account.
* **Progressing**: The initiative has progressed beyond the early stage and is actively working toward meeting all key elements of the sub-criterion.
* **Advanced**: The initiative meets the thresholds for maturity, supported by documented evidence. This indicates that the initiative has addressed the core requirements of the sub-criterion; however, ongoing improvement should remain a continual objective of the initiative in order to maintain this level and progress toward additional good-practice performance.

As initiatives develop, they can move between levels through regular reassessments of their progress.

{% hint style="info" %}
A range of factors may influence a landscape initiative’s ability to progress against the maturity levels, including but not limited to:&#x20;

* The age and stage of development of the initiative.&#x20;
* The geographical, political, and socio-economic context.&#x20;
* The availability and accessibility of resources, such as financial capacity, staff expertise, and time required to support implementation.

These factors should be taken into account when interpreting progress against the maturity levels.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
The thresholds in the beta version of the rubric have been informed by the [maturity framework](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework) and refined through LandScale’s experience working with landscape initiatives. Ongoing consultation with implementers, along with iterative testing, will be essential to ensure the rubric is robust and widely applicable.
{% endhint %}

## How maturity progress is evaluated

Maturity progress is evaluated based on the extent to which an initiative meets a set of indicative thresholds for each sub-criterion. These thresholds describe each sub-criterion's minimum expected requirements, key elements, and types of supporting evidence associated with different stages of maturity.

Progress levels are assigned by LandScale validators, based on how closely an initiative is operating in line with these thresholds. In some cases, the assigned progress level may be informed by additional, context-specific considerations that are not explicitly captured in the rubric. Where this occurs, detailed validation notes will be provided to clearly document the rationale for the validator’s decision.

For step-by-step instructions on completing the evaluation and understanding what to expect during validation, refer to the [how to complete the evaluation](/landscape-initiative-maturity/get-started-with-landscape-initiative-maturity/how-to-complete-the-evaluation) section.

{% hint style="warning" %}
For pilot evaluations, submissions will be reviewed based on the completeness of information provided and the quality of supporting evidence. If you are interested in participating in a pilot or accessing the rubric, please contact our Operations Manager, Hannah Grice, at [hgrice@ra.org](mailto:hgrice@ra.org?subject=I%20would%20like%20to%20participate%20in%20the%20LandScale%20landscape%20initiative%20maturity%20evaluation%20pilot).
{% endhint %}


# Scale

The scale criterion evaluates whether the landscape initiative operates at a scale sufficient to influence the systemic conditions underlying its sustainability goals—for example, through land use planning, policy reform, or other structural interventions. The initiative's scale should also enable coherent area-level management through a multi-stakeholder governance process.&#x20;

While landscape initiatives typically cover hundreds of thousands of hectares, they can be larger or, in some cases, smaller—though they are usually at least 10,000 hectares. The landscape boundary must therefore be clearly delineated and appropriately scaled to support systemic impact and effective governance.

To assess these aspects, the criterion includes one sub-criterion:&#x20;

1. [Landscape-level scale](/landscape-initiative-maturity/scale/landscape-level-scale).

## Boundary delineation options

There are three options for delineating the landscape boundary:

<details>

<summary>Option 1: Jurisdiction</summary>

A jurisdiction represents a political-administrative unit where government authority is exercised. Jurisdictional boundaries, typically second or third-level administrative divisions such as municipalities, districts, counties, or cantons, are well-suited to the size range recommended for LandScale assessments (thousands to millions of hectares, depending on the context).

Note that the terminology and size of second and third-level jurisdictions vary across countries. For instance, municipalities in Brazil are often much larger than cantons in Costa Rica, although both are classified as second-level jurisdictions.

Using a jurisdictional boundary can facilitate collaboration with government bodies operating in the area. It also makes accessing publicly available datasets—particularly socio-economic data relevant to LandScale indicators and metrics—easier, as such data is often reported at the jurisdictional level. Jurisdiction-based assessments can support government initiatives by providing information to monitor impacts, manage resources, and attract investment.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Option 2: Catchment or watershed</summary>

A catchment (also known as a drainage basin or watershed) is an area where all precipitation flows to a common outlet, representing a natural hydrological unit. This boundary type is particularly useful for understanding water resource management, flow, and quality issues. It is especially relevant for LandScale users reliant on surface water, such as agricultural producers, extractive industries, government water authorities, or hydroelectric power suppliers.

Catchment boundaries can vary in size but typically align with the recommended landscape size for LandScale assessments, which is in the range of thousands to millions of hectares, depending on the context. Depending on the region, this could include entire catchments or sub-catchments.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Option 3: Stakeholder-defined landscape</summary>

This option allows users to define landscapes based on locally relevant combinations of ecological, political, economic, and socio-cultural dimensions. A stakeholder-defined landscape may be appropriate for users assessing sustainability performance over areas that do not correspond to jurisdictional or catchment/watershed boundaries.

Examples include companies evaluating sourcing areas, governments assessing the impact of large-scale infrastructure projects, or investors examining sustainability risks in specific regions. The stakeholder-defined boundary should ideally encompass key environmental, social, and economic features—including protected areas, [High Conservation Values](https://hcvnetwork.org/), major water bodies, human settlements, and significant production or processing facilities—that influence or are impacted by activities within the landscape.

A stakeholder-defined landscape boundary should not have gaps or discontinuities (i.e., multiple unconnected areas). Additionally, unless strongly justified, the boundary should avoid overly contorted or irregular shapes. For example, the boundary should not create narrow, elongated areas of excluded land ('fingers') that extend into included areas, as this can complicate data collection and assessment processes.

</details>

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to the [assessment guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary) for further guidance on defining the landscape boundary.
{% endhint %}


# Landscape-level scale

This sub-criterion assesses whether the landscape initiative operates at a scale appropriate for advancing its collective sustainability goals, and whether the boundary has been agreed upon by stakeholders, as demonstrated through a clear and well-documented justification.

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative operates within a clearly defined and appropriately scaled boundary, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the landscape-level scale sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="234">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Landscape boundary file.</td><td>The landscape boundary is submitted in the required format (.shp or .kml), forms a single contiguous area, and covers at least 10,000 hectares (or the size is otherwise justified).</td></tr><tr><td>Boundary type.</td><td><p>The boundary type is indicated as one of the provided delineation options: </p><ul><li>Jurisdiction.</li><li>Catchment/watershed.</li><li>Stakeholder-defined landscape.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td><p></p><p>Evidence to demonstrate that the boundary is appropriately scaled to support the landscape initiative's goals. </p></td><td><p>Based on the selected boundary type, evidence should demonstrate that the boundary is appropriately scaled: </p><ul><li>If jurisdiction is selected, it aligns with an official first-, second-, or third-order jurisdiction (up to 10% deviation permitted).</li><li>If catchment/watershed is selected, it aligns with the relevant catchment/watershed (up to 10% deviation permitted).</li><li>If stakeholder-defined boundary is selected, it is justified with a clear explanation of how it was delineated—including how it was agreed upon and reflects the interests and priorities of multiple stakeholders, while aligning with the ambitions set out by the collective sustainability goals.</li></ul><p></p><p>In all cases, the rationale for the selected boundary is clearly explained and supported by:</p><ul><li>A justification statement explaining how and why the boundary was defined, how it is appropriate for addressing the collective sustainability goals, and how stakeholders were engaged in its delineation.</li><li>Evidence of alignment with governance structures, ecosystem functions, and/or socio-economic conditions. </li><li>Documentation of stakeholder engagement and consensus in defining the boundary, such as meeting notes, workshop outputs, formal agreements, or press releases. </li><li>An adjacency analysis conducted as part of the LandScale assessment (if applicable).</li></ul></td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the landscape-level scale sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Multi-stakeholder governance

The multi-stakeholder governance criterion evaluates whether a landscape initiative has an inclusive, transparent, and effective governance structure that enables collective decision-making and coordinated action for the design, implementation, and monitoring of the initiative.

A well-functioning multi-stakeholder process or platform should:

* Have **active participation by key stakeholders**, with a particular emphasis on engaging local community representatives and local government bodies.&#x20;
* Establish **clear operating procedures and decision-making structures** to ensure transparency and accountability.&#x20;
* Implement **safeguards** to minimize the risks of negative human rights or environmental impacts while enhancing positive outcomes for people and nature within the landscape.

To assess these aspects, the criterion is divided into five sub-criteria:&#x20;

1. [Participation from key stakeholders](/landscape-initiative-maturity/multi-stakeholder-governance/participation-from-key-stakeholders).
2. [Alignment with governmental policies.](/landscape-initiative-maturity/multi-stakeholder-governance/alignment-with-governmental-policies)
3. [Governance and decision-making](/landscape-initiative-maturity/multi-stakeholder-governance/governance-and-decision-making).
4. [Coordination of actions and monitoring](/landscape-initiative-maturity/multi-stakeholder-governance/coordination-of-actions-and-monitoring).
5. [Implementation of safeguards](/landscape-initiative-maturity/multi-stakeholder-governance/implementation-of-safeguards).


# Participation from key stakeholders

This sub-criterion assesses whether the landscape initiative actively engages relevant stakeholders in its design and implementation. Meaningful participation from diverse groups helps ensure that multiple perspectives are considered, fosters collective ownership, and supports an aligned vision.&#x20;

Key stakeholder groups may include local and regional governments, NGOs and civil society organizations, Indigenous Peoples and local communities, producers and other market actors, and/or financial institutions, depending on the context.

To meet this sub-criterion, the initiative should involve at least three different stakeholder groups. Participation is defined as an organization being a formal partner, contributing to management or implementation, or providing funding for the initiative.

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative has identified key stakeholders and ensured their active participation, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the participation from key stakeholders sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="211">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Stakeholder mapping.</td><td><ul><li>If the stakeholder mapping is completed, a list of all organizations and groups actively involved in the initiative is provided, indicating each stakeholder's type and role. Ideally, this should include at least one local community representative and one government representative (though not required).</li><li>If the stakeholder mapping is in progress or stakeholders have been identified but are not yet participating, this should be noted.</li><li>If the stakeholder mapping has not been done, an explanation and details of plans to complete it are provided.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Collaboration agreement.</td><td><ul><li>The formalized collaboration agreement is uploaded, including the date the partnership was initiated, the expiration date (if applicable), the vision or objective of the partnership, and a list of all organizations involved (at least one is named the Lead or Convener). This could take the form of a Memorandum of Understanding, Terms of Reference, legal document, project proposal, or press release.</li><li>If no formalized collaboration agreement exists, a clear description of how the partnership is structured is provided, including the date the partnership was initiated, the expiration date (if applicable), the vision or objective of the partnership, and a list of all organizations involved (at least one is named the Lead or Convener).</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Evidence of stakeholder participation.</td><td>Optionally, documentation demonstrating regular stakeholder meetings and participation is uploaded. This could include meeting agendas, minutes, attendance records, or reports demonstrating ongoing engagement.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the participation from key stakeholders sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Alignment with governmental policies

Alignment with governmental policies helps ensure that a landscape initiative supports broader public policy goals and operates within relevant local, sub-national, and/or national regulatory frameworks. This sub-criterion evaluates whether the initiative integrates relevant environmental, social, or sustainable development priorities and policies into its approach.

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative seeks to align with relevant government priorities and policies, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the alignment with governmental policies sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="207">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Identification of aligned policy objectives or targets.</td><td>A clear description is provided of the policy objectives or targets with which the initiative aligns, how the initiative contributes to them, and the levels of government (local, sub-national, national) whose priorities and policies are supported by the initiative's goals and actions. </td></tr><tr><td>Evidence of alignment.</td><td>The policy objectives or targets that align with the initiative are documented.  Evidence of alignment between the landscape initiative’s goals and actions and public policies at local, sub-national, and/or national levels. This could include policy documentation, reports, press releases, or other supporting materials.</td></tr><tr><td>Engagement with government actors.</td><td>Indication of the level of engagement with government actors to align with their priorities and policies.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the alignment with governmental policies sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Governance and decision-making

A transparent and well-structured governance system is essential for effective decision-making and accountability in a landscape initiative. This sub-criterion evaluates whether the initiative has a clearly defined governance structure that captures stakeholder representation, outlines its operating and decision-making procedures, and incorporates mechanisms for conflict resolution.

{% hint style="info" %}
The governance and decision-making sub-criterion is related to, but distinct from, the [coordination of actions and monitoring](/landscape-initiative-maturity/multi-stakeholder-governance/coordination-of-actions-and-monitoring) sub-criterion. Governance focuses on the structures, representation, and processes that guide decision-making and accountability, while coordination focuses on how actions and monitoring efforts are aligned, implemented, and tracked across stakeholders. While governance systems may include coordination mechanisms, each sub-criterion assesses a different functional dimension, with some potential for overlap.
{% endhint %}

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative has a clearly defined governance structure, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the governance and decision-making sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="200">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Governance structure.</td><td><p>A clear description or relevant documentation (e.g., Terms of Reference, organigram of governance structure, Memorandum of Understanding, or partnership agreements outlining governance agreements) of the governance structure is provided. It should cover:</p><ul><li>The key governing or decision-making body.</li><li>Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders.</li><li>Operating and decision-making procedures.</li><li>Mechanisms for dispute resolution or conflict management. </li></ul><p>If no formalized governance structure is in place, any informal governance procedures are adequately described, as well as details of plans to progress toward a formal structure.</p></td></tr><tr><td>Representation of marginalized groups.</td><td>Indication of whether marginalized groups are represented in governance and decision-making procedures. This may include Indigenous Peoples, local communities, and/or other marginalized groups, depending on the context.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the governance and decision-making sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Coordination of actions and monitoring

For a landscape initiative to achieve meaningful impact, activities and monitoring efforts must be well coordinated. This sub-criterion examines whether the initiative has mechanisms in place to align actions among stakeholders, track progress, and ensure that interventions are implemented effectively within the landscape.

{% hint style="info" %}
The [governance and decision-making](/landscape-initiative-maturity/multi-stakeholder-governance/governance-and-decision-making) sub-criterion is related to, but distinct from, the coordination of actions and monitoring sub-criterion. Governance focuses on the structures, representation, and processes that guide decision-making and accountability, while coordination focuses on how actions and monitoring efforts are aligned, implemented, and tracked across stakeholders. While governance systems may include coordination mechanisms, each sub-criterion assesses a different functional dimension, with some potential for overlap.
{% endhint %}

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative's governance structure has mechanisms in place for the coordination of actions and monitoring, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the coordination of actions and monitoring sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="231">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Coordination of actions and monitoring.</td><td><p>A clear description or relevant documentation (e.g., Terms of Reference, organigram of governance structure, Memorandum of Understanding, or partnership agreements outlining coordination responsibilities) of how coordination is structured is provided. It should cover:</p><ul><li>The stakeholders involved in coordination.</li><li>The main activities being coordinated.</li><li>The approach to monitoring and tracking progress.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Coordinating body.</td><td>If applicable, confirmation and supporting evidence that the initiative has a dedicated coordinating body responsible for these functions. Examples of coordinating bodies include a secretariat, technical working group, or center of excellence.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the coordination of actions and monitoring sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Implementation of safeguards

Safeguards are essential for mitigating potential negative social and environmental impacts of a landscape initiative, while promoting positive outcomes for both people and nature. This sub-criterion evaluates whether the initiative has mechanisms in place to identify, address, and monitor risks related to human rights, environmental sustainability, and social equity.

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative has implemented safeguards, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the implementation of safeguards sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="220">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Safeguarding plans or policies.</td><td><p>Documentation of safeguarding plans or policies is uploaded, or a description is provided of how safeguards are integrated into the governance process to minimize risks of negative social and environmental impacts. This may include:</p><ul><li>Risk assessments.</li><li>Safeguarding plans.</li><li>Monitoring systems.</li><li>Grievance mechanisms. </li></ul><p>If no safeguards are in place yet, an explanation and details of plans for their development and implementation are provided.</p></td></tr><tr><td>Involvement of relevant marginalized groups.</td><td><p>Optionally, indication of whether marginalized groups (e.g., Indigenous Peoples, local communities, and/or other context-relevant groups) were engaged in the development of safeguards.</p><p></p><p>Where marginalized groups are indicated to have been engaged in the development of safeguards, supporting evidence is provided (e.g., signed agreements, written correspondence, workshop summaries, meeting notes).</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the implementation of safeguards sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Collective goals and actions

The collective goals and actions criterion evaluates whether stakeholders in the landscape initiative have established a shared vision by defining long-term sustainability goals at the landscape scale. It also assesses whether they have developed a collective action plan and a strategy for securing the necessary funding and resources to achieve these goals.

Strong collective sustainability goals should be evidence-based and address the holistic dimensions of landscape sustainability. To effectively drive progress toward these goals, initiatives should have a robust collective action plan that addresses systemic issues linked to the goals through clear strategies and actions, along with a structured funding and finance strategy that identifies potential (preferably diversified) sources to ensure sustained implementation over time.

To assess these aspects, the criterion is divided into three sub-criteria:&#x20;

1. [Collective sustainability goals](/landscape-initiative-maturity/collective-goals-and-actions/collective-sustainability-goals).
2. [Collective action plan](/landscape-initiative-maturity/collective-goals-and-actions/collective-action-plan).
3. [Funding and finance strategy](/landscape-initiative-maturity/collective-goals-and-actions/funding-and-finance-strategy).


# Collective sustainability goals

For a landscape initiative to drive meaningful and lasting change, stakeholders must define clear, long-term sustainability goals. This sub-criterion evaluates whether the initiative has established measurable goals that reflect social, environmental, and economic priorities, and whether there is a process in place to regularly review and update these goals to adapt to evolving landscape conditions.

{% hint style="success" %}
Good practice considerations for collective sustainability goals include:

* Being informed by a context analysis or similar assessment of current landscape conditions and stakeholder priorities (e.g., LandScale baseline performance assessments).&#x20;
* Addressing social, environmental, and economic dimensions of sustainability.&#x20;
* Being accompanied by targets, measurable metrics with baseline data, and short- and medium-term milestones.
* Being regularly reviewed and updated as needed to reflect changing conditions in the landscape.
  {% endhint %}

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative has established long-term sustainability goals, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the collective sustainability goals sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="214">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Collective sustainability goals.</td><td>A list of the landscape initiative's long-term collective sustainability goals is provided, including start and end years for each goal. At least three goals should be identified and should cover social, environmental, and economic priorities.</td></tr><tr><td>Alignment with targets, metrics, and milestones.</td><td>The collective sustainability goals are clearly supported by targets, measurable metrics with baseline data, and short- and medium-term milestones.</td></tr><tr><td>Goal definition process.</td><td><p>A clear description of how the sustainability goals were defined is provided, including:</p><ul><li>Whether they were informed by a context analysis, baseline study, or other similar assessment.</li><li>Whether they align with existing sustainability frameworks.</li><li>Whether stakeholders were consulted in the goal definition process.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Goal review and update process.</td><td><p>A clear description of the process for reviewing and updating the goals over time is provided, including:</p><ul><li>The stakeholders responsible for the review process.</li><li>The frequency of reviews.</li><li>The decision-making process used to reach consensus on updates.</li></ul></td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the collective sustainability goals sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Collective action plan

A well-defined collective action plan is essential for translating sustainability goals into concrete steps and ensuring long-term impact. This sub-criterion evaluates whether stakeholders have agreed on a multi-year action plan that outlines clear strategies for achieving sustainability goals and whether there is a structured process in place to review and update the plan regularly.

{% hint style="success" %}
Good practice considerations for a collective action plan include:

* Addressing systemic issues by focusing on long-term solutions that can be embedded in local governance.&#x20;
* Considering diverse land uses and commodities within the landscape.&#x20;
* Outlining strategies and actions that align with defined milestones and advance progress toward sustainability goals.&#x20;
* Being publicly available and agreed upon by participating stakeholders to ensure broad support.&#x20;
* Being updated regularly to reflect progress, funding availability, and changing conditions.&#x20;
* Including a finance or funding strategy to support implementation.&#x20;
  {% endhint %}

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative has a well-defined collective action plan, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the collective action plan sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="195">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Collective action plan.</td><td><p>Documentation of the initiative's multi-year action plan is uploaded, including evidence that it has been agreed to by participating stakeholders and aligns with the collective sustainability goals and associated milestones. The action plan should:</p><ul><li>Clearly define available resources (e.g., funding, technical support). </li><li>Include at least one action per sustainability goal. </li><li>Address diverse land-use types and/or commodities. </li><li>Be agreed upon by multiple stakeholders. </li><li>Be publicly available.</li><li>Have been updated within the last five years. </li></ul><p>Include an indication of the time period covered by the action plan.</p></td></tr><tr><td>Action plan review and update process.</td><td><p>A clear description of the process for reviewing and updating the action plan over time is provided, including:</p><ul><li>The stakeholders responsible for the review process.</li><li>The frequency of reviews.</li></ul></td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the collective action plan sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Funding and finance strategy

A funding and finance strategy is essential for ensuring the long-term viability of a landscape initiative. It can also enhance the initiative’s appeal to companies and investors by demonstrating financial planning, risk mitigation, and long-term impact potential. This sub-criterion assesses whether the collective action plan is supported by a structured financial approach that identifies funding sources, secures diversified financial resources, and ensures sustained implementation over time.&#x20;

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative has a structured funding and finance strategy, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the funding and finance strategy sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="221">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Funding and finance strategy.</td><td><p>A clear description or relevant documentation of the landscape initiative's funding and finance strategy is provided. The strategy should:</p><ul><li>Align with the collective action plan.</li><li>Identify potential (preferably diversified) funding sources.</li><li>Present a long-term outlook that supports the implementation of the collective action plan. </li></ul><p>Include an indication of the time period covered by the funding and finance strategy.</p></td></tr><tr><td>Progress toward funding goal.</td><td>Indication of the total funding goal and the amount of funding secured to date, demonstrating progress toward the overall financing target.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the funding and finance strategy sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Collective monitoring

The collective monitoring criterion assesses whether a landscape initiative manages a structured monitoring and reporting system that tracks progress toward collective sustainability impact goals. Effective monitoring ensures transparency, accountability, and informed decision-making.

Baseline performance assessments and performance monitoring reassessments (whether conducted through LandScale or another relevant service) establish the landscape's conditions and track changes over time, demonstrating progress toward collective sustainability goals and providing insights to inform adaptive management. To ensure credibility, these assessments are strengthened by validation from local experts. Activity monitoring provides more frequent tracking of progress against the collective action plan.

To assess these aspects, the criterion is divided into three sub-criteria:&#x20;

1. [Baseline performance assessment and reporting](/landscape-initiative-maturity/collective-monitoring/baseline-performance-assessment-and-reporting).
2. [Performance monitoring and reporting](/landscape-initiative-maturity/collective-monitoring/performance-monitoring-and-reporting).
3. [Activity monitoring and reporting](/landscape-initiative-maturity/collective-monitoring/activity-monitoring-and-reporting).


# Baseline performance assessment and reporting

A baseline performance assessment establishes a clear, measurable picture of the initial social, environmental, and economic conditions of the landscape, providing a reference point against which future change can be tracked. Involvement of—and validation by—local experts helps ensure that the assessment reflects diverse perspectives, local knowledge, and context-specific data, and provides a credible foundation for defining collective sustainability goals, actions, and monitoring frameworks. Transparent reporting of baseline results supports accountability and builds trust among stakeholders.

{% hint style="success" %}
Baseline performance assessments can be conducted at different stages of a landscape initiative's journey toward maturity, and their purpose will vary accordingly. They may be undertaken before goal-setting to inform and shape collective sustainability goals, or after goals are defined to establish a benchmark for tracking performance. In some cases, they can also support the refinement of existing goals.

Regardless of timing, a baseline performance assessment should:

* Be **holistic**, capturing the current state and performance of key ecological and socio-economic dimensions relevant to the landscape.&#x20;
* Be **locally validated**, ensuring that the data and insights reflect on-the-ground realities and are credible to local stakeholders.&#x20;
* Use **transparent and repeatable methodologies**, allowing for consistency in future assessments and comparability over time.&#x20;
* Produce **actionable findings**, supporting informed decision-making and effective landscape management.
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
The baseline performance assessment may be conducted using LandScale or another relevant service, provided it meets the required validation criteria. Refer to the [assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/) to learn more about LandScale's baseline performance assessment process and the steps to get started.
{% endhint %}

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative has a baseline performance assessment with transparent reporting, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the baseline performance assessment and reporting sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="219"></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Baseline performance assessment.</td><td><p>If conducted outside of LandScale, documentation of the baseline performance assessment report is provided. The report should:</p><ul><li>Identify the entities responsible for conducting the assessment.</li><li>Confirm that it evaluates the current state of the landscape, considering social, environmental, and economic dimensions.</li><li>Include the assessment methodology and data sources.</li><li>Indicate the year it was completed. </li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Validation by local experts.</td><td><p>If validated outside of LandScale, indication of whether local experts were involved in validating the baseline performance assessment. Examples of local validation approaches may include:</p><ul><li>Stakeholder review meetings to assess findings.</li><li>Formal validation processes with documented feedback integration.</li><li>Signed endorsements or agreements from key stakeholders.</li></ul><p>Where local expert involvement in validation is indicated, supporting evidence is provided, including the entities responsible for validation and a summary of the feedback or review comments provided. </p></td></tr><tr><td>Validation by an independent party.</td><td><p>Optionally, if validated outside of LandScale, indication of whether the baseline performance assessment was validated by an independent party.</p><p></p><p>Where independent validation is indicated, supporting evidence is provided, including the validating entity and a summary of the feedback or review comments provided. </p></td></tr><tr><td>Transparent reporting.</td><td><p>If published outside of LandScale, indication of whether the baseline performance assessment has been publicly reported, including:</p><ul><li>Types of data shared.</li><li>Platform(s) used for reporting. </li></ul></td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the baseline performance assessment and reporting sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Performance monitoring and reporting

Ongoing performance monitoring assesses landscape-scale progress over time against defined sustainability goals, performance metrics, and milestones. Engagement of—and validation by—local experts helps ensure that monitoring processes and results remain relevant, credible, and responsive to local context, and informs learning and adaptation as conditions evolve. Transparent reporting of monitoring results supports accountability, shared learning, and continued stakeholder trust.

{% hint style="info" %}
Performance monitoring assessments may be conducted using LandScale or another relevant service, provided it meets the required validation criteria. LandScale refers to performance monitoring assessments as reassessments. Refer to the [reassessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/reassessment-guidelines/) to learn more about LandScale's performance monitoring assessment process and the steps to get started.
{% endhint %}

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative has ongoing performance monitoring with transparent reporting, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the performance monitoring and reporting sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="221">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Systems or tools used for performance monitoring.</td><td><p>A clear description of the system or tools used for performance monitoring is provided, including:</p><ul><li>The organization, consultant, or team responsible.</li><li>The frequency of performance monitoring.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Most recent performance monitoring assessment.</td><td><p>If conducted outside of LandScale, documentation of the most recent performance monitoring assessment is provided. It should:</p><ul><li>Demonstrate progress relative to the baseline (or a previous assessment), consistent with the initiative’s collective sustainability goals, targets, and milestones.</li><li>Include the assessment methodology and data sources.</li><li>Indicate the year it was completed. </li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Validation by local experts.</td><td><p>If validated outside of LandScale, indication of whether local experts were involved in validating the performance monitoring assessment. Examples of local validation approaches may include:</p><ul><li>Stakeholder review meetings to assess findings.</li><li>Formal validation processes with documented feedback integration.</li><li>Signed endorsements or agreements from key stakeholders.</li></ul><p>Where local expert involvement in validation is indicated, supporting evidence is provided, including the entities responsible for validation and a summary of the feedback or review comments provided. </p></td></tr><tr><td>Validation by an independent party.</td><td><p>Optionally, if validated outside of LandScale, indication of whether the performance monitoring assessment was validated by an independent party.</p><p></p><p>Where independent validation is indicated, supporting evidence is provided, including the validating entity and a summary of the feedback or review comments provided. </p></td></tr><tr><td>Transparent reporting.</td><td><p>If published outside of LandScale, indication of whether the performance monitoring assessment has been publicly reported, including:</p><ul><li>Reporting frequency.</li><li>Types of data shared.</li><li>Platform(s) used for reporting. </li></ul></td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the performance monitoring and reporting sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Activity monitoring and reporting

Activity monitoring tracks progress in implementing the actions outlined in the collective action plan. It assesses whether planned activities are being delivered as intended, on schedule, and with the identified resources, and helps identify implementation challenges, lessons learned, and opportunities for course correction. Transparent reporting of activity monitoring results supports accountability, shared learning, and sustained stakeholder trust.

## Requirements and validation criteria

To assess whether a landscape initiative has ongoing activity monitoring with transparent reporting, LandScale requests specific information via tailored questions. Submitted materials are used to evaluate and validate the extent to which the activity monitoring and reporting sub-criterion is met.&#x20;

<table><thead><tr><th width="211">Requirements</th><th>Validation criteria</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Systems or tools used for activity monitoring.</td><td><p>A clear description of the system or tools used for activity monitoring is provided, including:</p><ul><li>The organization, consultant, or team responsible.</li><li>The frequency of activity monitoring.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Most recent activity monitoring results.</td><td>Documentation of the most recent activity monitoring results is provided (e.g., progress reports or activity logs), demonstrating how implementation is tracked and providing updates on the status of actions defined in the collective action plan.</td></tr><tr><td>Transparent reporting.</td><td><p>Indication of whether the activity monitoring results have been publicly reported, including:</p><ul><li>Reporting frequency.</li><li>Types of data shared.</li><li>Platform(s) used for reporting. </li></ul></td></tr></tbody></table>

Once validation is complete, the activity monitoring and reporting sub-criterion on the wheel at the top of the initiative's profile will be filled to reflect the assigned maturity level, with validated information visible throughout the profile unless it is set to private.


# Get started with LandScale assessments

Our guidelines provide detailed instructions on how to conduct a holistic assessment of your landscape boundary using LandScale. Planning ahead and understanding each step will help ensure an efficient process and high-quality results.

## Introduction to LandScale

LandScale offers a powerful platform for conducting holistic landscape assessments, helping you capture the essential dynamics of ecosystems, human well-being, governance, and production within your landscape. With LandScale, you can develop meaningful baselines, track progress, and showcase the sustainability impact of your actions over time.&#x20;

These assessments are more than a tool for measurement—they are a catalyst for collaboration. They engage stakeholders to build a shared vision for the landscape’s future, ensuring that everyone works toward common sustainability goals.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/embed/D6QSM8UGaZY?si=-w59F_SKKK_0VVed>" %}
Introducing LandScale: A user-friendly assessment tool developed by the Rainforest Alliance, Verra, and Conservation International.
{% endembed %}

## Understanding landscape assessments

A landscape-level performance baseline is crucial for tracking sustainability progress. Capturing the initial state of your landscape—encompassing ecosystems, human well-being, governance, and production—provides valuable insights into its overall health and highlights areas for improvement. This approach allows you to measure the effectiveness of sustainability efforts over time through baseline assessments and future reassessments, while also engaging relevant stakeholders in shaping a shared vision for the future.

Conducting a landscape assessment with LandScale offers multiple benefits. For instance, it establishes a data-driven foundation for monitoring progress and unlocks performance-based financing opportunities. Further, LandScale’s validation and local review processes enhance the credibility of your results, ensuring they are reliable and trusted by stakeholders.&#x20;

## Conducting an assessment with LandScale

LandScale simplifies the assessment process with a step-by-step workflow, thorough guidelines, and a library of field-tested indicators and metrics. The platform’s resources—including technical support and customization options—empower you to collect relevant data and tailor the assessment to your landscape’s needs. By leveraging these tools, you can efficiently establish a robust baseline for your landscape and ensure your assessment is both accurate and impactful.

To get started with your assessment, follow these core steps:

* [**Step A (overview)**](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/set-up-landscape-initiative): Assemble your team and define the scope of your landscape.&#x20;
* [**Step B (indicator and data selection)**](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/design-the-assessment-scope): Select relevant metrics and determine the necessary data for your assessment.&#x20;
* [**Step C (results)**](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/process-and-analyze-data): Review and analyze your data, validate the results, and prepare to present your findings.

Detailed instructions for each step are provided throughout these guidelines, ensuring you have the information needed to conduct a thorough and effective assessment.

## Landscape assessments from around the world

[Explore landscape assessments](https://platform.landscale.org/explore) completed with LandScale by initiatives from around the world to inspire your own efforts. These examples showcase diverse approaches and outcomes:

<details>

<summary>Latin America: Sierra de Tapalpa, Mexico </summary>

Sierra de Tapalpa in Jalisco, Mexico provides sanctuary for a wide variety of plants and animals, productive land for farming, and diverse livelihoods for the 48,000 people who call it home. But unsustainable practices threaten this fragile landscape, with implications for both people and nature. Since 2020, the Rainforest Alliance has been working with local communities to improve sustainability, and they’ve used LandScale to guide their actions.&#x20;

Visit [Sierra de Tapalpa’s LandScale profile](https://platform.landscale.org/profile/sierra-de-tapalpa/overview) to learn more.

<img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FIK2GDd0zhxA6rirvoD8i%2FFotograf%C3%ADa_FerreriaDeTula%20(14).JPG?alt=media&amp;token=d6cf0dbc-fa1c-4b7d-ad08-56d20307e186" alt="Cattle farming in Sierra de Tapalpa, Mexico." data-size="original">

*Image © Rainforest Alliance.*

</details>

<details>

<summary>Africa: Kunzila Watershed, Ethiopia</summary>

The Kunzila watershed in Ethiopia's Amhara Regional State supports the livelihoods of over 36,000 people but faces sustainability challenges due to significant land use changes. To address these issues, the Water and Land Resource Center (WLRC) and the Netherlands Development Organisation (SNV) conducted a LandScale assessment, evaluating the landscape’s ecosystem health, human well-being, governance, and production. The assessment established a crucial baseline for sustainability efforts, highlighting the need for improved land governance and sustainable land use practices.

Visit [Kunzila Watershed's LandScale profile](https://platform.landscale.org/profile/kunzila-watershed/overview) to learn more.

<img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FXfTXT34s8jEyUa70XNLk%2FKunzila%20Watershed%20Ethiopia.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=34f81848-aa67-45ab-bfe0-c28c5c67286c" alt="Kunzila Watershed, Ethiopia." data-size="original">

*Image © WLRC.*

</details>

<details>

<summary>Asia: Sacred Himalayan Landscape, Nepal </summary>

Spanning the eastern Himalayas from Nepal through India and into Bhutan, the Sacred Himalayan Landscape stands out globally for its unique habitats, ecosystem, and biodiversity. Recognizing its significance, RECOFTC has identified a section of this landscape in Nepal as one of its 10 focal landscapes. RECOFTC’s LandScale baseline study provides a comprehensive evaluation of the area’s ecological and socio-economic systems, aiming to understand their interconnectedness and to establish a baseline against which future sustainability efforts can be measured.

Visit [Sacred Himalayan Landscape’s LandScale profile](https://platform.landscale.org/profile/sacred-himalayan-landscape/overview) to learn more.

<img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2Fgit-blob-19d333d0d56b86c1123a1966b0b10575f9866131%2FSHL-Nepal%20Participatory%20Mapping.jpg?alt=media" alt="Members of the Shree Chhap Deurali Community Forest in Sindhupalchok, Nepal, collaborate to create a resource map, illustrating their participatory approach to sustainable forest management." data-size="original">

*Image © RECOFTC. Members of the Shree Chhap Deurali Community Forest in Sindhupalchok, Nepal, collaborate to create a resource map, illustrating their participatory approach to sustainable forest management.*

</details>


# Introduction to the LandScale system

The LandScale system comprises three core components: the assessment framework, the validation mechanism, and the platform. The assessment team's use of these components will vary based on the [selected plan](https://www.landscale.org/pricing/).

## LandScale assessment framework

The [LandScale assessment framework](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework) is grounded in widely recognized international norms and methods for sustainability assessment, including the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). It is designed to balance global consistency with local adaptability, enabling diverse users to assess sustainability across varying contexts.

The assessment framework is structured hierarchically, encompassing four pillars of sustainability performance: ecosystems, human well-being, governance, and production.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FxGpC0HXc9KCNKoJYLO7J%2FAssessment%20Framework_2025.png?alt=media&amp;token=1485df10-81d9-4935-8444-f1b1d9823562" alt=""><figcaption><p>Snapshot of the LandScale assessment framework.</p></figcaption></figure>

Each pillar is further divided into goals that form the foundation for a holistic sustainability assessment. Users can tailor their assessments by selecting context-appropriate indicators and metrics, ensuring relevance to the unique characteristics of their landscapes. Additionally, the LandScale platform provides the flexibility to create custom goals, indicators, and metrics to complement those provided by LandScale.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to our [Step B](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/design-the-assessment-scope) guidelines for detailed information on selecting and creating effective indicators and metrics.
{% endhint %}

## LandScale validation

LandScale validation provides confidence to assessment owners, users of LandScale results, and other stakeholders regarding the quality and credibility of LandScale assessments. Validation is a prerequisite for publishing assessment results on the LandScale platform and for making claims based on those results.

There are two key aspects of LandScale validation:

1. **Process validation:** This ensures that the assessment was conducted according to the standardised process and best practices outlined in the LandScale assessment framework and guidelines.
2. **Results validation:** This assesses the quality and interpretability of the assessment results themselves.

The validation mechanism is carried out by the LandScale team and is performed sequentially, aligning with the [three steps of the assessment process](/assessment-guidelines#conducting-an-assessment-with-landscale). Additionally, Step C incorporates a local review, bringing in perspectives from local experts familiar with relevant sustainability topics in the context of the subject landscape.

* **Step A:** Validation should be sought for every aspect of this step before moving on to Step B. This ensures that issues, such as an improperly delineated landscape boundary, are addressed early on, preventing costly or difficult corrections later.
* **Steps B and C:** These steps also require sequential validation. However, validation may occur on an indicator-by-indicator basis if the assessment team wishes to focus on specific pillars, rather than a full holistic assessment, or if work on certain pillars progresses more quickly than others. Steps can be submitted for validation at any point during an active subscription period.

At each step, the assessment team should initiate the validation mechanism by submitting the required documentation, as outlined in the guidelines for each step. Once the documentation is complete, the LandScale team will evaluate it to determine whether the assessment guidelines have been properly followed. Step C validation also includes an evaluation of data sources, data analysis, and draft assessment results.

For each step, the LandScale team will provide the assessment team with one of the following validation findings:

* **Approved:** Validation for the step is complete, and the assessment team may proceed to the next step.
* **Rejected:** The step or specific metric result has been rejected. If the assessment team wishes to move forward with it, the step can be resubmitted for validation after addressing the identified issues.

The LandScale team may also provide comments that must be considered before approval. Even after a step is approved or rejected, assessment teams may still make edits, but these edits will require resubmission for validation.

## LandScale platform

The [LandScale platform](https://platform.landscale.org/) serves as the central hub for managing the entire LandScale assessment process. It enables assessment teams to assign tasks, enter all inputs and documentation, upload relevant documents, access the guidelines and training materials, request support, connect with other interested parties, and engage with the LandScale community of practice. It is also where assessment teams can publish their landscape profiles and assessment reports, making their landscape findings available to a global audience.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2F3UzKHjdNlPgP04yvNg8p%2FLogin%20page.png?alt=media&amp;token=2fd04485-91ef-4a52-8611-84849a5b4c1b" alt=""><figcaption><p>Login portal to the LandScale platform.</p></figcaption></figure>

One important aspect of the assessment process that the platform does not directly support is data analysis. Tasks such as data processing, GIS analyses, or statistical analyses must be completed off-platform. Once these tasks are completed, the resulting products and analyses should be uploaded to the platform, along with a description of the methodologies used.

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to our [Step C](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/process-and-analyze-data) guidelines for detailed information on on processing data, assessing metrics, and uploading results.
{% endhint %}


# LandScale assessment framework

LandScale offers a standardized approach, delivered through its online platform, to assess and communicate the sustainability performance of landscapes. It provides the private sector, governments, and civil society with reliable information to guide and incentivize sustainability improvements at scale.

This section introduces the LandScale assessment framework, which is grounded in key international norms and methods for assessing sustainability, including the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The framework balances global consistency with local adaptability, featuring a hierarchical structure that encompasses four pillars of sustainability performance: ecosystems, human well-being, governance, and production. These pillars, along with their underlying goals, offer a holistic approach to sustainability assessment. Users can tailor the framework to different landscapes by selecting context-appropriate indicators and metrics.

Additionally, the LandScale platform allows users to create custom goals, indicators, and metrics within the framework to complement those provided by LandScale. The requirements outlined in this section apply to those seeking LandScale validation for their assessment and publication of results.

Download the full LandScale assessment framework below:

{% file src="/files/RlOBODK0IM5do3T8liu3" %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Updates to the LandScale assessment framework**

As part of the 2025 refresh, the LandScale assessment framework has been updated to simplify the categorization of indicators and metrics, marking the transition from version 1.0 to version 1.1.

Previous categorization:

* Indicators were categorized as *core*, *landscape-dependent*, *optional*, or *custom*.
* Metrics were categorized as *required*, *recommended*, or *user-defined*.

Updated categorization:

* Indicators are categorized as either *core* or *additional*.
* Metrics are categorized as either *essential* or *complementary*.

The PDF above reflects these updates. Other framework documents in this section will be revised accordingly in the near future.

Copies of version 1.0 in French, Spanish, and Bahasa Indonesia remain available in the [archived resources section](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/pages/RHtf1gPME1MLRzUbjXeM#landscale-assessment-framework-version-1.0). Please note that these do not reflect the new categorization.
{% endhint %}

## Cross-cutting themes

The LandScale assessment framework incorporates several cross-cutting themes that transcend individual pillars or goals. These themes include climate change, gender, marginalized groups, human rights, and economic sustainability. They are woven through multiple sections of the framework, reflecting their connection to various social and ecological trends.

In addition to integrating these themes within several pillars, LandScale encourages assessment teams to analyze and interpret assessment results through the perspectives of these interconnected issues, ensuring a more comprehensive and nuanced understanding of landscape sustainability.

## Pillars

The four pillars of the LandScale assessment framework represent broad sustainability themes: ecosystems, human well-being, governance, and production. These themes are particularly relevant in rural landscapes where agriculture, forestry, extractives, or other natural resource-based economic sectors are present. While the pillars are presented individually, they are deeply interconnected. For example, inadequate governance combined with unmet human needs can contribute to ecosystem degradation, which, in turn, may negatively impact human well-being and production.

### Pillar 1: Ecosystems

Earth is home to a diverse set of natural ecosystems, including forests, savannas, grasslands, wetlands, mangroves, and others. These ecosystems are repositories of biological diversity and provide critical ecosystem services that sustain human well-being, such as food provision, clean water and air, climate regulation, nutrient cycling, and cultural and aesthetic values.

However, the world’s natural ecosystems are disappearing at an alarming rate, with much of what remains facing significant degradation. This has led to accelerating biodiversity loss, substantial terrestrial greenhouse gas emissions contributing to the global climate crisis, and a declining capacity of ecosystems to deliver essential services like clean water.

This pillar covers sustainability elements related to healthy ecosystems, such as the conservation and restoration of natural ecosystems, the protection of biodiversity, and the maintenance or enhancement of key ecosystem services. Due to the inherent complexity of ecosystems, thoroughly assessing their sustainability would typically require an in-depth analysis of their composition, structure, and function. While such comprehensive evaluations are beyond the scope of most LandScale assessments, the assessment framework focuses on key indicators and proxies of ecosystem extent, health, and change that are usually assessable through secondary data.

Assessment teams are encouraged to leverage additional data and capacity when available to go beyond LandScale’s minimum requirements. This can include incorporating additional indicators, complementary metrics, and new primary data collection to supplement secondary data, allowing for more detailed and tailored assessments.

### Pillar 2: Human well-being

Human well-being is defined as a state of health, happiness, and prosperity. Sustainable landscape management is essential for achieving human well-being broadly across an area's human population. However, many landscapes face significant challenges, including high levels of poverty, food insecurity, poor health, and other social issues. These challenges are increasingly exacerbated by climate change, volatile and/or depressed markets, and political instability.

Such conditions are often linked to the unequal distribution of economic benefits derived from land-use activities. For example, workers and local communities, particularly in developing countries, often realize little value from their contributions, such as labor and land, while others benefit disproportionately.

Enhancing the equitable distribution of benefits, alongside sustainable landscape management, can improve human well-being. This includes ensuring a decent standard of living and safeguarding basic human rights, which are inalienable to all people. This pillar focuses on elements of sustainability that advance human well-being by improving living standards and respecting, protecting, and fulfilling basic human rights, particularly for vulnerable and marginalized groups.

### Pillar 3: Governance

Governance refers to the processes by which societies organize themselves to make and implement decisions. In the context of sustainable landscape management, good governance involves the decision-making and institutional processes necessary to achieve social, environmental, and economic development goals at the landscape level. Key attributes of good governance include minimizing corruption, ensuring the participation of all stakeholders—including vulnerable and marginalized groups—and responding effectively to current and future threats such as climate change, market volatility, political instability, and organized crime.

In commodity-producing landscapes, governance is particularly critical in areas related to land and resource use. In many regions, land and resource rights and tenure are unclear, resulting in rights abuses that disproportionately affect vulnerable and marginalized groups. Additionally, land-use decisions and activities are often uncoordinated among government authorities and affected stakeholders, leading to poor resource use and management as well as resource depletion, degradation, and conflicts. These issues are compounded by external pressures such as climate change, unstable markets, and organized crime.

This pillar covers elements of sustainability related to good governance, including land and resource tenure as well as the processes for developing and implementing land-use policies and management practices. By ensuring robust governance structures, landscapes can better navigate complex challenges and foster sustainable, equitable development.

### Pillar 4: Production

This pillar focuses on the need to provide natural resource-based commodities—including food crops, livestock, fiber, and minerals—and other economic activities, such as tourism, in ways that support local populations with economic benefits without compromising ecological values and services or harming human well-being. With finite supplies of suitable land, water, and other resources, producers must prioritize increased productivity, resource use efficiency, and positive impacts of these production systems. Achieving this is critical to reducing the pressure to convert new land for production—thereby preventing deforestation and habitat loss—while maintaining ecosystem services and ensuring the long-term economic sustainability of production systems.

The production pillar covers elements of sustainability related to sustainable and regenerative production practices, particularly in cultivated commodity sectors such as agriculture, agroforestry, and plantation forestry. However, it also allows flexibility for users to develop indicators and metrics for other sectors, such as non-renewable resource extraction (e.g., minerals) and extraction from natural ecosystems (e.g., timber harvesting from natural forests or fishery management in water bodies). Additional sectors, such as natural resource-based tourism, may also be included. If user demand grows for standardized measures in these other sectors, LandScale will work in consultation with recognized organizations focused on the sustainability of such sectors to develop and incorporate appropriate indicators and metrics.

It is important to note that this pillar addresses the practices, productivity, and input use efficiency of production sectors. The environmental and social impacts of these activities are captured separately in Pillar 1 (ecosystems) and Pillar 2 (human well-being), respectively. For example, the effects of crop production, mineral extraction, and logging activities on water quality would be reflected in the additional indicator 1.3.2 (water quality).&#x20;

## Goals

Goals represent the desired sustainability outcomes within each pillar. They are based on key sustainability concerns as defined and understood by scientific research and elaborated in major international conventions, frameworks, and commitments, such as the UN Sustainable Development Goals, the New York Declaration on Forests, the Bonn Challenge, and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, among others.

## Indicators

Indicators represent the conditions and processes within the landscape that are indicative of performance related to the goals. They are defined based on their ability to provide meaningful information about sustainability performance and trends at the landscape scale. Indicator performance is assessed through the metrics outlined in the [following section](#metrics).

The LandScale assessment framework includes two categories of indicators: **core** and **additional**. Users can also define custom indicators, tagged as 'user-added,' to supplement the LandScale-defined indicators within the framework. Detailed definitions of each indicator type are provided in the [select indicators](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-indicators-and-metrics) section.

* **Core indicators:** These represent topics essential to holistic landscape sustainability and are applicable in all contexts. They are mandatory for all *Validated by LandScale* assessments and cannot be modified.
* **Additional (LandScale):** These represent sustainability topics that may pose significant risks or opportunities in some landscapes but not others. While optional, they are strongly recommended in landscapes where they are relevant to the assessment’s goals. These indicators are included at the discretion of the assessment team and cannot be modified.
* **Additional (user-added):** These are custom indicators outside the LandScale assessment framework, chosen to reflect specific interests or objectives of the assessment owner and/or landscape stakeholders. They are defined and included at the discretion of the assessment team.

For detailed definitions and justifications of each indicator and metric, download the Rationale for Indicators and Performance Metrics Table below:

{% file src="/files/gwrkmM6vDEUQwADtq2o6" %}

For guidance on assessing the applicability of additional indicators, download the Landscape-dependent Indicators Criteria Table below:

{% file src="/files/82XOrizVZB2kingfzq8y" %}

## Metrics

Metrics are quantitative or qualitative measures that evaluate the status or trends of each indicator. When users set performance targets, metrics can quantify progress towards these targets through reassessments over time.

The LandScale assessment framework includes two categories of metrics: **essential** and **complementary**. Users can also define custom metrics, tagged as 'user-added,' to supplement the LandScale-defined metrics within the framework. Detailed definitions of each metric type are provided in the [select metrics](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-metrics) section.

* **Essential metrics:** These metrics are typically the best-fit measures for the indicator and are often based on reliable global data. Essential metrics are required for all core indicators. To complete an indicator, all essential metrics must be measured, with at least one essential metric per indicator.
* **Complementary metrics:** These metrics provide additional information to assess the relevant indicator and are not substitutes for essential metrics. They may be included at the discretion of the assessment team.&#x20;
* **User-added metrics:** These are custom metrics created by the assessment team to meet specific measurement needs for either existing indicators or user-added indicators. User-added metrics can be categorized as either essential or complementary.

For additional indicators, assessment teams have more flexibility in selecting metrics. While the framework offers recommended metrics for some additional indicators, others rely on user-added metrics.

For detailed measurement descriptions of each metric included in the LandScale assessment framework, download the Performance Metrics Descriptions Table below:

{% file src="/files/oTqJrk7apazXZvBIr3YD" %}


# Regenerative agriculture assessment lens

The regenerative agriculture assessment lens (thereafter referred to as 'the assessment lens' in this section) offers a structured approach to assess regenerative conditions and outcomes at the landscape scale. It is designed as a thematic entry point for landscape-level assessment, providing the private sector, governments, and civil society with reliable information to guide and incentivize regenerative improvements at scale.

The assessment lens is intended to support users in measuring and tracking regenerative agriculture conditions within their landscapes, demonstrating how changes can compound over time into longer-term outcomes. By assessing agricultural systems as part of a broader landscape, users can understand not only whether regeneration is occurring, but why. This understanding enables the identification of opportunities for targeted improvement, uncovers vulnerabilities requiring additional support, and fosters coordination and shared accountability across diverse actors.

Download the indicator package that constitutes the assessment lens below:

{% file src="/files/CQiyyDqNRSoo7cJQfOoZ" %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Coordinate with LandScale to use the regenerative agriculture assessment lens**

The regenerative agriculture assessment lens is available for use by interested initiatives. Please coordinate with LandScale to align on usage, pricing, and next steps for getting started.
{% endhint %}

## Regenerative agriculture assessment lens structure

The assessment lens was developed through a gap analysis of the [LandScale assessment framework](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework), findings from literature reviews, and targeted consultations. As a result, it builds on existing indicators from the LandScale assessment framework and introduces new ones, including soil, agrobiodiversity, community, institutional support and incentive structures, economic resilience and diversification, and livestock health and welfare.

The assessment lens follows the same holistic structure as the LandScale assessment framework, organized across four pillars:&#x20;

1. Ecosystems
2. Human well-being
3. Governance
4. Production

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FVSbVBl4321lUe1svd4e7%2FLandScale_Infographic_Regenerative%20Agriculture%20Assessment%20Lens.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=8065e4d8-cb35-4c73-9b03-4153ea9840ad" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

However, several adaptations have been made to ensure it is tailored to the assessment of regenerative agriculture. Specifically:

* **New indicators and metrics** have been introduced to address identified gaps.
* The **applicability status** of certain indicators and metrics **has been adapted** to better reflect their relevance to regenerative agriculture.
* **Some indicators and metrics** from the assessment framework **have been removed** where they were not directly applicable to regenerative agriculture contexts.

As a result, the assessment lens is composed of a combination of inherited, adapted, and new indicators and metrics, when compared to the LandScale assessment framework. Refer to the [LandScale assessment framework section](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework) for details on the assessment lens' foundational structure as well as the different types of indicators and metrics it supports.

## Supplemental measurement guidance for metrics

The table below presents additional technical guidance to support consistent measurement of metrics that were newly introduced or adapted for this assessment lens. This guidance complements the indicator package document available for download at the top of this section.

<table><thead><tr><th width="219">Metric</th><th>Supplemental measurement guidance</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>1.1.3.5 Total area (ha) &#x26; percentage (%) of managed lands in the landscape that are currently degraded</td><td>This metric captures areas of managed land that were once designated for economic activity but are now degraded, unproductive, and not actively being restored. Refer to footnote 5 in the indicator package document at the top of this section for the definition of managed land.</td></tr><tr><td>1.1.3.6 Managed land degradation rate</td><td>This metric requires a baseline year and annual measurements to show how the degradation rate has changed over a minimum three-year period. Refer to footnote 5 in the indicator package document at the top of this section for the definition of managed land.</td></tr><tr><td>1.2.6.1 Richness (number of unique species and varieties) of cultivated crop and livestock species across managed lands in the landscape</td><td>This metric captures the diversity of species and varieties in the landscape; therefore, there is no single prescribed reporting method, and results will depend on the available data. To ensure richness is fully represented, include both commercial and non-commercial crop and livestock varieties. Applying a biodiversity index (E.g., Simpson or Shannon) is the recommended methodology. If an index is used, the full list of species and varieties and their relative abundance should be included. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>1.2.6.2 Area (ha) and percentage (%) of managed land under multispecies or multifunctional production systems, disaggregated by type (e.g., agroforestry, intercropping, crop-livestock integration, silvopasture, polyculture)</td><td>To avoid duplication when multiple production systems are present in the same area, identify the primary (most representative) production system and use it to define the category. Document the rationale used to determine representativeness, and note any additional production systems present so they are acknowledged without creating duplicate categories.</td></tr><tr><td>1.2.6.3 User-defined metric(s) on associated biodiversity in managed areas, such as presence, abundance, or habitat suitability of key functional groups (e.g., pollinators, soil fauna, beneficial insects, birds, nitrogen-fixing organisms)</td><td><p>Biodiversity in managed areas can be measured in multiple ways, and there is no single prescribed reporting method for this metric. The chosen approach will depend on data availability, scope, and the functional groups relevant to the landscape. User-defined metrics must be described with specific units of measurement. </p><p></p><p>Examples of acceptable methods include:</p><p></p><ul><li>Applying a <strong>biodiversity index</strong> (e.g., Simpson or Shannon), supported by a list of species included and their relative abundance. This is the recommended methodology for reporting overall biodiversity in managed areas.</li><li>Using a <strong>Habitat Suitability Index</strong> for key functional species or groups. This is the recommended methodology when the landscape initiative has goals related to conservation or habitat restoration in managed areas, and for conducting an ecological analysis.</li><li><strong>Assessing soil biodiversity</strong> through physical, molecular, and/or genetic methods. This is the recommended methodology when the landscape initiative has goals related to soil health in managed areas.</li><li><strong>Listing and counting species</strong> by functional group. This is the recommended methodology for reporting biodiversity in managed areas when data is limited.</li></ul><p></p><p>The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</p></td></tr><tr><td>1.3.1.4 User-defined metric(s) on water usage distribution across the landscape</td><td><p>There are multiple approaches to measuring water usage distribution; the choice should reflect the data available and the assessment’s objectives. User-defined metrics must be described with specific units of measurement. </p><p></p><p>Approaches may include:</p><p></p><ul><li><strong>Rights-based approach:</strong> Report how water rights or entitlements are distributed across stakeholders (e.g., who holds the largest volumes or has priority access, who owns or manages water infrastructure, whether different legal/tenure categories exist).</li><li><strong>Use-based approach:</strong> Report water volume or area by primary use categories (e.g., agricultural, industrial, domestic/municipal, environmental, public services, etc.). </li></ul><p></p><p>Metrics should be reported consistently using the same parameters to enable aggregation and comparability over time. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</p></td></tr><tr><td>1.3.2.5 Concentration of agricultural contaminants (pesticide residues, nitrate, phosphate) (load/volume) in key water bodies</td><td>Monitoring agrochemical contaminants in water bodies requires advanced techniques carried out by specialized, often certified, laboratories. Sampling is the most common approach; however, when results are aggregated at the landscape level, they may not accurately reflect localized contamination levels. In such cases, reporting sampling points on a map is recommended. Because agrochemical application varies over time and space—depending on the crop, growth stages, and management practices—contaminant concentrations in water bodies also fluctuate. These factors must be considered when monitoring this metric and interpreting results. Therefore, the chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>1.3.2.6 Distribution of algal blooms in key water bodies</td><td>There are multiple methods for monitoring algal blooms in water bodies. The most practical approach is remote sensing using satellite imagery, which can be complemented by aerial or ground-based sensors and laboratory analyses to improve the accuracy of results. Coordination with local agencies and institutions responsible for water quality monitoring is recommended. Because algal blooms fluctuate over time, monitoring should account for seasonal and temporal variation. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>1.3.3.1 (Sinks) Rate of terrestrial carbon sequestration (tCO2e14/ha/yr) in aboveground and belowground biomass (litter, dead wood, harvested wood products and soil are optional)</td><td>Rate of carbon sequestration is an estimated measurement derived from field data and modeling. It is recommended to engage an expert to guide the estimation of carbon dynamics—either by using established software and calculators or by developing a tailored model suited to the landscape context. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>1.3.3.2 (Sources) Rate of GHG emissions (tCO2e/yr) from deforestation and (optionally) forest degradation</td><td>The supplemental measurement guidance for this metric mirrors that of metric 1.3.3.1. </td></tr><tr><td>1.3.3.3 (Sinks) Rate of C sequestration in above and below ground biomass in woody perennials in forest plantations, agroforestry &#x26; lands under restoration (tCO2e/yr)</td><td>The supplemental measurement guidance for this metric mirrors that of metric 1.3.3.1. </td></tr><tr><td>1.3.3.4 (Sinks) Rate of C sequestration in soil organic carbon pool within agriculture, forest plantations, and other production land uses (such as agroforestry) &#x26; lands under restoration (tCO2e/yr)</td><td>The supplemental measurement guidance for this metric mirrors that of metric 1.3.3.1. </td></tr><tr><td>1.3.3.5 (Sources) Rate of GHG emissions (tCO2e/yr) from agricultural production &#x26; primary processing per unit of production15 (including crops and livestock)</td><td>The supplemental measurement guidance for this metric mirrors that of metric 1.3.3.1. </td></tr><tr><td>1.3.5.1 Soil erosion rate (tons/ha/year)</td><td>There are multiple methods for measuring the soil erosion rate in a landscape. Direct measurements are the most accurate but require field sampling and are labor-intensive at the landscape scale. Indirect methods rely on modeling and estimation using geospatial data such as soil erodibility, slope steepness, and land cover, typically derived from satellite imagery and existing soil datasets or maps. The FAO recommends the <a href="https://www.fao.org/land-water/land/land-governance/land-resources-planning-toolbox/category/details/en/c/1236444/">Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE)</a> model, which is well-suited for landscape-scale measurements. Alternatively, soil erosion rate potential may be used to report this metric when direct or indirect measurements are not available. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>1.3.5.2 Soil water holding capacity</td><td><p>There are two recommended methods for measuring soil water holding capacity:</p><p></p><ol><li><strong>Soil sample analysis:</strong> Collect soil samples and have them analyzed by qualified laboratories or institutions. It is recommended to coordinate with local agencies or research organizations that may already have soil data for the landscape. Sampling locations should be documented and reported on a map.</li><li><strong>Remote sensing:</strong> Use satellite-based datasets (e.g., <a href="https://data.isric.org/geonetwork/srv/eng/catalog.search#/home">International Soil Reference and Information Center</a>) to estimate soil water holding capacity where soil sampling is not possible or to complement existing sample data. </li></ol><p></p><p>The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</p></td></tr><tr><td>1.3.5.3 Organic carbon concentration</td><td>Organic carbon concentrations are best measured by analyzing soil samples. It is recommended to coordinate with local agencies or research organizations that may already have soil data for the landscape, and to follow a standard procedure (e.g., <a href="https://soilhealthinstitute.org/app/uploads/2022/06/SOP_TCTN_drycombustion.pdf">the Soil Health Institute's standard operating procedure</a>) as a reference. Sampling locations should be documented and reported on a map. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>1.3.5.4 Carbon mineralization potential</td><td>Carbon mineralization potential is best measured by analyzing soil samples. It is recommended to coordinate with local agencies or research organizations that may already have soil data for the landscape, and to follow a standard procedure (e.g., <a href="https://soilhealthinstitute.org/app/uploads/2022/06/SOP_Cmin_V1.pdf">the Soil Health Institute's standard operating procedure</a>) as a reference. Sampling locations should be documented and reported on a map. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>1.3.5.5 Aggregate stability</td><td>Soil aggregate stability can be measured by analyzing soil samples or through smartphone-based methods (e.g., collecting soil aggregates and using applications like <a href="https://soilhealthinstitute.org/app/uploads/2023/12/SHI-Slakes_App_One-Pager-v2.pdf">the Slakes app</a> to test them). It is recommended to coordinate with local agencies or research organizations that may already have soil data for the landscape, and to follow a standard procedure (e.g., <a href="https://soilhealthinstitute.org/app/uploads/2021/10/SOP_AggStability_MultiSample_v1_1.pdf">the Soil Health Institute's standard operating procedure</a>) as a reference. Sampling locations should be documented and reported on a map. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>1.3.5.6 User-added metric(s) on soil biological activity</td><td>Soil biological activity is best measured by analyzing soil samples. It is recommended to coordinate with local agencies or research organizations that may already have soil data for the landscape. Sampling locations should be documented and reported on a map. If direct soil sampling is not feasible, indirect measurements may be used as proxies. User-defined metrics must be described with specific units of measurement. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>1.3.5.7 Percentage (%) of farms that report perceived improvements in soil health</td><td>Primary data may be collected to report this metric. Alternatively, partnering with other actors in the landscape who have access to farmers—such as certifiers, NGOs, agencies running workshops, farmers' associations, or government bodies—can provide valuable data. Because this metric reflects qualitative perceptions, the methodology—including all factors and parameters used to define it—must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>3.1.2.3 User-defined metric(s) of presence and quality of grievance mechanisms or other safeguards for land-related conflicts</td><td>Grievance mechanisms and safeguards implemented by all relevant actors in the landscape should be reported in this metric, as appropriate to the local context. Examples include Indigenous or communal land tenure legal frameworks, or farmers’ associations’ land and resource conflict resolution mechanisms. User-defined metrics must be described with specific units of measurement. </td></tr><tr><td>3.2.6.1 Number of government incentive programs for land management practices in the landscape, disaggregated by incentive type (e.g., direct payments, subsidies, training, technical assistance) and by land management practice (e.g., conventional, sustainable, regenerative)</td><td>Report a list of all incentive programs in the landscape, capturing those implemented by different levels or agencies of government. Complementary information about incentive program quality can be reported in metric 3.2.6.2.</td></tr><tr><td>3.2.6.2 User-defined metric of quality of government incentive programs</td><td>Report supporting data on the quality of incentive programs listed in metric 3.2.6.1. This may include measurable results, number of recipients (disaggregated by relevant groups), and observed impacts. The chosen methodology used to collect and report this information must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>3.2.6.3 Number of non-governmental actors promoting improved land management practices in the landscape, disaggregated by type (e.g., civil society, NGOs, research institutions, certifiers and standard-setting bodies)</td><td>Report a list of non-governmental actors operating in the landscape (do not include government entities). The metric should focus on the presence and number of actors. Additional information on their quality or effectiveness may optionally be included as supplemental context, but is not required.</td></tr><tr><td>4.1.1.4 User-defined metric(s) on productive loss attributed to biotic, abiotic, and novel stressors</td><td>Productive loss calculations vary by crop and are influenced by multiple factors. Representative crops can be selected, and the stages of productive loss should be clearly defined (e.g., during harvest, transportation, processing, storage). It is recommended to collaborate with farmers' associations, traders, and/or other relevant actors, and to engage an expert in productive loss calculations. When possible, productive loss should be disaggregated by stressor type and production system. Avoid double-counting (e.g., scenarios such as extreme weather events that increase vulnerability to disease must be carefully accounted for). User-defined metrics must be described with specific units of measurement. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>4.1.2.3 Area (ha) and percentage (%) managed lands using irrigation systems, disaggregated by type (e.g., rainfed, gravity-fed, drip, pumped)</td><td>It is recommended to consult with actors in the landscape responsible for monitoring irrigation (e.g., agricultural councils, government agencies, water districts). Results for this metric should be reported for a specified timeframe, ideally using multi-year data (e.g., the past two to five years), since irrigation patterns and volumes fluctuate over time and vary by crop type and their respective water requirements.</td></tr><tr><td>4.1.5.1 Average net farm income per farming household across the landscape</td><td>It is recommended to consult with relevant actors and agencies that produce data on farm income, such as government bodies (e.g., agricultural departments), research institutions, or international organizations (e.g., the FAO, the World Bank, etc.). Where available, use official statistics or recent reports specific to the landscape or country context. Alternatively, primary data may be collected.</td></tr><tr><td>4.1.5.2 Percentage (%) of households with 3 or more distinct income sources (e.g., crops, livestock, off-farm employment, nature-based activities, governmental subsidies)</td><td>The supplemental measurement guidance for this metric mirrors that of metric 4.1.5.1. </td></tr><tr><td>4.1.5.3 Percentage (%) of households earning income from at least one nature-based source, disaggregated by type (e.g., PES schemes, agrotourism, carbon or biodiversity credits, other ecosystem service-related payments)</td><td>It is recommended to consult with relevant actors in the landscape who may have access to nature-based income data (e.g., local NGOs, producer organizations, government agencies). If a household earns income from multiple nature-based sources, it should be counted only once to avoid duplication. Assign the household to the primary (most representative) income source, based on the highest annual income contribution and, where relevant, the longest duration or continuity of income, and document the criteria used to determine representativeness. Because many nature-based income sources are temporary or seasonal, their duration and timing should also be recorded and described.</td></tr><tr><td>4.1.5.4 Percentage (%) of households earning income from governmental subsidies</td><td>It is recommended to consult with the local government agencies that issue subsidies, as well as regional partners who can provide information about the types of subsidies present in the landscape. Results should reflect the percentage of households receiving any form of subsidy income. Where relevant and useful, subsidies may be disaggregated by type (e.g., agricultural, conservation, energy, social support) to provide additional context, following the disaggregation rules outlined in metric 4.1.5.3.</td></tr><tr><td>4.1.5.5 User-defined metric(s) on access to reliable markets</td><td>There are multiple ways to report this metric, depending on data availability and context. Approaches may include quantitative methods (e.g., a market reliability index) or qualitative assessments that describe the physical, economic, and social structures enabling market access in the landscape. User-defined metrics must be described with specific units of measurement. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>4.1.5.6 Percentage (%) of producers with access to business or technical support services (e.g., cooperatives, processors, extension agents, finance)</td><td>It is recommended to consult with actors in the landscape who may have access to support services data (e.g., producer organizations, NGOs, extension agencies, government programs). Results should reflect the percentage of producers with access to at least one form of business or technical support service. Where relevant and useful, services may be disaggregated by type to provide a more comprehensive view of support availability across the landscape. Each producer should be counted only once when calculating the overall percentage, even if they access multiple service types. When disaggregating by service type, producers may appear in more than one category, but the overall percentage should reflect unique producers only.</td></tr><tr><td>4.1.5.7 User-defined metric(s) for economic resilience and diversification</td><td>There are multiple ways to report this metric, depending on data availability and context. User-defined metrics must be described with specific units of measurement. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr><tr><td>4.1.6.1 User-defined metric(s) on the health &#x26; welfare of farmed and working animals</td><td>There are multiple ways to report this metric, depending on data availability and context. User-defined metrics must be described with specific units of measurement. The chosen methodology must be described in detail.</td></tr></tbody></table>


# Set up landscape initiative

Setting up a landscape initiative is the first step in the assessment process. This stage involves defining key components that characterize the initiative, including the landscape and assessment names, as well as identifying the lead organizations involved and reasons for conducting the assessment. Outlining these elements creates a solid foundation for the assessment and ensures that stakeholders have a clear understanding of the initiative.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FQQwSQeHA8MwAXm8I0wPj%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=f347bde0-002c-4aaa-b505-c8f322b1a3ee" alt=""><figcaption><p>Click on 'Add landscape' to create a new landscape initiative.</p></figcaption></figure>

Once the landscape initiative is created within your profile, you can begin a new assessment from the landscape dashboard.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2F99dxI4OWVd3ZYLRnhplR%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7540bbb7-e6b3-4df3-ab01-9eadeb3d7c89" alt=""><figcaption><p>Click on 'Create assessment' to start a new assessment of the landscape.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Landscape name

The landscape name refers to the specific physical area covered by the assessment. It should be relevant to the geographical (e.g., catchment/watershed or stakeholder-defined landscape) or jurisdictional scope of the initiative, making it easily identifiable by stakeholders and for future assessments.

## **Assessment name**

By default, the assessment name will follow the format 'Baseline \[Year]' for initial assessments and 'Reassessment \[Year]' for follow-up assessments, with the year automatically populated as the year the assessment is initiated in the platform. However, you may choose a more descriptive name that better reflects the unique characteristics of the assessment, if needed. Consistent naming conventions help differentiate between multiple assessments over time and ensure clarity in tracking progress.

## Organizations acting as stakeholders

This section is for listing the lead organizations involved in the initiative—both formal and informal—and defining their roles. For each organization, include the name, logo, website or social media link, and a brief description of their role in the initiative. The primary focus should be on lead organizations at this stage, with the option to add other organizations later through the initiative’s profile. Additional stakeholders involved in supporting or contributing to the initiative can be included in the [stakeholder engagement plan](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/develop-stakeholder-engagement-plan).

## Reasons for conducting an assessment

Capture the objectives for conducting a LandScale assessment for your initiative. Assessment objectives explain the purpose of the assessment. These objectives are often developed in alignment with landscape goals, which articulate the desired sustainability outcomes for a landscape. The initial objectives identified during platform registration—when the assessment owner applied to conduct a LandScale assessment—can be revised and expanded upon before submitting Step A for validation.

For example:

{% hint style="success" %}
**Assessment objective:**&#x20;

* Establish a baseline assessment of the landscape using the LandScale platform and framework.&#x20;
* Identify sustainability gaps in the landscape and develop a corresponding strategy and action plan.

**Landscape Goals**:&#x20;

* Develop a strategy for agricultural diversification.&#x20;
* Enhance the well-being of landscape inhabitants by improving access to healthcare, education, and basic infrastructure.&#x20;
* Attract investment beyond extractive economic activities, such as ecotourism and research.
  {% endhint %}

Both landscape goals and assessment objectives are usually developed through a participatory process that involves engaging multiple stakeholders. These objectives will guide subsequent actions, including defining the landscape boundary, selecting indicators and metrics, and shaping the focus and presentation of the landscape report.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended stakeholder input**

Before starting a LandScale assessment, it is recommended that the assessment team raises awareness about the assessment among relevant stakeholders, including any local landscape partnerships as well as people or organizations that the assessment team might want to engage to help collect or access data.

During the initial engagement, the assessment team is encouraged to communicate with stakeholders to help ensure that they:

* Understand the objectives for conducting a LandScale assessment.
* Are familiar with what LandScale is, what the assessment process entails, and their opportunities for input and participation in the assessment.
* Are willing to contribute to the assessment as appropriate.

While the methods to raise awareness and secure support from stakeholders will vary, based on experience from previous LandScale applications, we recommend using existing landscape partnership platforms or other multi-stakeholder spaces, leveraging communication channels (e.g., local TV, newspapers, social media), and holding meetings and workshops with stakeholders. Representatives from the public sector, local communities, private sector, and civil society should all be included.
{% endhint %}


# Define the landscape boundary

After setting up your landscape initiative and completing the general information, the next step is to define the proposed boundary for the LandScale assessment. This boundary should be delineated in accordance with the following guidelines on landscape size, boundary type (jurisdiction, catchment/watershed, or stakeholder-defined landscape), and landscape composition. Definitions of the boundary types are [provided below](#boundary-delineation-options). The boundary must be documented as a spatial data file (.shp or .kml format).

Getting the boundary right is essential, as it influences all further assessment steps, including the selection of indicators and metrics, and the data collected to measure them. The boundary should be established with the most relevant landscape-level sustainability issues in mind and should reflect the needs and priorities of those who will use the assessment results, as well as the perspectives of local stakeholders.&#x20;

A preliminary boundary may be established first, with final confirmation by the assessment team at the end of Step A.

## Landscape size

An appropriate area for applying LandScale typically ranges from thousands to millions of hectares, depending on the context. It should be large enough to capture interdependencies between sustainability dimensions—such as ecosystems, human well-being, governance, and production—yet small enough to provide insights that can inform actions for improving sustainability.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2Fstkqein3KK58SFACN71B%2FSui%20boundary.png?alt=media&amp;token=6c688a82-821f-43fc-bf92-d5b11c0fcc32" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sui landscape boundary in Ghana, visualized on the LandScale platform.</p></figcaption></figure>

The assessment team should aim for a balance where the landscape assessment offers a broad understanding of performance without exceeding the boundaries within which landscape stakeholders can effectively manage changes. The selected boundary should encompass multiple sustainability outcomes linked to multiple economic sectors and various interventions and investments.

LandScale assessments are generally not suited for single site-level projects smaller than the indicated size range. However, multi-sectoral, large-scale projects with broad impacts, such as infrastructure or major extractive initiatives, may fall within the scope of LandScale assessments.

## Boundary delineation options

There are three options for delineating the landscape boundary:

<details>

<summary>Option 1: Jurisdiction</summary>

A jurisdiction represents a political-administrative unit where government authority is exercised. Jurisdictional boundaries, typically second or third-level administrative divisions such as municipalities, districts, counties, or cantons, are well-suited to the size range recommended for LandScale assessments (thousands to millions of hectares, depending on the context).

Note that the terminology and size of second and third-level jurisdictions vary across countries. For instance, municipalities in Brazil are often much larger than cantons in Costa Rica, although both are classified as second-level jurisdictions.

Using a jurisdictional boundary can facilitate collaboration with government bodies operating in the area. It also makes accessing publicly available datasets—particularly socio-economic data relevant to LandScale indicators and metrics—easier, as such data is often reported at the jurisdictional level. Jurisdiction-based assessments can support government initiatives by providing information to monitor impacts, manage resources, and attract investment.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Option 2: Catchment or watershed</summary>

A catchment (also known as a drainage basin or watershed) is an area where all precipitation flows to a common outlet, representing a natural hydrological unit. This boundary type is particularly useful for understanding water resource management, flow, and quality issues. It is especially relevant for LandScale users reliant on surface water, such as agricultural producers, extractive industries, government water authorities, or hydroelectric power suppliers.

Catchment boundaries can vary in size but typically align with the recommended landscape size for LandScale assessments, which is in the range of thousands to millions of hectares, depending on the context. Depending on the region, this could include entire catchments or sub-catchments.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Option 3: Stakeholder-defined landscapes</summary>

This option allows users to define landscapes based on locally relevant combinations of ecological, political, economic, and socio-cultural dimensions. A stakeholder-defined landscape may be appropriate for users assessing sustainability performance over areas that do not correspond to jurisdictional or catchment/watershed boundaries.

Examples include companies evaluating sourcing areas, governments assessing the impact of large-scale infrastructure projects, or investors examining sustainability risks in specific regions. The stakeholder-defined boundary should ideally encompass key environmental, social, and economic features—including protected areas, [High Conservation Values](https://hcvnetwork.org/), major water bodies, human settlements, and significant production or processing facilities—that influence or are impacted by activities within the landscape.

A stakeholder-defined landscape boundary should not have gaps or discontinuities (i.e., multiple unconnected areas). Additionally, unless strongly justified, the boundary should avoid overly contorted or irregular shapes. For example, the boundary should not create narrow, elongated areas of excluded land ('fingers') that extend into included areas, as this can complicate data collection and assessment processes.

To ensure that all significant sustainability features are included, the assessment team may [conduct an adjacency analysis](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary/conduct-adjacency-analysis-optional) to refine the boundary.

</details>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended stakeholder input**

Stakeholder input should focus on delineating the landscape boundary and identifying any limitations associated with this boundary.&#x20;

* If the boundary was already pre-defined through a participatory process (e.g., by an active landscape partnership), further input may not be necessary unless stakeholders wish to revisit the boundary in the context of the LandScale assessment.
* For new boundary definitions, it is recommended to engage stakeholders early e.g., government, companies, NGOs, local communities, producer groups) to address potential limitations and ensure the boundary reflects their interests and needs. This is especially important for stakeholder-defined boundaries.&#x20;

Input can be collected through planned stakeholder meetings, ongoing multi-stakeholder processes or partnerships, or bilateral/small group interviews.
{% endhint %}

## Boundary selection considerations

Single jurisdictions and catchments offer the advantage of being pre-defined and generally accepted as land management units. However, the assessment team may also opt to establish a stakeholder-defined boundary tailored to the specific context and objectives of the assessment. Regardless of the boundary type, the assessment team must document the rationale behind the boundary selection.

When defining the landscape boundary, the assessment team should consider how different delineations may impact data availability.&#x20;

* **Jurisdictions:** Official government and statistical data are often more readily accessible for jurisdictions compared to catchments or other boundary types. This includes socio-economic, demographic, and governance-related data.
* **Catchments/watersheds:** Catchment/watershed delineations may provide better access to water quality and flow data, making them particularly valuable in contexts where water resource management is a priority.
* **Stakeholder-defined landscapes:** Stakeholder-defined landscapes that do not encompass multiple adjacent jurisdictions or catchments are likely to present the greatest challenges in terms of data availability. If such a boundary is being considered, the assessment team is encouraged to review the requirements and processes for Step B to anticipate and address potential data limitations before finalizing the boundary selection.

By carefully evaluating these factors, the assessment team can ensure that the selected boundary not only meets the assessment objectives but also provides reliable data for informed decision-making.

## Boundary overlap with other landscapes

Overlap between the boundary of the landscape being submitted and the boundaries of landscapes already registered on the platform is only allowed in the following scenarios:

* The boundary is fully nested within another landscape boundary (e.g., a watershed within a department, or a municipality within a department).
* There is a partial overlap between a watershed boundary and a jurisdictional boundary (e.g., a water fund operating across a watershed that overlaps with a jurisdiction where a landscape approach is being implemented).
* There is any amount of overlap between two watershed boundaries.
* There is up to 10% overlap between a stakeholder-defined boundary and any other boundary.

Other scenarios will be considered on a case-by-case basis.&#x20;

Whenever there is overlap between a new landscape boundary and an existing boundary registered on the LandScale platform, the owners of all affected profiles will be notified. If the overlap falls within the allowed scenarios listed above, no further action will be required.

If a stakeholder-defined boundary overlaps by more than 10% with another landscape, representatives from both landscapes must confirm the boundary selection. In this case, all relevant profile members will be notified and asked to confirm that they are aware of the overlap and intend to list their initiatives separately.

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Select a pricing plan to continue**

At this stage, you must select a pricing plan and submit your initial work for validation. The LandScale team will review your submission and contact you once the review is complete. Upon approval, the remaining sections of the assessment will be unlocked, allowing you and your team to continue.&#x20;

You cannot proceed to later sections until this validation step is completed.

For more information on pricing, [visit our website](https://www.landscale.org/pricing/).&#x20;
{% endhint %}


# Boundary limitations and adjacency analysis

Before finalizing the landscape boundary, it is recommended to conduct an adjacency analysis to identify any potential limitations of the proposed boundary and address them appropriately. This process may involve expanding or adjusting the boundary to incorporate critical adjacent areas or to account for spillover effects between the landscape and its surroundings. The results of this analysis should clearly document any potential limitations, ensuring that users of the assessment results are fully informed.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2F7cVsOkJlHAKM3cN01n9u%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=e8ff4f74-1629-483a-9513-da19f08cd743" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sample of a completed adjacency analysis.</p></figcaption></figure>

If a formal adjacency analysis is not conducted, the assessment team is still encouraged to perform a desktop visual review of a reasonable adjacent area (e.g., a 1,000-hectare buffer) using available maps. This review aims to identify potential boundary limitations, particularly in stakeholder-defined landscapes. The assessment team should look for factors such as the presence of protected areas, extractive activities nearby, or potential gaps in connectivity within the landscape.&#x20;

While LandScale does not reject boundaries with documented limitations, these must be transparently reported in the landscape assessment to clarify how they may affect the results. In such cases, the team can skip adjacency analysis-related questions but must complete the final 'boundary limitations' question.

## Analyze adjacent areas relative to the proposed boundary

It is recommended to extend the analysis at least 10 kilometers beyond the edge of the proposed boundary. The LandScale platform offers a tool to delineate this buffer. Through the use of GIS or online resources such as [Google Earth](https://earth.google.com/web/), the assessment team should visually identify key land uses and features in the adjacent areas (e.g., protected areas, human settlements, major production or processing sites). Once identified, the relationship between these adjacencies and the proposed landscape boundary should be analyzed in three primary dimensions:

<details>

<summary>Impacts on the adjacent areas</summary>

Determine whether activities within the proposed landscape boundary have actual or potential impacts on adjacent areas. For example, these may include:

* **Environmental impacts** such as runoff, pollution, habitat fragmentation, deforestation.
* **Social impacts** such as employment hubs where workers live in adjacent areas, displacement of local communities, or impacts on livelihoods.

If significant impacts are identified, consider whether adjustments to the boundary or additional mitigation measures are necessary to address these interactions.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Impacts from the adjacent areas</summary>

Assess whether activities or features in adjacent areas have actual or potential impacts on the proposed landscape boundary. For example, these may include:

* **Major infrastructure** such as roads, bridges, or other construction that could affect land use and accessibility.
* **Mineral or hydrocarbon extraction sites**, as their operations may risk environmental degradation or resource depletion.
* **Pollution sources** such as factories, waste disposal sites, or other sources of contamination that could affect air, soil, or water quality.

The assessment team may choose to expand the boundary to include such areas if these impacts are significant. However, this is not obligatory and may not always be advisable. For instance, while an adjacent city might have impacts on the surrounding landscape, the team may opt to exclude it if the focus of the assessment is on rural sustainability.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Sensitive resources within the adjacent areas</summary>

Identify sensitive resources in adjacent areas. For example, these may include:

* **Ecologically sensitive resources** such as [High Conservation Values](https://www.hcvnetwork.org/), fragile ecosystems, and habitats for endangered species.
* **Socially sensitive areas** such as Indigenous territories or populations, areas of high poverty, and cultural heritage areas.

If activities in the proposed landscape affect these resources or pose risks of negative impacts to them, it is recommended that the landscape boundary be expanded to include the areas containing these sensitive resources.&#x20;

Additionally, if excluding adjacent areas would leave out marginalized or vulnerable groups whose livelihoods or well-being are tied to the proposed landscape (e.g., Indigenous peoples, permanent or migrant farmworkers, ethnic minorities, or populations with high levels of poverty), it is likewise recommended that the boundary be expanded to include such populations.

</details>

### Consider trends or predicted future changes

After analyzing the proposed boundary, the assessment team should examine trends or predicted changes that may significantly impact the landscape and its sustainability over time. This could include factors such as agricultural expansion or urban development that might necessitate a larger landscape delineation for effective monitoring. A well-delineated boundary should be expected to remain valid for a decade or more, minimizing the need for redefinition in future assessments.

<details>

<summary>Example: Adjacency analysis leads to boundary expansion in a multi-jurisdictional Peruvian landscape</summary>

In the [Lamas landscape of Peru](https://platform.landscale.org/profile/lamas-province/overview), the adjacency analysis prompted the assessment team to expand the initial boundary to include two additional districts. The team’s primary goal was to halt agricultural expansion that had led to deforestation and a loss of biodiversity, reducing agricultural productivity.

The original landscape boundary, defined by jurisdictional lines, included four districts: Pinto Recodo, Alonso de Alvarado, Lamas, and Tabalosos. This approach was chosen to facilitate data availability and to align with commitments from local district mayors to participate in the project. However, the adjacency analysis revealed that 75% of the Cordillera Escalera Conservation Area—critical for providing water and ecosystem services—lay within the adjacent district of San Roque de Cumbaza. To properly monitor agricultural encroachment and protect this area, San Roque de Cumbaza was added to the boundary.

Additionally, the Shanao district, located between Lamas and Tabalosos, was included to ensure landscape continuity. This adjustment allowed for a more cohesive and effective assessment, capturing key ecosystem impacts and aligning with the partnership's goals.

</details>

## Document findings and outcomes

The final step of the adjacency analysis is to clearly document the findings and whether any adjustments were made to the initial landscape boundary. If changes were made, both the original and revised versions of the boundary will be maintained on the LandScale platform. The assessment team should provide a clear explanation for any changes, outlining the nature of the adjustments and the reasons behind them.

If no changes were made, it is equally important to document the analysis findings that support maintaining the original boundary. Any limitations identified during the adjacency analysis, including those related to adjacent areas, must be clearly recorded. This ensures transparency and helps users of the assessment interpret the results accurately.

If boundary adjustments are necessary based on the adjacency analysis, the assessment team should make revisions, considering the landscape's size, types, and composition. Factors outlined in [define the landscape boundary](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary) should be taken into account when making adjustments. Any changes made after Step A validation must go through the validation process again.


# Provide landscape overview

The landscape overview provides a structured format to document the key characteristics and context of the landscape. This information will form part of both the landscape profile and the introduction of the landscape report. It helps the assessment team identify important sustainability factors to consider throughout the assessment process. Additionally, the overview is where the assessment team specifies the economic activities that will be covered, which will define the scope of certain indicators.

The landscape overview should be based on the assessment team’s knowledge, desk-based research, and input from key stakeholders. It must include all required elements, which should be entered via the platform interface. While required information is essential, the team is also encouraged to document the recommended elements, which can be presented in any format and will be added as an annex to the landscape report. The recommended information provides valuable context for the assessment and supports the interpretation of assessment results.

## Required information

<table><thead><tr><th width="197">Field</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Landscape introduction</td><td><p>Provide a general introduction to the landscape (~400-800 words). It should cover:</p><ul><li><strong>Landscape geography</strong>: The landscape’s physical attributes and position within the country.</li><li><strong>Local economy</strong>: The landscape’s main economic sectors and the trends within them (e.g., growth, shrinkage, or change).</li><li><strong>Landscape partnerships and planning</strong>: A summary of any initiatives, processes, or partnerships focused on planning and managing the landscape to achieve common sustainability goals. </li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Demographic information</td><td>Enter the total population of the landscape. This information provides essential context for understanding the human footprint, demand on natural resources, and potential social dynamics within the landscape. Population size is also a key factor in assessing the scale and impact of economic activities, infrastructure needs, and service delivery.</td></tr><tr><td>Economic activities of interest</td><td><p>Select key economic activities or sectors (e.g., agriculture, forestry, fisheries, mining, infrastructure, tourism, etc.) relevant to the LandScale assessment. The selection informs the assessment scope for Goals 2.2, 3.2, and 4.1. </p><p></p><p>The assessment team is encouraged to review the metrics and requirements for these goals to determine whether the necessary data for the selected activities or sectors is available or can be obtained. Identification of economic activities will not limit the assessment scope for other goals, which are intended to be evaluated more broadly across the landscape.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

## Recommended information

<table><thead><tr><th width="196">Field</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Landscape trends and risks</td><td><p>Provide a narrative (~400 words or more) describing key sustainability-related trends, threats, and/or risks that affect or are likely to affect the landscape. It should cover the following themes to the extent relevant: </p><ul><li><strong>Climate change impacts</strong>: Examples include shifts in precipitation patterns, rising temperatures, and extreme weather events.</li><li><strong>Other physical, geological, climatic, or ecological threats or dynamics</strong>: Examples include floods, coastal storm surges, droughts, wildfires, landslides/mudflows, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and interannual climate cycles such as those associated with El Niño and La Niña.</li><li><strong>Social challenges and trends</strong>: Examples include rising economic inequality; tension or conflict due to ethnic, religious, or other divisions in the local population; large-scale migration to, from, or within the landscape; social unrest, organized crime, or terrorism; etc.</li><li><strong>Governance challenges or risks</strong>: Examples include government collapse, government transition, conflict over land rights or resource tenure, widespread illegality or corruption, etc.</li><li><strong>Shifts in the market</strong>: Examples include significant increase or decrease in demand for products that are or could be produced in the landscape; shifting levels of public or private external investment; and other major economic shifts with demographic or land use implications, such as rapid urbanization.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Landscape maps</td><td><p>Submit the following two maps as image files (e.g., jpeg, pdf): </p><ul><li><strong>Context map</strong>: Shows the approximate landscape boundary in the context of national and subnational jurisdictions, major infrastructure (e.g., highways), urban areas, and other relevant features (e.g., water bodies).</li><li><strong>Land use/cover map</strong>: Shows the approximate landscape boundary in the context of land cover and/or land use together with major features in the landscape (e.g., major infrastructure, water bodies, population centers).</li></ul><p>These maps are valuable additions for visualizing information in the final report, should you choose to create one.  </p></td></tr><tr><td>Demographic information</td><td><p>Add a brief description of past and current human migration trends relevant to land use activities (e.g., transient agricultural workers, out-migration to urban areas or to bordering countries)<strong>.</strong><br></p><p>Then, enter population breakdowns using the corresponding data entry fields in the platform. This data will be used to automatically generate a landscape statistical overview to be included in the landscape report. Breakdown options include:</p><ul><li>Population breakdown by age group.</li><li>Population breakdown by gender.</li><li>Population breakdown by rural vs. urban domicile.</li><li>Population breakdown by ethnic and/or Indigenous group. </li></ul><p>If landscape-specific data is unavailable for the population breakdowns, estimated figures from larger regions (e.g., jurisdiction-level) can be used, provided this is documented accordingly.</p></td></tr><tr><td>Production context</td><td><p>Describe the agricultural and forestry production systems found within the landscape, including:</p><ul><li><strong>Land allocation and management</strong>: How the land is allocated and by whom it is managed (e.g., smallholders, plantations, community forests, etc.).</li><li><strong>Production practices</strong>: What kinds of production practices are most common (e.g., agroforestry, perennial monocultures, intensive or extensive livestock operations, diversified small farms, etc.).</li><li><strong>Labor composition</strong>: Types of labor for agricultural and forestry operations (e.g., household labor, casual workers, permanent full-time workers, seasonal and migratory workers, etc.).</li><li><strong>Product consumption or commercialization</strong>: How products are used or sold (e.g., subsistence, local trade, commercial trade outside of the landscape, etc.). </li><li><strong>Risks and threats</strong>: Identify risks and threats to agricultural and forestry production systems (e.g., the potential effects of climate change on yield, water supply, colonization or expansion of pests and diseases, shifting cultivation zones, or other factors).</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Governance structures</td><td><p></p><p>Provide a list and brief description of relevant governance bodies and structures relevant to land use and resource management, including: </p><ul><li>Government institutions responsible for relevant sectors. </li><li>Government plans and/or strategies relevant to land use and landscape sustainability.</li><li>Non-governmental entities, such as producer groups, cooperatives, civil society organizations, and multi-stakeholder partnerships.</li><li>Indigenous community governance mechanisms and decision-making structures. </li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Land use and land allocation</td><td><p>Provide information on recent land use changes and their drivers, such as:</p><ul><li><strong>Protected areas map</strong>: A map of the protected areas in the landscape with a list detailing each area’s size and type of protection (this will support the assessment of indicator 1.1.1).</li><li><strong>Land use/land cover map</strong>: A prior land use/land cover map with a quantitative summary of land use changes from the prior period to the most recent mapped data (this will support the assessment of indicator 1.1.2). </li><li><strong>Drivers of land use change</strong>: A narrative description of the key drivers of land use change in the landscape (e.g., agricultural expansion, infrastructure development, etc.). </li><li><strong>Land allocation</strong>: Allocation of land in the landscape by ownership/management category (e.g., private ownership by individuals or smallholders, private ownership by companies, community ownership, government ownership, etc.). For government or community land, include information on the type and extent of concessions or use rights granted to other parties.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Land use and land cover breakdown</td><td><p>Provide a breakdown of land use or land cover that align with the <a href="https://land.copernicus.eu/content/corine-land-cover-nomenclature-guidelines/html/">CORINE Land Cover guidelines</a> as closely as possible. The categories should be mutually exclusive and total 100% of the landscape. </p><p></p><p>If appropriate, a finer level of disaggregation may be provided (e.g., the 'agriculture' category in the land cover map may be disaggregated by crop type or livestock production system).</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Recommended adjacency analysis**

At this stage, we recommend completing an adjacency analysis and documenting any limitations of your landscape boundary, if you have not already done so. Review our [adjacency analysis guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary/conduct-adjacency-analysis-optional) before proceeding.
{% endhint %}


# Register assessment team members

In Step A, you must register all members of your assessment team, clearly indicating their roles and responsibilities. You can also upload CVs or other relevant documents detailing their skills and expertise.

The assessment team is composed of individuals with relevant subject matter expertise who are responsible for developing the landscape profile and conducting the corresponding assessment(s). This includes engaging with stakeholders, collecting and analyzing data, and ensuring the overall quality and credibility of the assessment process.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2F0DWcTslNrpX0sV9DUzxi%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=b0c7e90d-35ae-4262-94f9-e4b04b3e0d52" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sample assessment team registration.</p></figcaption></figure>

If you are not able to lead the assessment or require specific expertise that is not available within your organization, refer to the 'Terms of Reference' template below for guidance on recruiting suitable team members.

{% file src="/files/YbK66Itr7ActgExZcPND" %}

## Assessment team composition

<table><thead><tr><th width="193">Role</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Owner</td><td>The individual(s) responsible for the landscape profile and the associated assessment(s). Owners have full control and access to the landscape profile and can transfer ownership to another individual at any time, if necessary. Owners can also add new users. Multiple owners may be designated for a single landscape.</td></tr><tr><td>Assessment lead</td><td>The individual responsible for leading the assessment team and ensuring the successful execution of the assessment. The assessment lead also has the authority to edit the landscape profile and can add new users. Only one lead can be assigned per assessment.</td></tr><tr><td>Assessor specialist</td><td>A subject matter expert who provides specialized knowledge and expertise for specific aspects of the assessment. Specialists should collectively cover all topics within the scope of the assessment. They can view the landscape profile, but must be granted permission to make edits.</td></tr></tbody></table>

## Qualifications and expertise

### Required subject matter expertise&#x20;

The assessment team must have technical expertise across all sustainability themes within the assessment scope. This includes interdisciplinary knowledge in areas such as land use, natural resource management, commodity production, social development, and governance, as well as sector-specific expertise in agriculture or forestry if these are relevant to the landscape.

The team's expertise must cover all pillars of the LandScale assessment framework. Below is a summary of the areas where expertise is needed. Some areas marked '(optional)' indicate expertise that may only be required if those specific indicators are included in the assessment.

<details>

<summary>Pillar 1: Ecosystems</summary>

* Natural ecosystem protection, conversion, and degradation.
* Biodiversity habitat protection, conversion, degradation, and restoration.
* Restoration of converted and degraded ecosystems (optional).
* Connectivity and fragmentation of natural ecosystems (optional).
* Water resources measurement (optional).
* Greenhouse gas emissions (sources) and carbon sequestration (sinks) associated with agriculture, forestry, and other land use activities (optional).
* Ecosystem services measurement (optional).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Pillar 2: Human well-being</summary>

Due to the sensitive nature of human rights issues addressed by the LandScale framework, the assessment team must meet specific qualifications for assessing human rights indicators. This includes expertise related to the human rights issues covered in the LandScale framework (child labor, women's rights, Indigenous Peoples' and other marginalized groups' rights, forced labor, and workers' rights).

At a minimum, the team must include an expert who meets the following qualifications to ensure that the human rights indicators are assessed in a rigorous and objective manner:

* Proficiency in the local language(s) of the landscape.
* Commitment to objective and inclusive assessments, including a willingness to engage with marginalized or vulnerable groups separately as needed.
* At least 3 years of experience in human rights issues and impact assessments.
* Strong understanding of key human rights issues affecting local people and communities.&#x20;
* Experience conducting surveys, interviews, focus groups, and other types of engagements with workers, households, and local communities.&#x20;
* Familiarity with the local culture, context, and politics.

Additional areas of expertise needed within this pillar include:

* Multidimensional poverty assessments, covering education, sanitation, health, nutrition, etc.
* Human rights impact assessments (child labor, forced labor, workers’ rights) (optional).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Pillar 3: Governance</summary>

* Land and resource tenure.
* Land and resource conflicts.
* Transparency, participation, inclusion, and coordination in land-use policy, planning, and management.
* Illegality and corruption related to land and resources (optional).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Pillar 4: Production</summary>

* Productivity of agricultural (crop and livestock), agroforestry, and tree production systems in the landscape (optional).
* Efficiency of input use in agricultural, agroforestry, and tree production systems in the landscape (optional).
* Adoption of sustainable land management and waste management practices in agricultural and forest plantation operations in the landscape (optional).
* Expertise in other natural resource-based production sectors (optional).

</details>

### Required technical skills

<details>

<summary>Data and analysis</summary>

* Expertise in social and environmental data collection and analysis.
* Ability to identify data sources, assess data quality, and calculate metrics from primary and secondary data.

</details>

<details>

<summary>GIS and data manipulation and management</summary>

Spatial information is a key component of a LandScale assessment. For this reason, the team should include one or more people experienced in the following:

* Proficiency in spatial data collection, management, and analysis using GIS software.&#x20;
* Mapping skills to complete the [landscape overview](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/provide-landscape-overview).

</details>

### Other preferred qualifications

<details>

<summary>Writing skills</summary>

* Strong writing and editing skills in English to support the development of the landscape profile and final assessment report.&#x20;
* Ability to translate findings into locally relevant languages and culturally appropriate formats for relevant audiences, as needed.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Data visualization skills</summary>

* Ability to create visualizations (e.g., maps, charts, infographics) to enhance the landscape profile and assessment report.&#x20;
* Inclusion of team members with graphic design and production skills is recommended.

</details>


# Identify and register local reviewers

The local review process involves engaging individuals with relevant expertise and contextual knowledge to review and validate the assessment results. While the local review takes place in [Step C](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review), it is recommended to identify potential local reviewers early in the process to ensure they are appropriately budgeted for and included in planning. Local reviewers can be added at any stage of the assessment process.

Local reviewers must meet both of the following criteria:

1. **Subject matter expertise:** Local reviewers should possess expertise in the topics they are invited to review. They must be capable of evaluating the quality of data and methods used to derive the results related to those topics. Expertise may stem from academic, professional, and/or practical experience.
2. **Landscape knowledge:** Local reviewers should have sufficient familiarity with the landscape to assess the accuracy of results in the context of actual conditions. This knowledge can be obtained through living or working in the landscape, or by other means, such as conducting research pertaining to it.

To validate their qualifications, documentation such as CVs, resumes, course certifications, or other suitable evidence showing their expertise must be uploaded to the platform.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FsxycAGJkjzDMAsclag7J%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=ba3de531-05e3-4667-b2b7-28c4f05a6d34" alt=""><figcaption><p>The assessment lead is responsible for nominating local reviewers. Once approved by LandScale, each local reviewer must complete a Conflict of Interest Declaration prior to beginning the review.</p></figcaption></figure>

Local reviewers are expected to participate in an individual capacity; they are not expected to represent, or be limited by, the views of any organization or group with which they may be affiliated.&#x20;

It is also important to set clear expectations for how much time local reviewers should spend evaluating the landscape assessment results to ensure their work aligns with the assessment team's timelines.

## Requirements for local reviewer selection

* **Number of reviewers:** LandScale requires at least one local reviewer per indicator but recommends a minimum of two for each. The assessment team may invite additional reviewers if desired. A single local reviewer may evaluate multiple indicators across different goals or pillars, provided they meet the required criteria for expertise and landscape knowledge for each indicator.&#x20;
* **Diversity of expertise:** The value of the local review is increased when it facilitates triangulation between multiple sources of expertise. Therefore, the collective set of reviewers across all goals must be representative of at least two distinct stakeholder groups, such as academia, government, NGOs, community and producer representatives, consultancies, or other relevant groups.

## Compensation for local reviewers

The assessment team may choose to offer prospective local reviewers a reasonable stipend to compensate for their time, aligned with local salary standards. Stipends are optional and should be agreed upon by the assessment team and the reviewers. LandScale does not participate in the negotiation or payment of these stipends.&#x20;

The decision to offer compensation should prioritize minimizing the likelihood of bias, whether reviewers are paid or volunteer their time. Offering a stipend may improve participation and timeliness of the review. In all cases, the assessment team should communicate the importance of providing unbiased and candid feedback, including the identification of any inaccuracies or limitations in the draft assessment.

## Criteria for independence of local reviewers

The independence of the local review process is crucial to ensuring objectivity and credibility in the assessment results. To maintain independence, the following criteria must be observed when selecting local reviewers:

| Criteria                               | Considerations                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
| -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Non-involvement in the assessment team | Local reviewers must not be members of the assessment team. They may, however, be employees or affiliates of an organization represented on the assessment team.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
| Separation from data sources           | <p>Local reviewers must not be affiliated with the organization or entity that owns or collected the data used in the indicator being reviewed. </p><p></p><p>For example, if agricultural production data from the Ministry of Agriculture were used for Goal 4.1 (<em>Promote regenerative, agricultural, agroforestry, and tree production systems</em>), no affiliate of that ministry may review this goal. </p><p></p><p>However, a ministry employee with expertise in a different area, such as water resources, may serve as a local reviewer for a goal unrelated to their employer’s data contribution, such as Goal 1.3 (<em>Maintain and enhance ecosystem services</em>).</p> |
| Conflict of interest disclosure        | <p>Local reviewers must not have conflicts of interest that could impede, or appear to impede, their ability to conduct an objective review. </p><p></p><p>Any potential conflicts of interest must be disclosed before the reviewer participates in the local review. The assessment team will evaluate disclosed conflicts to determine if they are disqualifying.</p>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |

Once local reviewers are selected and invited to participate, they must review and complete the LandScale Conflict of Interest Declaration for Local Reviewers to confirm they understand and adhere to the independence requirements. These declarations must be uploaded by the assessment team as supporting documentation in the assessment, enabling the LandScale team to access and review them.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FQy7KujZarEr6O7eNjHbU%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=8c7cf94e-317d-4127-880c-4bf9887059f0" alt=""><figcaption><p>All local reviewers must complete a Conflict of Interest Declaration for each assessment they participate in.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Balancing transparency and confidentiality in local reviews

Transparency in the local review process enhances objectivity and bolsters the credibility of the final published assessment results. However, LandScale recognizes the importance of confidentiality in fostering candid feedback. In some situations, local reviewers may need to remain anonymous to avoid risks to their personal or professional well-being—particularly if their comments challenge results or data sources linked to powerful stakeholders.

To balance the interests of transparency and personal protection, the identification of local reviewers and their feedback will follow these guidelines:

* **Disclosure of reviewer names:** By default, the final assessment report will list the names of all local reviewers alongside the LandScale indicator(s) they reviewed. While reviewers may request anonymity, LandScale requests that they only do so if they believe disclosure poses a risk to their personal or professional well-being. In such cases, their role will be listed as 'anonymous reviewer' in the final report, and their name will not be publicly disclosed.&#x20;
* **Reviewer identification for internal purposes:** The identities of all reviewers—anonymous or not—will be known to both the assessment team and the LandScale team. This ensures compliance with reviewer selection criteria. These teams must agree not to disclose a reviewer’s identity or identifying information publicly, except in the case of non-anonymous reviews where the reviewer’s name is published as described above.
* **Attribution of feedback:** The assessment and LandScale teams will track which reviewers provided specific feedback on draft results. Feedback attribution will remain confidential and will not be published or shared with external parties.
* **Publication of feedback in final report:** The final assessment report will include a non-attributed summary of all comments received during the local review process. This summary will detail how feedback was addressed in the final assessment results and report, ensuring transparency without compromising reviewer confidentiality.


# Develop stakeholder engagement plan

Engaging landscape stakeholders throughout the assessment process is essential to ensure the accuracy, credibility, and local relevance of results. Stakeholder participation also ensures that local perspectives are incorporated effectively into the assessment process.

During Step A, the assessment team must document a plan for how stakeholders will be engaged throughout the entire assessment process, indicating the focus and forms of stakeholder engagement that are anticipated during each step. The plan should also identify which stakeholders or stakeholder groups will be prioritized for engagement and what kinds of engagement modalities will be used.

## Approaches to stakeholder engagement

Different landscapes require varying levels of stakeholder engagement. LandScale offers flexibility in how stakeholders are engaged across the assessment steps (Steps A, B, C), allowing the approach to align with the specific context of each landscape. Below are three common approaches:

1. **Comprehensive engagement throughout all steps:** Under this approach, stakeholders are actively involved at every stage of the assessment process, including defining the landscape boundary, selecting indicators and metrics, and participating in data collection and analysis. This approach is recommended for landscapes that have existing multi-stakeholder collaborations and partnerships, as well as where there is a significant level of capacity and interest from local stakeholders to engage in the process. Although it requires more time and coordination, this approach helps ensure that the assessment reflects diverse stakeholder perspectives. As a result, the local review in Step C may be more efficient, with fewer revisions needed.
2. **Focused engagement during the review stage:** Under this approach, the assessment team conducts Steps A through C independently, except for Goals 2.2 and 3.2, which require stakeholder input. This results in a more expert-driven assessment and may be appropriate when high-quality secondary data are available and/or when stakeholder capacity is limited. This approach can enable faster implementation but may result in more significant stakeholder feedback during the local review process in Step C, requiring the team to revisit and revise earlier steps.
3. **Hybrid approach:** The hybrid approach allows the assessment team to engage stakeholders selectively, focusing on areas that require qualitative insights while handling other areas through desktop work. For example, stakeholders may be more involved in pillars 2 (human well-being) and 3 (governance), which depend more on qualitative data and stakeholder perspectives. Meanwhile, pillars 1 (ecosystems) and 4 (production) can be assessed with less stakeholder input. This approach balances efficiency with meaningful stakeholder engagement but requires careful coordination.

In all cases, local stakeholders must be engaged in the three sets of [required engagement activities](#required-stakeholder-engagement-activities).&#x20;

## Required stakeholder engagement activities

The following activities define the required stakeholder engagement points for Goal 2.2, Goal 3.2, and the local review in Step C.

<details>

<summary>Goal 2.2: Respect, protect, and fulfill human rights.</summary>

Human rights data at the landscape level is often limited, necessitating extensive stakeholder consultation. The consultation process has two objectives:

1. **Assessing indicator applicability (Step B)**: Engage stakeholders to determine if the additional human rights indicators (e.g., child labor, women's rights, forced labor, Indigenous peoples' rights) are relevant to the landscape context.&#x20;
2. **Designing and evaluating performance metrics (Steps B and C)**: Develop context-specific metrics during Step B, and assess their performance in Step C with stakeholder input.

Relevant stakeholders include rights holders (e.g., affected communities) and duty bearers (e.g., government agencies). Full details of the stakeholder engagement requirements for Goal 2.2 are available in the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines).

This consultative process is required for the indicators and metrics within Goal 2.2, and is also recommended for any human rights-related indicators that the assessment team chooses to define and include within the assessment scope.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Goal 3.2: Promote transparency, participation, inclusion, and coordination in landscape policy, planning, and management.</summary>

Assessing indicators 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, and optionally 3.2.4 requires the use of the [Sustainable Landscapes Rating Tool (SLRT)](https://www.climate-standards.org/sustainable-landscapes-rating-tool/). This tool relies on participatory rating exercises to generate metric results, ensuring diverse stakeholder input.

Stakeholders involved may include:

* Government entities, including representatives from various ministries, agencies, and administrative levels.
* Producer organizations, including those representing smallholders.
* Private sector organizations involved in land use activities.
* Social and environmental NGOs.
* Civil society organizations, including those representing the interests of Indigenous peoples and local communities.&#x20;

Optionally, indicator 3.2.4 (illegality and corruption related to land and resources) may also involve stakeholder consultations, for instance, if surveys on local perceptions are carried out to assess the performance metrics for this indicator.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Step C: Local review</summary>

The local review ensures that stakeholders with in-depth knowledge of the landscape provide feedback to validate the credibility and accuracy of the source data and assessment results prior to publication. This feedback helps:

* Identify and inform any necessary improvements to the results.
* Document any limitations in data accuracy or result interpretation.

The local review takes place during Step C and requires the participation of at least one local reviewer per indicator for which validation is sought. Further details on the local review can be found in [conduct the local review](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review).

</details>

## Recommended stakeholder engagement activities

In addition to the required activities, we recommend consulting stakeholders throughout the process to strengthen local buy-in and enhance the quality of results. Engagement can take place through any suitable combination of modalities, such as interactive workshops, multi-stakeholder dialogues, interviews, or open consultations.

<details>

<summary>Step A: Early engagement and boundary delineation</summary>

* Identify target stakeholder groups, considering local communities, government bodies, NGOs, private companies, and other relevant stakeholders that directly or indirectly impact the initiative's results.
* Determine the specific communication and participation methods to engage each group, ensuring effective collaboration and continuous feedback. Consider face-to-face meetings, workshops, public consultations, online surveys, and digital communications platforms, among others.
* Inform stakeholders about the purpose and timeline of the LandScale assessment as well as the points at which their input will be requested.
* Consult stakeholders about the delineation of the landscape boundary, ensuring the boundary reflects their interests and needs (as appropriate).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Step B: Input on indicators and data resources</summary>

* Consult stakeholders to assess the applicability of additional indicators for inclusion in the assessment scope.&#x20;
* Invite stakeholder input on the identification of complementary metrics that fit the local context.
* Consult stakeholders on data resources to ensure data collection leverages local knowledge and expertise.&#x20;

</details>

<details>

<summary>Step C: Data collection and metric assessment</summary>

* Seek stakeholder support in collecting data and providing context-specific insights to enhance the assessment of metrics.&#x20;

Note that stakeholders consulted during Step C differ from local reviewers. Local reviewers review and provide feedback on metric results and data resources once draft assessment results are complete.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Report building (optional)</summary>

* Incorporate stakeholder perspectives into the final landscape profile and assessment report, for instance, to inform narrative interpretations of the assessment results and provide qualitative insights.

</details>

## LandScale's role in the landscape management cycle

LandScale can be applied at different stages of the landscape management cycle, depending on where partnerships stand and what outcomes are needed.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FkN9GSxYFj8BKlEeOEBA2%2FFive%20Elements%20of%20Integrated%20Landscape%20Management.png?alt=media&amp;token=9c584927-2245-4213-aeaf-dcf0d26f2c2c" alt=""><figcaption><p>The five elements of integrated landscape management from the “The Little Sustainable Landscapes Book”: WWF, EcoAgriculture Partners, The Nature Conservancy, IDH The Sustainable Trade Initiative, &#x26; The Global Canopy Programme. (2015). <em>The Little Sustainable Landscapes Book</em>.</p></figcaption></figure>

Below are two examples of how LandScale has supported stakeholders at different stages of the landscape management process:

<details>

<summary>Example: Building stakeholder engagement and a shared understanding in Guatemala</summary>

In a landscape on the southern coast of Guatemala, local stakeholders identified natural resource contamination and exploitation as shared challenges that required collaborative action. However, there was no shared understanding or agreement on what interventions were needed or the appropriate scale for them.&#x20;

To address this, Rainforest Alliance and Solidaridad used LandScale as a framework to organize efforts, identify common goals, and create a shared action plan for the landscape. Through consultations, key stakeholders shared their needs and challenges, which were shaped into a shared vision, goals, and targets. An accompanying action plan for integrated management of the landscape then outlined how these goals and targets could be pursued. Importantly, the goals were aligned with the [LandScale assessment framework](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework)’s indicators and metrics to ensure they were quantifiable and measurable.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Example: Monitoring impact in Ghana</summary>

In Ghana's Kakum and Juabeso-Bia Hotspot Intervention Areas (HIAs), a shared vision was already in place when the LandScale assessment was conducted. These landscapes are priority areas for coordinated interventions at the farm and landscape level to combat the country’s high deforestation rate. A formal multi-stakeholder platform—comprised of government agencies, the private sector, and civil society—collaborated with community-based governance bodies to develop management plans for each HIA.

LandScale was used to measure the impact of coordinated actions within these landscapes and to drive continuous improvement. The assessment also helped demonstrate the stakeholders' progress toward commitments to reduce deforestation under the Cocoa and Forests Initiative.

</details>


# Set up documentation storage system

Throughout the assessment process, you will need to store and share documentation related to your assessment with the members of the assessment team, external stakeholders, and the LandScale team.&#x20;

If you already have a storage system in place, simply create a dedicated folder within it and grant access to the necessary stakeholders, including the LandScale representative for your region. If you do not yet have a storage system, choose a platform, set up a dedicated folder, and grant access accordingly.

Storage options range from free to paid systems, and from general-purpose to landscape-specific solutions. Some platforms allow you to grant access to external collaborators, while others do not. When choosing a platform, be sure to consider its security features and the permanence of the storage for data traceability—this is especially important for any planned claims.&#x20;

Note that you can also upload data directly to the LandScale platform.&#x20;

{% hint style="warning" %}
For assurance purposes, we may require you to upload the datasets used to calculate your metric results directly onto the LandScale platform, rather than providing a link to an external storage system.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FzGYKNJ4OfMJjodPL645S%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=ef2d3dc6-be53-497f-a443-4317dec7cd24" alt=""><figcaption><p>When uploading documentation to the LandScale platform, either upload a file directly or provide a link to your external storage system.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Examples of storage systems

<details>

<summary>LandScale</summary>

LandScale allows you to upload data directly to the platform, which is recommended to ensure long-term accessibility and reduce the risk of data loss. The acceptable file types and size limits depend on the specific section of the platform. For example:

* **Boundary uploads:** Acceptable formats include zipped shapefiles, JSON, or KML files. These must contain a single polygon and use the WGS84 coordinate system.
* **Other data fields:** Supported formats include CSV, Word documents, Excel files, and PDFs. File size restrictions vary depending on the data field.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Terraso</summary>

[Terraso](https://terraso.org/) is a digital platform designed specifically for landscape projects and sustainability initiatives. It offers tools for data storage, sharing, and collaboration within landscape-focused projects. It’s well-suited for initiatives requiring alignment across multiple stakeholders and provides features to manage large datasets.

For more information on how to set up Terraso as a file management system, see the [following section](#set-up-terraso-as-a-file-storage-system).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Google Drive</summary>

[Google Drive](https://workspace.google.com/products/drive/) is a widely-used, cloud-based storage solution offering free and paid plans. It allows for easy collaboration with shared folders and real-time editing of documents through integrated tools like Google Docs and Sheets. External access is simple to manage via shared links, with options to control editing permissions.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Dropbox</summary>

[Dropbox](https://www.dropbox.com/) offers secure cloud storage and collaboration tools, with a focus on ease of file sharing across teams and organizations. It supports external sharing through links and offers both free and paid plans. Dropbox also integrates with various third-party apps, making it versatile for teams needing cross-platform collaboration.

</details>

<details>

<summary>SharePoint</summary>

[SharePoint](https://www.microsoft.com/en-gb/microsoft-365/sharepoint/collaboration), part of Microsoft 365, provides robust storage and document management features, making it ideal for larger organizations. It supports document versioning, workflows, and access management. SharePoint excels in internal collaboration, but external access may require additional configuration through Microsoft’s ecosystem.

</details>

### Set up Terraso as a file storage system

For those interested in using [Terraso](https://terraso.org/) as a file storage system, LandScale has developed a step-by-step guide on hosting files for landscape assessments. Download the guide below:

{% file src="/files/zWHU5XtbZDKO9oTOuK2o" %}


# Review and submit for validation

The landscape profile is a feature of the LandScale platform that provides a detailed and user-friendly overview of the landscape, the organizations involved, and key goals and results. The profile can be initiated using inputs from Step A—such as the boundary and landscape overview—and updated over time with new information, making it a dynamic representation of the landscape.&#x20;

Once Step A is complete, the assessment team must submit their inputs and request validation. Once validated, this information will be published on the corresponding landscape profile. Documentation requirements and validation criteria are outlined below.

## Documentation requirements

The following materials must be submitted through the LandScale platform for validation:

* General information.
  * Landscape name.
  * Assessment name.
  * Organizations acting as stakeholders.
  * Objectives of the assessment.
* Landscape boundary in .shp or .kml format.
* Size of the landscape boundary (in square kilometers or hectares).
* A brief narrative rationale for the proposed landscape boundary.
* Limitations of the selected boundary.
* Adjacency analysis documentation (if completed), including:
  * Findings related to the three aspects of adjacency described in [boundary limitations and adjacency analysis](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary/conduct-adjacency-analysis-optional).&#x20;
  * Conclusion of the analysis and a summary of any resulting adjustments made to the boundary.
* Landscape overview.
* Assessment team composition:
  * Registration of all team members on the platform.
  * A brief description of each member’s qualifications relevant to the assessment scope, supported by evidence such as CVs, resumes, courses certifications, or other suitable documentation.
* Stakeholder engagement plan.

## Validation criteria

Validation will confirm whether the following requirements of Step A have been fulfilled:

* All required documentation has been submitted via the platform.
* The objectives of the assessment are clearly specified.
* The landscape boundary is submitted in the required format (.shp or .kml).
* The size of the landscape boundary shapefile matches the reported size.
* The rationale for the proposed boundary is clear and sufficient.
* Any limitations of the boundary are described adequately.
* If an adjacency analysis was conducted, the findings and conclusions are documented, and any boundary adjustments are clearly explained.
* The landscape overview includes all required information.
* The assessment team includes the necessary expertise to cover the full scope of the assessment, and qualifications are documented.
* The stakeholder engagement plan has been documented in accordance with the [guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/develop-stakeholder-engagement-plan).


# Design the assessment scope

The [LandScale assessment framework](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework) provides a holistic set of performance indicators designed to resonate with a wide range of stakeholders. Organized into four pillars, the framework is globally relevant yet flexible enough to be tailored to the specific needs of different landscapes. The assessment team can further customize the assessment scope by adding customized goals, indicators, and metrics as needed.

This section outlines the process and requirements for selecting indicators, metrics, and associated data, applicable to all *Validated by LandScale* users. The *Powered by LandScale* experience offers greater flexibility in using the [LandScale assessment framework](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework) and does not have specific indicator selection requirements. Nevertheless, *Powered by LandScale* users are strongly encouraged to follow the same indicator selection process and assessment scope that holistically reflects landscape sustainability. More information on both plans—*Validated by LandScale* and *Powered by LandScale*—can be found on our [pricing webpage](https://www.landscale.org/pricing/).

By default, we recommend that you complete a holistic LandScale assessment, encompassing all core indicators.

Note that the workflow is structured to allow you to select indicators and their associated metrics simultaneously. This means you can select an indicator, choose which metrics you want to measure for that indicator, select the data resources you will be using, and then proceed to the next indicator. For simplicity, the guidelines separate the steps into three sections:

* [Select your indicators](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-indicators-and-metrics).
* [Select your metrics](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-metrics).
* [Select data resources](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps).

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FRseeNUyE27GK6nFSbCOA%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=747c5b40-2612-4555-a4ff-84be70977faf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sample of selected indicators and metrics on the LandScale platform.</p></figcaption></figure>


# Select indicators

This section outlines the process and requirements for selecting indicators. Note that the workflow is structured to allow you to select indicators and their associated metrics simultaneously. This means you can select an indicator, choose which metrics you want to measure for that indicator, and then proceed to the next indicator. For simplicity, the guidelines separate the steps. Access the guidelines for [metric selection here](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-metrics).

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FUWBPi78x6q41UV3jr3VS%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=2c316a5a-0a24-4a47-9c8d-50e212cd4468" alt=""><figcaption><p>Use the checkboxes to select or deselect indicators for the assessment.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Types of indicators&#x20;

LandScale defines two types of indicators: **core** and **additional**. The table below provides the definitions and requirements for each type. Users also have the option to define custom indicators, tagged as 'user-added,' which are supplementary to the LandScale-defined indicators within the assessment framework.

<table><thead><tr><th width="214">Indicator category</th><th>Description and requirements</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Core</td><td><p>Topics essential to holistic landscape sustainability and applicable in all contexts. These indicators are strongly advised for all <em>Validated by LandScale</em> assessments and cannot be edited. Any deselection must be adequately justified.<br><br>Examples of core indicators include: </p><ul><li>1.1.1 Effective conservation and protection of natural ecosystems.</li><li>2.1.2 Health and nutrition.</li><li>3.1.1 Land tenure</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Additional (LandScale)</td><td><p>Sustainability topics that may present significant risks or opportunities in some landscapes but not others. These indicators are optional, though recommended in landscapes where they are relevant to the assessment’s goals. They are included at the discretion of the assessment team and cannot be edited.<br><br>Examples of additional indicators include: </p><ul><li>1.2.4 Biodiversity habitat restoration.</li><li>2.2.5 Workers' rights.</li><li>3.1.3 Resource tenure.</li><li>4.1.3 Adoption of sustainable land management practices.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Additional (user-added)</td><td><p>Indicators not currently included in the LandScale assessment framework but chosen to reflect the specific interests or objectives of the assessment owner and/or landscape stakeholders. These indicators are defined and included at the discretion of the assessment team, and will appear as additional indicators.</p><p></p><p>User-added indicators can be validated by LandScale for an additional fee, contingent on the team having the necessary expertise. This determination is made upon submission of Step B. If LandScale lacks the required expertise to validate a user-added indicator, the indicator can still be utilized within the assessment on the platform but will not be validated and will not appear on the public profile.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

## Deselect or defer core indicators

Core indicators are preselected by default for all LandScale assessments to ensure a holistic evaluation of landscape sustainability. However, during the indicator selection process, assessment teams may choose to deselect core indicators under specific circumstances, such as when they are deemed out of scope for the assessment, or if there are constraints related to funding or capacity. Any core indicator that is deselected must include a justification explaining the rationale for its exclusion.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2Fj5BOXtgrUQdHFzk2sA7Q%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=5cbeef5b-ca3b-486c-9508-02f81d322267" alt=""><figcaption><p>When deselecting a core indicator, a justification must be provided in the comments section.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Select additional indicators

Additional indicators capture aspects of sustainability that may be relevant in some landscapes but not in others. These indicators are optional and may be selected based on the specific context of the landscape, the goals of the assessment, and input from stakeholders.

To determine whether an additional indicator should be included in the assessment, it is recommended that the assessment team conduct an applicability analysis and stakeholder consultation. The applicability analysis process involves evaluating the relevance of the indicator, generally based on the following two criteria:

1. **Existing status:** Are there existing and significant negative impacts on ecosystem health or human well-being related to this indicator? Might this indicator reveal significant contributions to sustainability from ongoing actions or investments (e.g., occurring or planned restoration actions)?&#x20;
2. **Trends and drivers:** Are there trends (e.g., increasing resource scarcity, competition) or drivers (e.g., market forces, government policy shifts) that suggest the likely development of future risks or opportunities related to the indicator?

See the [determining applicability section](#determining-applicability) for details on conducting the applicability analysis.

The [Landscape-dependent Indicators Criteria Table](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework#indicators) outlines examples of information sources and provides criteria to guide the applicability analysis. Additionally, the assessment team is encouraged to seek input from local stakeholders and experts who can provide insights into sustainability challenges or opportunities that are not well-documented in published materials.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended stakeholder input**&#x20;

It is recommended that the assessment team consult with landscape stakeholders to:

* Identify any additional indicators of particular interest to landscape stakeholders (linked to the assessment objectives).&#x20;
* Inform the applicability assessment for additional indicators.

Stakeholder consultation is particularly important when determining whether an indicator's applicability to the landscape is inconclusive, ensuring that the decision is based on a broad range of perspectives.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary>Example: Selecting additional indicators for a Costa Rican landscape</summary>

The landscape located in the watershed surrounding Costa Rica's capital, San José, provides water for hundreds of thousands of people and supports some of the nation’s largest industries. The Agua Tica Water Fund, a multi-sector collaboration, implements conservation and regeneration activities to safeguard water quality and quantity in this region.

The objectives of conducting a LandScale assessment in this landscape were twofold:

1. To track and communicate progress at landscape level toward improving socioeconomic and environmental outcomes.
2. To define common goals with other landscape stakeholders—such as coffee and meat producers not currently involved in the water fund—to facilitate greater alignment and collaboration.

To achieve these objectives, it was critical to involve all relevant stakeholders in the indicator selection process. Thus, IUCN, the lead organization for this assessment, used a phased approach that combined desk-based research with multi-stakeholder engagement.&#x20;

First, the assessment team conducted a literature review to identify existing data and key sustainability challenges within the landscape. They also held interviews with representatives from key organizations, including the Ministry of Environment, water department, Forestry and Climate Change Fund, Ministry of Agriculture, Coffee Institute of Costa Rica, and cooperatives for coffee and milk producers.  These activities enriched their understanding of challenges and trends established in the landscape overview.

Next, the assessment team drafted a preliminary list of additional indicators, including justifications for those deemed inconclusive or not applicable. This selection was presented to Agua Tica for feedback. The refined list of indicators was then presented to other landscape stakeholders through bilateral meetings and an online survey. This process aimed to validate applicability justifications and identify stakeholder-specific interests.&#x20;

Based on stakeholder input, the selection of additional indicators evolved. For example, while the indicator on input use efficiency in agricultural, agroforestry, and tree production systems was initially deemed irrelevant, it was included in the final selection due to its importance to coffee producers and government officials. In preparation for metric selection, the stakeholder engagement process also gathered suggestions on datasets for the selected indicators.&#x20;

This phased, inclusive approach underscored the critical role of engaging diverse stakeholders in the indicator selection process. Their involvement ensured that the assessment addressed the unique challenges and opportunities of the landscape while fostering broader collaboration and shared ownership of its goals. By integrating stakeholder priorities, the assessment not only gained credibility and relevance but also laid the groundwork for more effective and aligned sustainability actions across the watershed.

</details>

### Determining applicability

Conducting an applicability analysis is a helpful but optional tool to ensure additional indicators are thoughtfully considered. If the assessment team chooses to undertake an applicability analysis, they can classify any additional indicators of interest as applicable, inconclusive, or not applicable.

* **Applicable:** The indicator is relevant to the landscape and can be included in the assessment. While not required, a statement explaining the rationale for its inclusion is encouraged to provide more context for reviewers and readers.
* **Inconclusive:** If there is insufficient or unclear information to make a determination, the indicator may still be included in the initial assessment. It can be revisited in subsequent assessments if further data indicate it is not applicable.
* **Not applicable:** The indicator is deemed irrelevant to the landscape.

It is recommended to revisit and update the applicability analysis in reassessments, as changing conditions may make previously inconclusive or non-applicable indicators relevant. For example, a restoration indicator initially deemed not applicable due to a lack of restoration activities may become applicable if new restoration efforts are initiated in the landscape.

### Human rights indicators

Regarding the additional human rights indicators (2.2.1 through 2.2.6), LandScale recognizes that relevant data for determining applicability may not always be readily available at the landscape level. Therefore, the recommended process for evaluating these indicators places greater emphasis on stakeholder consultation and desk-based research. This process is detailed in the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines), which the assessment team can follow in conjunction with the criteria in the [Landscape-dependent Indicators Criteria Table](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework#indicators). This consultative process is required for the indicators within Goal 2.2, and is also recommended for any human rights-related indicators that the assessment team chooses to define and include within the assessment scope.

## Create user-added additional indicators

The assessment team has the option to create custom 'user-added' indicators that, when paired with corresponding metrics, can measure topics not currently addressed in the LandScale assessment framework. These indicators will show as additional on the platform.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FO7Dbr2CrTOh3ccCH4bWK%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7a9169c3-66b8-42f7-8fd5-060e30310bdf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of a user-added additional indicator.</p></figcaption></figure>

If a user-added indicator is associated with an existing goal within the LandScale assessment framework, then it should be nested within that goal. If the indicator is not associated with an existing goal, then the assessment team may propose a new goal (or, in exceptional cases, a new goal and pillar) to nest the proposed user-added indicator within.

While the four LandScale pillars are designed to cover nearly all sustainability issues aligned with the LandScale mission of measuring holistic landscape sustainability performance, a custom pillar may be proposed if the user-added indicator does not fit within any of the four predefined pillars.


# Select metrics

This section outlines the process and requirements for selecting metrics. The selection of indicators drives the selection of the associated metrics. The selected metrics are then evaluated for data availability to ensure they can be effectively measured and assessed.

Note that the workflow is structured to allow you to select indicators and their associated metrics simultaneously. This means you can select an indicator, choose which metrics you want to measure for that indicator, and then proceed to the next indicator. For simplicity, the guidelines separate the steps. Access the guidelines for [indicator selection here](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-indicators-and-metrics).

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FHysTOR0MqemCOoGkvMF6%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=db4274bd-3b62-4102-8471-806ac42852dc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Use the checkboxes to select or deselect metrics within each indicator.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Types of metrics

The [LandScale assessment framework](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework) defines two types of metrics: **essential** and **complementary**. Users also have the option to define custom metrics, tagged as 'user-added,' which supplement the LandScale-defined metrics within the assessment framework. User-added metrics can be categorized as either essential or complementary, depending on their relevance to the indicator.

<table><thead><tr><th width="195">Metric category</th><th>Description and requirements</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Essential</td><td><p>Essential metrics are required for all core indicators. To complete the assessment of a given indicator, all essential metrics must be measured, and there must be at least one essential metric per indicator. Any deselection of a LandScale-defined essential metric must be clearly justified.</p><p></p><p>These metrics are typically the best-fit measures for the indicator and are often based on reliable global data. When more than one essential metric exists for an indicator, all are important for assessing the indicator and often rely on the same data, requiring little additional effort. </p><p><br>Examples of essential metrics include: </p><ul><li>1.1.1.1 Total area (ha) &#x26; percentage (%) of the landscape in designated protected areas disaggregated by natural ecosystem type.</li><li>2.1.2.1 Percentage (%) of girls and boys that are undernourished.</li><li>3.1.1.1 Percentage (%) of the landscape with formalized land tenure rights.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>Complementary</td><td><p>Complementary metrics may be included at the user's discretion. These metrics provide additional information to assess the relevant indicator and are not substitutes for essential metrics. <br><br>Examples of complementary metrics include: </p><ul><li>1.2.4.1 Area (ha) &#x26; percentage (%) of land under restoration within areas identified as important for biodiversity.</li><li>4.1.3.1 Land area (ha) under major crop, livestock, and/or plantation forestry production that utilize Integrated Pest Management and percentage (%) of total production area that this represents.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td>User-added</td><td><p>User-added metrics are those not already defined in the LandScale assessment framework. These metrics are created by the assessment team to address measurement needs for either existing indicators or user-added indicators. User-added metrics can be categorized as either essential or complementary.</p><p></p><p>User-added metrics may be used in place of an essential metric if it is not feasible or appropriate to use the essential metric (e.g., due to data limitations), or if the assessment team believes that the user-added metric provides more reliable information. In such cases, the assessment team must provide a justification explaining why the essential metric is not feasible and/or why the user-added metric is a superior measure of the indicator. This justification should address the four criteria outlined in the following section. The LandScale team will review this justification as part of the validation process for Step B.</p><p></p><p>Each user-added metric must be tied to an indicator. When a user-added metric relates to an existing indicator within the LandScale framework, it should be associated with that indicator. If the metric does not align with any existing indicator, the assessment team must establish a new indicator during the indicator selection process.</p><p></p><p>User-added metrics can be validated by LandScale, contingent on the team having the necessary expertise. This determination is made upon submission of Step B. If LandScale lacks the required expertise to validate a user-added metric, the metric can still be assessed as a part of the assessment but will not be validated and will not appear on the public profile.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

The [Rationale for Indicators and Performance Metrics Table](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework#indicators) contains further explanation and justification for why specific metrics were chosen for inclusion in the LandScale assessment framework.

## Criteria for user-added metrics

When the assessment team develops metrics, the following criteria should be followed to ensure that the metrics are credible and effective for measuring sustainability performance and trends—adapted from [*Understanding Ecoagriculture: A Framework for Measuring Landscape Performance* (Buck et al., 2006)](https://www.researchgate.net/publication/237228931_UNDERSTANDING_ECOAGRICULTURE_A_FRAMEWORK_FOR_MEASURING_LANDSCAPE_PERFORMANCE):

* **Relevant:** The metric should provide relevant information about the indicator at landscape scale. If an alternative user-added metric is used in place of an essential metric, it must provide similar types of information as the essential metric it is replacing.
* **Precise:** The metric should provide reliable information about the indicator at a scale that is meaningful for the landscape's size and the level of variation within it.&#x20;
* **Sensitive:** The metric should be sensitive enough to detect sustainability performance and trends at the landscape scale. It should be capable of detecting changes in the state of the metric from one assessment to the next.&#x20;
* **Easy to understand:** The metric should provide intuitive information to stakeholders and other users of the assessment results.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2Fw1PEarfQZcqk5ZrKjBOw%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=180537e7-beba-484c-bfb8-bdd9e0b67958" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of a user-added essential metric.</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended stakeholder input**

Once the full set of indicators to be considered in the assessment has been selected, the assessment team should either engage landscape stakeholders in the selection of metrics or invite feedback on candidate metrics identified by the team. In particular, stakeholders should be invited to provide input on the relevance and feasibility of the metrics for the landscape.&#x20;

Stakeholders often possess valuable knowledge about data available for the landscape. When engaging stakeholders on metric selection, it may be efficient to also inquire about potential data sources before conducting an extensive data search. If some datasets are already known to the assessment team, it is helpful to seek feedback from stakeholders regarding these data sources.&#x20;

The initial list of data can be drawn from the global datasets identified in the LandScale Data Resources Library (accessible through the LandScale platform) and from the assessment team's knowledge of local and national data. Stakeholder input can be gathered using various means, such as workshops, online documents, or targeted feedback.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary>Example: Working with stakeholders to select metrics in Lamas, Peru</summary>

In Lamas, Peru, several ongoing public and private initiatives aim to improve sustainability at the landscape scale, each with its own monitoring and evaluation metrics. Local government officials decided to use LandScale to facilitate a multi-stakeholder process for selecting common metrics. This collaborative process will help maximize the use of limited resources to address shared environmental and social challenges across these initiatives.

From the outset, the team leading the assessment worked closely with landscape stakeholders, such as government officials and company representatives, to identify and access relevant datasets. During the landscape context analysis and the indicator selection process, the team compiled a list of data sources that could be used to evaluate various metrics. Through this review, the assessment team determined which essential metrics for the selected indicators could be evaluated using the available data. In cases where data was not available, the team defined alternative metrics that could be evaluated. This process involved targeted desk research, interviews with experts (e.g. local biologists), and consultations with local authorities. Where data gaps remained despite these efforts, a small set of indicators was deferred to a later assessment in line with LandScale allowances.

This landscape’s experience underscored the importance of establishing relationships with public and private sector representatives (e.g., mayors, government officials, company managers) and other relevant groups early on, as this facilitated data collection and effective stakeholder engagement.

</details>


# Select data resources

Once the assessment team has selected indicators and metrics, the next step is to evaluate available data resources and address any data gaps. Collecting data to measure metrics is often one of the most time-intensive components of a landscape assessment. To streamline this process, the LandScale platform offers a structured workflow and various resources to support users. By documenting all data resources and assessing their limitations on the platform, users can facilitate the assessment and validation processes while preserving valuable information for reassessments.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2Fz4ZDX9cPpLcvY2E4CDkU%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=f4d8cf14-afcb-4eb0-a533-b030e591e5ac" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of selected assessment data, shown by dataset view on the platform.</p></figcaption></figure>

Throughout this section, the following terms are frequently used:

* **Data resource:** This refers to a wide range of materials that support the measurement of a metric result, including general data, specific datasets, data tools, frameworks, guidelines, and other relevant resources.&#x20;
* **Data:** This encompasses both general data and specific datasets, as well as the individual data values recorded for observations within these datasets.&#x20;
* **Dataset:** This specifically refers to a single data file or a linked set of files (e.g., GIS shapefiles). For example, a 'land cover' dataset might consist of one or more files that collectively provide detailed information on land cover types within a landscape.

## Track and manage data

The Data Manager on LandScale ensures consistent tracking and handling of data resources across assessments. It serves as a centralized workspace for the assessment team to manage all datasets used and highlights areas that require attention—helping to streamline the assessment process. The Data Manager can be accessed from the assessment dashboard at any time.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FcbnM9QKHv2nfiVR0gEP8%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=596b22a8-2daf-45b6-84eb-682b92a515e7" alt=""><figcaption><p>The Data Manager visualizes data selection and enables the management of all datasets included in the assessment.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Identify and procure data resources

The process of identifying and procuring data should consider and draw from multiple [types of data](#types-of-data) and [data sources](#sources-of-data). For each metric, at least one dataset must be selected. Once a dataset is chosen, a [limitations analysis](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps) must be completed for that specific metric. This step is essential even when the same dataset is used across multiple metrics, as the limitations may vary depending on what each metric measures and how well the data aligns with the intended purpose of that metric.

To support this process, LandScale provides a curated Data Resources Library as part of its platform. This library provides a directory of diverse data resources applicable to assessments worldwide, making them accessible to all LandScale users. When available, data resources tagged as potentially relevant to a specific metric and geography will automatically appear on the platform as suggested options for assessment teams to select.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FSvZjSdnXKFkLyctHBCHN%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=6539ceb7-6bbc-41da-8d9c-5c10c3a697cb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Assessment teams can contribute data resources to the Data Resources Library for use by other teams.</p></figcaption></figure>

Due to the dynamic nature of new data, the Data Resources Library should not be considered exhaustive. Assessment teams are encouraged to prioritize localized data before relying on global data, as localized data are often superior in terms of thematic detail (e.g., level of ecosystem classification), spatial resolution (e.g., smaller raster cell size), currentness, and time-series frequency. The Data Resources Library also includes tools and methods to generate LandScale-relevant data from other sources, offering comprehensive support for assessments.

Assessment teams may source their own data and link them directly to the platform, associating them with the corresponding metric(s). Once linked, these datasets will be stored in the team's personal data manager within the platform for easy access and management. Assessment teams can nominate data resources they discover to be included in the Data Resources Library for broader use. The LandScale team will review and approve these nominations, ensuring they meet the platform's standards and can benefit other assessment teams.&#x20;

The assessment team is strongly encouraged to engage stakeholders and local experts in identifying suitable data for the selected metrics. Stakeholder input can save time, provide insights into existing datasets relevant to the landscape, and help identify limitations, gaps, or quality issues in data coverage. Stakeholder engagement regarding data can take place at any time up to and including Step C.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended stakeholder input**

Engaging with landscape stakeholders can significantly enhance the data collection process for a LandScale assessment. Stakeholders often possess valuable insights or direct access to relevant datasets. To maximize efficiency and data quality, assessment teams are advised to:

1. **Identify and consult stakeholders early:** Begin consultations as early as possible to accommodate the lead time often needed to procure existing datasets. Data-related consultations may be integrated into earlier stakeholder engagement activities or conducted as standalone bilateral or group discussions.&#x20;
2. **Document findings on the platform:** Data identified through stakeholder engagement can be logged on the LandScale platform at any stage. This ensures early integration and efficient tracking of potential data resources.

Stakeholder groups who may be especially relevant to consult about data include:

* **Data developers and data users:** Entities such as government agencies, research institutions, and NGOs frequently utilize datasets similar to those required for LandScale assessments. These organizations may have already conducted thorough data searches and evaluations to support planning and assessment needs. For example, a municipal land-use planning agency may have curated data for land use/land cover, ecological and hydrological features, and social factors.
* **Companies operating in the landscape:** Companies involved in producing or sourcing commodities often collect extensive data on production systems and producers. While such data is typically proprietary, these companies can provide valuable insights into specific metrics or indicators.

By engaging stakeholders early, assessment teams can broaden access to critical datasets, foster collaboration, strengthen assessment credibility, and better align data collection processes with the landscape's unique context and needs.
{% endhint %}

### Types of data

LandScale's holistic approach to assessments necessitates the use of a variety of data, including maps (spatial data), tabular data, and qualitative data. These datasets may vary by type and characteristics, often combining multiple features. For instance, a dataset on tree cover loss might be secondary, quantitative, modeled, and geospatial, while data on household income could be primary, quantitative, surveyed, and non-geospatial (if geographic locations were not recorded alongside each observation).

Below are key data types and their defining characteristics:

<details>

<summary>Secondary vs primary data</summary>

Secondary data are any data that already exist at the time of the assessment and are collected by others outside the LandScale assessment process.&#x20;

Primary data are those that are newly collected within a given landscape for the purpose (in part or in whole) of conducting a LandScale assessment.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Quantitative vs qualitative data</summary>

Quantitative data are numerical in form and can be used for statistical analyses to measure observable states, changes, trends, and comparisons.&#x20;

Qualitative data, such as notes from an interview or a case study, are non-numerical and particularly useful for exploring multi-faceted phenomena that cannot be reduced to specific quantities. These include human perceptions, motivations, interpersonal interactions, or characteristics and functioning of human institutions and groups.&#x20;

</details>

<details>

<summary>Measured vs modeled data</summary>

Measured data are derived from direct measurement, such as water quality readings from a river sample.&#x20;

Modeled data are created through inference by using input data, theoretical frameworks, modeling assumptions, and statistical methods to estimate findings about a variable of interest. For example, weather forecasts are produced by integrating measured data, such as historical weather records, with statistical and computational models to predict future conditions.&#x20;

</details>

<details>

<summary>Survey data</summary>

Survey data are collected through standardized surveys or polls, often focused on socio-economic or demographic factors. Surveys can be implemented through enumerators (i.e., interviewers), paper questionnaires, or online forms. Surveys may target entire populations of interest (e.g., census data) or sampled subsets, using statistics to infer findings about the whole population.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Self-reported data</summary>

Self-reported data rely on participants to report data about themselves, without independent measurement or validation. The lack of independent validation can introduce errors or bias, especially if respondents have a strategic reason to provide false information (e.g., under-reporting rights violations because of fear of reprisal) or if questions are posed in a subjective way that leads to different understandings of the phenomenon in question (e.g. asking respondents to characterize their own health status without more specific questions or guidance).&#x20;

</details>

<details>

<summary>Geospatial data</summary>

Geospatial data consist of attributes that describe data values and their corresponding locations. Geospatial data are generally categorized into two forms:&#x20;

* **Raster data:** Comprised of pixels, each associated with a specific geographic location and corresponding data values for a given theme, such as land cover type or percentage of tree cover.
* **Vector data:** Represented as points, lines, or polygons with specific geographic locations. A common example is political boundaries.

A geospatial dataset is often referred to as a 'data layer,' which is equivalent to a dataset. Any of the previously described data types may be geospatial.&#x20;

Geospatial data can be visualized as map layers and analyzed individually or in combination with other geospatial layers—such as those representing land use, population characteristics, infrastructure, or others—using geographic information systems (GIS). For example, an assessment team can determine the proportion of ecosystem types within established protected areas by overlaying an ecosystem type data layer with a protected areas boundary layer in GIS.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Time-series data</summary>

Time-series data are collected consistently over two or more successive points or periods in time for the same phenomena. These data are essential for metrics that involve calculating changes from a prior baseline year to the most recent value or for averaging values across multiple time periods.

For metrics requiring a prior baseline value, specific guidance on selecting the baseline year is provided in the [Performance Metrics Descriptions Table](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework#metrics). When prior measures are not mandatory for a given metric, assessment teams may still incorporate data from earlier periods to enable trend analysis, as long as the conditions for those prior periods can be reliably determined or estimated.

</details>

### Sources of data

The assessment team is encouraged to explore a wide range of data sources, including those identified by LandScale in the Data Resources Library, those known to the assessment team, and those recommended through stakeholder consultations and expert advice.&#x20;

Below is an overview of typical sources for secondary datasets that can support a LandScale assessment:

<details>

<summary>Government agencies</summary>

* National statistics offices, ministries, and departments of agriculture, forestry, environment, planning, etc.&#x20;
* National or subnational data atlases often contain key datasets that may cover many of the data needs for a LandScale assessment.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Geospatial data platforms</summary>

* NASA, Google Earth Engine, European Space Agency, Esri Living Atlas, Trends.Earth, Global Forest Watch, and MapBiomas all host geospatial datasets covering land and water features, land use, and land cover.&#x20;
* Emerging sources of geospatial data are continuously identified and added to the LandScale Data Resources Library.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Intergovernmental and international organizations</summary>

* Organizations such as the World Bank (Open Data, MicroData Catalogue), OECD, and UN provide extensive data resources.&#x20;

</details>

<details>

<summary>Research institutes, universities, and NGOs/CSOs</summary>

* Organizations such as the World Resources Institute (WRI) and the Center for International Forestry Research (CIFOR) offer valuable data resources.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Commercial and private data providers</summary>

* Third-party sources such as IBAT or other paid subscription portals may offer relevant and specialized data resources.&#x20;

</details>

<details>

<summary>Media and qualitative sources</summary>

* Local, national, or international newspapers and other media can provide qualitative data, such as United Nations News on Human Rights, Human Rights Watch country reports, Global forest Watch blog, and Resources Watch stories.

</details>

### Data deficiency

Upon reviewing the availability of data resources for each metric, if no suitable data resources are found to measure the metric, it may be marked as 'data deficient'. Metrics marked as data deficient will not require a result input for the current assessment. Indicators with data deficient essential metrics will not be marked as complete at the end of the assessment, but won't require further action. To support future assessments, the assessment team should consider how this data gap might be addressed—such as through targeted studies, additional research, or alternative data collection methods.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FgXEVYrSJSVzsdBsXaARf%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=84050979-e82e-4d4a-843b-c45d8e7ddc9b" alt=""><figcaption><p>Whenever possible, we recommend collecting primary data for metrics that lack sufficient existing data.</p></figcaption></figure>

### Data ownership, use, and privacy

Assessment teams are encouraged to prioritize publicly available data whenever it meets the needs of their LandScale assessment. Public data are typically easiest to access, well-documented and vetted, and allow users of the assessment results to inspect the source data directly.&#x20;

If publicly available secondary data are unavailable or do not fully meet data requirements for each metric, assessment teams may consider obtaining data from private sources or conducting primary data collection. For private data owned by another party, it is important to establish a data-sharing agreement with the data provider that outlines how the data can be used and represented in the assessment results.

Where there are no suitable secondary datasets for a given metric, assessment teams should explore options for generating primary data, such as:

* **Short-term primary data collection:** Data generated within the assessment's timeframe and scope that can be used in the current assessment.
* **Long-term primary data collection:** When data collection extends beyond the assessment period, assessment teams or other landscape stakeholders may initiate data-generation processes or monitoring systems. Although these data may not be ready for the current assessment, they can inform future assessments in the same landscape.

For additional details on primary data, refer to the [seek supplemental data](#seek-supplemental-data) section.

When collecting primary data, the assessment team must:

* **Comply with laws:** Ensure all applicable laws and regulations are adhered to, especially those concerning data collection and the maintenance of privacy, with particular attention to data collected from human subjects.
* **Protect security and privacy:** Safeguard sensitive and confidential information in their data management systems. Note that while the LandScale platform allows limited uploads of supporting information, its security cannot be guaranteed. Therefore, documents that cannot be publicly shared may not be uploaded to the platform.

## Choosing among competing datasets

The LandScale platform requires the selection of one dataset (or a group of non-overlapping datasets) to fulfill the measurement of each metric. However, following their search, the assessment team may find that multiple datasets can be used to measure a given metric.

In such cases, the usual course of action is to select the best dataset for the metric based on the [data limitations analysis criteria](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-limitations-evaluation-criteria)[ ](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-limitations-evaluation-criteria)and other relevant factors. Less commonly, the assessment team may decide to combine multiple datasets to create a composite dataset that provides a more comprehensive metric result. This approach should be undertaken with caution, as methodological differences between datasets can introduce inconsistencies.

Selecting the best dataset(s) often requires balancing multiple factors. For example, the assessment team may need to choose between an older ecosystem map with a finer classification scheme (e.g., more ecosystem types) and higher spatial resolution, or a more current global map with coarser resolution and fewer ecosystem types. These decisions may involve judgment calls based on the specific needs of the assessment, the characteristics of the landscape (e.g., how quickly conditions are changing), and the complementarity or gaps among the datasets being used.&#x20;

<details>

<summary><strong>Example: Combining multiple datasets to measure a metric</strong></summary>

Several early users of LandScale have successfully combined information from multiple datasets to create composite datasets that best meet the requirements of a given metric.&#x20;

For example, in a LandScale assessment in Peru led by Rainforest Alliance, the assessment team sought to measure the flow rate of key water sources (volume per unit time) as a metric for assessing the water quantity indicator. However, the relevant data was spread across institutions. The assessment team reviewed numerous technical reports on rivers in the landscape, published by different scientists and organizations. To generate a representative value for the water flow metric, the assessment team compiled data from six different rivers in the landscape and calculated the average flow rate for the baseline year of 2018.

Similarly, to assess water flow, an assessment team in Costa Rica led by IUCN gathered data from all the relevant water service providers, power companies, and regulatory bodies in the landscape. Using these diverse datasets, the assessment team calculated the average flow rate from 27 rivers or springs in the landscape. Whenever possible, the assessment team utilized records from the previous five years and compared the average flow rate to historical data to assess trends in water flow, helping to identify whether flows were increasing or decreasing over time.

In both cases, combining datasets allowed the assessment teams to capture a more comprehensive picture of water flow across the landscape, ensuring the accuracy and representativeness of their assessment. However, such an approach requires careful handling of different data sources to minimize inconsistencies and ensure the final dataset accurately reflects the metrics being measured.

</details>


# Analyze data limitations

After identifying relevant data resources, the assessment team should analyze their limitations on the platform using a [set of analysis criteria](#data-limitations-evaluation-criteria). The limitations analysis aims to:

1. **Eliminate unsuitable datasets early:** Quickly disqualify datasets that are not sufficiently relevant or have critical limitations, such as outdated information or low spatial resolution, to avoid unnecessary effort on a full suitability evaluation.
2. **Document dataset characteristics:** Record the extent to which each dataset meets the requirements of the associated metric and document any limitations.
3. **Select the best datasets:** Choose the most suitable datasets from available options, ensuring they provide the most reliable and accurate information for evaluating metrics.&#x20;

The goal is to select datasets that either independently or in combination with other datasets deliver reasonably accurate results for the intended metrics. This ensures the assessment uses the best available information for the landscape.

## Data limitations analysis process

The LandScale platform enables the assessment team to identify any limitations for each dataset based on [eight key criteria](#data-limitations-evaluation-criteria). For each criterion, the team should document the specific limitations encountered. This documentation is important for clearly outlining the assessment team's considerations when using the data, informing the validation process and metric result limitations, and streamlining data selection efforts for future assessments.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2F4tbFOwe9Gxx98DE8hnSN%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=566b54ff-d909-4ea6-9f38-a54117ceda43" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of data limitations analysis on the LandScale platform.</p></figcaption></figure>

In some cases, datasets may only partially fulfill a metric’s measurement (e.g., spatial data covering part of the landscape). These datasets can still be used if they are intended to be combined with others to meet the full scope of the metric. When this occurs, the team should document the data limitations, noting that partial datasets can still contribute meaningfully to the assessment when used in combination with other resources.

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Data for future assessments**

Documentation of all data investigated and the outcomes of the data limitations analysis within the LandScale platform will enable users to seamlessly avoid unsuitable datasets during reassessments.&#x20;

However, caution must be exercised when there are significant differences in the characteristics of the data used across assessments. For example, when calculating the amount or rate of ecosystem conversion, newer data with better precision may result in a change measurement that reflects improved precision rather than actual change—leading to significant over- or under-calculation of the true conversion.

It is also important to identify whether a metric definition has changed (e.g., between LandScale framework versions) to ensure that the correct data is used for the specified measurement. If a metric definition has changed, the assessment team may propose using the original metric as an alternative to maintain continuity and comparability of results across assessments, rather than adopting the new metric definition.
{% endhint %}

## Data limitations analysis criteria

<table><thead><tr><th width="203">Criteria</th><th>Considerations</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Relevance:</strong> How is this resource thematically relevant to a LandScale assessment?</td><td><p>The dataset should be thematically relevant to the metrics it is intended to measure. It does not necessarily need to provide a full or direct measure the metric, but it should address the overall topic. </p><p></p><p>When using proxy datasets, consider how closely the proxy measure aligns with the intended metric. If only proxy data is available, you may need to revisit the metric and consider proposing an alternative metric.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Reputability:</strong> Does the author of this resource have a good track record of producing unbiased, high-quality datasets? Is the resource accompanied by sufficient documentation? </td><td><p>To evaluate the reputability of a dataset, assess whether it was collected and assembled using standardized or widely accepted methods. Check for potential conflicts of interest or biases from the data owner or developer that could affect the dataset's validity. Ideally, the developer should have a proven track record of producing unbiased, high-quality datasets. </p><p></p><p>Consider the organization hosting or providing the dataset as well. Large data providers and clearinghouses often have well-established criteria for selecting and vetting datasets, which can be a positive indicator of reputability. However, each dataset should still be evaluated on its own merits, rather than relying solely on the reputation of the provider. </p><p></p><p>The dataset should also include adequate documentation (e.g., metadata) explaining the data fields, attributes, collection methods, and any limitations or disclaimers regarding data quality. Review this documentation to determine whether the dataset reflects reasonable attention to accuracy, precision, and quality control. </p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Spatial coverage:</strong> Does this dataset provide adequate geographic coverage?  </td><td><p>Ideally, a dataset should cover the entire landscape. However, when no single dataset provides full coverage for a given metric, multiple datasets may be combined, each covering a portion of the landscape. This approach is particularly useful when the landscape boundary (e.g., a municipality) does not align with the units of measurement for a given metric (e.g., water-related outcomes measured at the catchment level). When combining datasets, ensure that they are comparable and create a coherent picture of the entire landscape.</p><p></p><p>Remote sensing data may have gaps due to factors like cloud cover. The assessment team should evaluate how these gaps might impact the representativeness and accuracy of the entire dataset. If gaps significantly affect the dataset's quality, the assessment team should explore ways to mitigate this—such as finding supplemental data for the 'no data' areas—or, if the gaps are too large, may need to reject the dataset entirely.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Spatial resolution:</strong> What resolution (pixels, meters) is this dataset applicable at?</td><td><p>The spatial resolution of the data must be fine enough to accurately measure the metrics for which it is used. For example:</p><ul><li>For land-related metrics derived or informed by remote sensing or land use/land cover maps, the resolution should generally be no coarser than 100 meters, with 30 meters or better being preferred. </li><li>For human well-being and governance metrics, the data should cover the entire landscape, sub-units within it, or corresponding comparably sized areas (e.g., municipalities). </li></ul><p>If the dataset does not meet these criteria, use the data with the best available spatial resolution and document the limitations. In some cases, data can be down-scaled to the landscape level using advanced analytical models, but this should only be done if the necessary expertise is available.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Temporal coverage:</strong> Is this dataset sufficiently recent, and does it cover the necessary timespan? </td><td><p>Currentness refers to the date of the most recent observations within a dataset. The dataset should be current enough to provide an accurate representation or approximation of the present conditions at the time of the LandScale assessment. Thresholds for currentness depend on the nature of the phenomenon being measured, particularly its rate of change in the context of the landscape. <br><br>Temporal coverage refers to the time range of a time-series dataset, defined by its start and end dates. For example, time-series data showing changes in agricultural productivity in a given area may be available from 2000 to 2020. Temporal coverage is most relevant for metrics that track changes over time (e.g., 1.1.2.1) or that require multi-year averages to smooth out inter-annual variation (e.g., 1.3.1.1). </p><p></p><p>If the metric requires time-series data, the dataset must provide sufficient temporal resolution (e.g., daily, monthly, seasonally, annually) and consistency in data collection over time to ensure accurate analysis of status and trends. Preference should be given to datasets that are expected to be regularly updated so that they will continue meeting these temporal criteria in subsequent assessments. Such datasets will ensure continuity and relevance for ongoing and future trend analyses.</p><p></p><p>The assessment team should consider potential trade-offs between temporal characteristics and other criteria. While the most current data is generally preferred, there may be trade-offs with other characteristics such as spatial resolution and degree of disaggregation. In some cases, an older dataset may be preferable: in landscapes with little conversion of natural ecosystems, an older ecosystem map may offer higher spatial resolution and more detailed ecosystem classifications than a more recent map that lacks these qualities.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Disaggregation:</strong> What level of disaggregation does this dataset provide? </td><td><p>The dataset should include at least the degree of disaggregation specified within the metric description and associated explanation in the <a href="/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework#metrics">Performance Metrics Descriptions Table</a>. This means the dataset should break down the data into categories or units that are necessary for the given metric. For example, if the metric requires disaggregation by region or demographic characteristics (e.g., age, gender, income), the dataset should include this level of detail. </p><p></p><p>If the assessment team identifies secondary datasets that do not provide sufficient disaggregation but are otherwise suitable, it may be worth contacting the data provider to inquire if disaggregated data are available. Some datasets are published with aggregated data but the disaggregated source data might be available upon request or special arrangement. </p><p></p><p>If the dataset lacks the desired degree of disaggregation but is otherwise the most or only suitable dataset, the assessment team may decide to use it, but they should document the disaggregation limitation. Alternatively, they may propose an alternative metric that the available dataset is better suited to measure.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sampling:</strong> Does this dataset have adequate (or the best available) sampling of the given population or phenomenon? </td><td><p>For datasets that rely on sampling and statistical methods to infer population values, the assessment team should evaluate the sampling frame, design, methods, and sample size to determine if they are appropriate. What constitutes 'appropriate' will depend on the metric, the degree of heterogeneity of the metric within the landscape, and adherence to data collection best practices. For example:</p><ul><li><strong>Sampling frame:</strong> Review how well the sample group represents the full population for the given parameter. Greater heterogeneity within the population typically requires a more sophisticated sampling design and/or a larger sample size to ensure representativeness.</li><li><strong>Sampling design and methods:</strong> Assess whether the sampling methods (e.g., random, systematic, stratified, convenience) used by the data developer provide suitable representation and sufficient control for bias.</li><li><strong>Sample size:</strong> Determine if the sample size is large enough to provide reliable results with sufficient statistical power and precision. Consider whether co-variables have been accounted for appropriately in the sampling method, stratification, and analysis.</li></ul><p>Consult the dataset’s documentation (metadata) to evaluate its sampling scheme, representativeness, and any limitations. No sample-derived dataset will perfectly represent the full population. By understanding the sampling approach, the assessment team can avoid processing the data beyond its credible limits of inference. </p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Accessibility and cost:</strong> Does this dataset have adequate or better accessibility and cost relative to alternative datasets, or will it limit publication of the results? </td><td><p>It is generally preferred to select datasets that are in the public domain, as these can be referenced in LandScale assessment reports and examined by any interested user of the results. However, in some cases, the most suitable datasets may be unpublished, proprietary, or confidential. If this is the case, the dataset may be used, provided its source and attributes can be reviewed by the assessment team (and, if validation is being sought, by the LandScale team and local reviewers). This review ensures that the data are appropriate for the metrics they are intended to measure. <br><br>When candidate datasets are only available for a fee, the assessment team should weigh the trade-offs between cost and data quality. It is advisable to allocate a budget for data procurement in LandScale assessments, as some expenditure is typically necessary, and to review all potential datasets that require funding. This will help the assessment team determine how best to allocate resources to optimize data availability and quality across all indicators and metrics.</p><p></p><p>If the best dataset for a given metric is unpublished, proprietary, or private, the assessment team should explore whether a data-sharing agreement or another arrangement can facilitate the dataset’s use. Such agreements can meet the data owner’s needs while enabling the necessary LandScale quality reviews and validation. Before seeking validation, the assessment team must ensure they have permission from the owner of any non-public datasets to publish results derived from them.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Manage data gaps

When the [limitations analysis](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps) identifies data gaps for any metrics, the assessment team has three primary options for addressing them:

1. **Seek supplemental data:** If a data gap is identified, the assessment team can seek supplemental data to fill it. This could include additional secondary data sources, composite or modeled data derived from existing secondary data, or primary data collection. Guidelines for each of these potential sources are available in the [seek supplemental data](#seek-supplemental-data) section. Any supplemental data must go through the same limitations analysis process as the original datasets to ensure quality and relevance.
2. **Denote the metric as 'data deficient' and defer its measurement:** If efforts to seek supplemental data or adjust the scope do not resolve the gap, the assessment team can denote the metric as 'data deficient' and choose to defer its measurement. While metrics labeled as 'data deficient' will not undergo validation, the assessment team must document the reason for deferring the metric within the platform. The 'data deficient' label will appear as the result for that metric on the landscape profile and report. This designation signals existing data limitations and can help highlight areas where investment, such as generating primary data, may be needed.
3. **Revisit prior steps to align scope with available data:** The assessment team may reconsider the scope of the assessment to better match the available data. Significant deviations from the original scope should only be made when major data gaps prevent the assessment from progressing. Such changes must be discussed with relevant stakeholders to ensure alignment with the initiative's goals. Adjustments may involve revising the selection of metrics or, if necessary, adjusting the landscape boundary to ensure that data limitations do not hinder the assessment. If no suitable data exists for an essential metric, the assessment team might propose an alternative metric that uses an available dataset to measure the same quantity. Guidelines on [revisiting prior steps ](#revisit-prior-steps)are available to support assessment teams in aligning the scope with the data that is accessible and relevant.

If multiple data gaps are identified, the assessment team may wish to prioritize filling them based on the available timeframe and budget. Data gaps that cannot be filled in the current assessment period may be addressed as part of a longer-term strategy for future assessments. This strategy, including planned efforts to close data gaps, may be included in the final report's conclusion, if desired.

## Seek supplemental data

To address data gaps in LandScale assessments, the assessment team can pursue several strategies for acquiring supplemental data, each with specific considerations:

<details>

<summary>Additional sources of secondary data</summary>

The assessment team may intensify their search for secondary data from the types of sources available in the Data Resources Library and detailed in the [select data resources](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps) section. They can also consult local subject matter experts to identify further options for filling gaps. This is especially useful for data that is already collected and readily available, which can be quickly incorporated into the assessment.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Composite or modeled data</summary>

If individual datasets are insufficient, the assessment team may combine features from multiple datasets to create a composite dataset that fills the data gap. For example, an older but more detailed ecosystem map could be updated by overwriting newly converted areas that are identified in a recent land use or land cover map. Various online datasets may enable the assessment team to generate contemporary maps of land use or land cover, ecosystems, and changes based on recent remote sensing imagery.

The assessment team may also consider the use of modeling approaches to generate data relevant to the metrics based on other input data. However, the team must have the expertise to apply these methods appropriately, and they should be cautious, as any limitations in the input data may be transferred to the model outputs.&#x20;

The process for generating composite or modeled data must be clearly documented and will undergo review as part of the Step C validation.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Primary data</summary>

In the context of LandScale, primary data refers to data collected directly from within a landscape for the purpose of conducting an assessment, although it may also be gathered for other purposes. For example, the collection of primary data for use in LandScale assessments may come about through participation in collaborative monitoring or data collection efforts for the subject landscape or over larger areas, and it may address purposes and incorporate data themes that go beyond those directly relevant for LandScale.

If the need for primary data collection is identified, careful consideration must go into the resources and capacity needed to undertake what can be a long, complex, and expensive process. As such, primary data collection is often best undertaken collaboratively with other stakeholders involved in the landscape. This collaboration can help leverage resources, reduce costs, and ensure that the data collected benefits multiple parties. Primary data collection is best planned and implemented by those with expertise and experience in the disciplines and methods that pertain to the proposed data collection effort.

When using primary data in a LandScale assessment, it is essential to provide thorough documentation in the dataset’s metadata. This documentation will be reviewed as part of the Step C validation and and should include:

* Data collection methods (e.g., household survey, field sampling) and associated survey or sampling instruments.
* Reference to any established methods that were used or research/data collection practices that were followed.
* Explanation of whether the data is georeferenced and, if so, how.
* Explanation of whether the data is disaggregated and, if so, by what groups of characteristics.
* Sample size (e.g., number of the items sampled), sample universe (e.g., the total number of items in the population), and sampling scheme.

Data collection efforts must comply with relevant laws, privacy regulations, and ethical standards. This includes considerations around human subjects, data privacy, and obtaining necessary permissions.

</details>

By pursuing one or more of these approaches, the assessment team can fill data gaps effectively while ensuring transparency, accuracy, and compliance. Each approach should be carefully considered based on the available resources, expertise, and the nature of the data gaps identified.

## Revisit prior steps

If data gaps are identified during the limitations analysis process, the assessment team may need to revisit prior steps to align the assessment scope with the availability of suitable data. This can involve two main areas of focus: [metric selection](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-metrics) and [landscape boundary delineation](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary).&#x20;

Below are the steps to follow when considering adjustments in these areas:

* **Revisit metric selection:** If certain essential metrics lack suitable datasets and there is no feasible way to fill the data gaps, the assessment team may decide to adjust the selection of metrics. The assessment team may devise alternative metrics that can use the available data while still meeting the assessment's objectives. Any newly proposed or adjusted metrics must adhere to the [guidelines established for selecting metrics](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-metrics) and be submitted for validation.&#x20;
* **Revisit boundary delineation:** If multiple essential metrics only have suitable datasets for a specific portion of the landscape, the assessment team may consider adjusting the landscape boundary. The team might choose to focus the assessment on the area that has data available for most or all metrics. Although modifying the landscape boundary is a straightforward process in the LandScale platform, it can have significant implications. It could affect stakeholder engagement, the validity of prior work, and the overall scope of the assessment. These trade-offs should be carefully considered before making such a change. Any proposed changes to the landscape boundary must follow the [guidelines outlined for boundary delineation](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary) and be submitted for validation.&#x20;

<details>

<summary>Example: Revisiting metric selection to better match available data</summary>

During an early LandScale assessment in Ghana led by the Nature Conservation Research Centre (NCRC), the assessment team identified the following metrics for the indicator on access to basic services (in LandScale version 0.1):

* School attendance rate (percentage of children).
* Percentage of rural population with electricity access.
* Percentage of rural population with safe drinking water access.

While conducting the data search, the team encountered challenges. They were unable to find suitable datasets for the second and third metrics (percentage of rural population with electricity access and percentage of rural population with safe drinking water access).

Nonetheless, they discovered a research paper about the landscape that provided data on the percentage of households with access to basic needs. The team recognized that this information could be used to assess access to basic services, even though it was not an exact match to the initially selected metrics.

To fill the data gap, the team decided to revise the metrics for the indicator and chose an alternative metric based on the available data. The new metric combined the access to water, sanitation, and electricity into a single measure, which provided a more comprehensive view of access to basic services in the landscape.

This revision allowed the assessment to move forward with relevant data, ensuring the indicator was still meaningful despite the gaps in the original metrics. The team documented the change and submitted the new metric for validation, ensuring that it adhered to LandScale's guidelines.

</details>


# Review and submit for validation

The validation for Step B will confirm whether the indicators and metrics selected by the assessment team comply with the assessment guidelines. The validation scope includes all selected metrics and indicators. The LandScale team will validate user-added indicators and metrics, provided they have the necessary expertise to do so. If the LandScale team lacks the required expertise, that indicator or metric can still be assessed, but will not be validated or published on the respective LandScale profile.&#x20;

Validation for Step B can be conducted in one of three ways: entire assessment validation, pillar-by-pillar validation, or indicator-by-indicator validation. In the case of pillar-by-pillar or indicator-by-indicator validation, the assessment team must inform the LandScale team about which specific aspects of the assessment should be reviewed.&#x20;

Once Step B is complete, the assessment team must submit their inputs and request validation. Documentation requirements and validation criteria are outlined below.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FLyS2cl80ezAdzrjSxwkV%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=86660e49-3366-4ded-ba86-f1662a9413fb" alt=""><figcaption><p>During Step B submission, select the indicators you want to submit for validation. Submitted indicators can be edited later, but they will revert to 'in progress' status and must be resubmitted for validation.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Documentation requirements

The following materials must be submitted through the LandScale platform for validation:

* Identification of all core and additional indicators to be included in the assessment.
* Appropriate justification for the deselection or deferral of any core indicators.
* Description of any user-added indicators and a rationale for their inclusion.
* Documentation of the process used to determine and justify the applicability of additional indicators, including any stakeholder consultation or desk-based research (optional).
* If any human rights indicators within Goal 2.2 are included in the assessment scope, documentation demonstrating how these were selected in accordance with the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines). Optionally, this documentation may also be submitted for any user-added human rights-related indicators.&#x20;
* Identification of all essential and complementary metrics to be included for each selected indicator.
* Description of any user-added metrics and a rationale for their inclusion, including their relevance to the indicator.
* If the essential metrics that constitute a core indicator are modified—such as by deselecting LandScale-defined essential metrics or designating user-added metrics as essential—appropriate justification for these changes must be provided. While optional for additional indicators, providing justification is recommended.
* Identification of all selected data resources (may be submitted during Step B or C validation).
* Documentation of the outcome of the data limitations analysis for each data resource (may be submitted during Step B or C validation).
* Documentation related to any primary data collection, in accordance with the [guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps). This documentation should be added within the dataset description and metadata fields that are available in the platform for each dataset (may be submitted during Step B or C validation).&#x20;
* Identification of metrics and indicators designated as data-deficient or otherwise deferred, along with a statement of the reason for these decisions (may be submitted during Step B or C validation).

## Validation criteria

Validation will confirm whether the following requirements of Step B have been fulfilled:

* All core indicators have been included (for the selected validation scope of specific pillars or the entire LandScale assessment framework), or have an appropriate reason for deselection or deferral.
* The [guidelines for selecting additional indicators](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-indicators-and-metrics#select-additional-indicators) have been followed, and any provided justification is adequate and contextually relevant to the assessment.
* Clear descriptions and rationales for any user-added indicators have been provided.
* Documentation of any stakeholder consultation related to the indicator and metric selection process is provided. This is entered at the broader level of the entire step rather than at the specific indicator or metric level (optional).
* Any human rights indicators within Goal 2.2 included in the assessment scope were selected in accordance with the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines), and adequate documentation of this process has been submitted.&#x20;
* Suitable metrics have been identified and included for each of the selected indicators, in accordance with the [guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-metrics).
* Clear descriptions and rationales for any user-added metrics have been provided.
* Appropriate justification is provided for any changes to the essential metrics that constitute a core indicator.
* The data limitations analysis was conducted in accordance with the [guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps).
* The limitations for each dataset accurately reflect findings based on the [criteria](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-limitations-evaluation-criteria), and these limitations are documented.


# Process data and assess metrics

After suitable data have been gathered, additional processing is often required to derive metric values that will form the assessment results. All data processing is conducted outside of the LandScale platform. A brief description of the processing conducted should be documented in the LandScale platform's methodology description accompanying each metric. This documentation will be reviewed as part of Step C validation and may also streamline future reassessments.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2F4Usy9BtWQEgpLJ9HLNLE%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=9e8d8116-ef34-4ee8-aac8-7bc990c97bdd" alt=""><figcaption><p>For each metric, complete the context information (methodology and limitations) and enter the result of the data processing. Optionally, upload visualizations and set targets and milestones.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Data processing guidelines

Data processing requirements vary depending on the metric and the nature of the data. LandScale does not prescribe uniform methods for all metrics; however, specific guidelines and recommendations are provided in the [Performance Metrics Description Table](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework#metrics). Assessment teams should adhere to these guidelines when required and follow recommendations as closely as possible. These may include simple procedural advice, published methods, or links to modeling tools.

General recommendations for deriving metric values from source datasets include:

* **Use simpler methods when suitable:** Opt for simpler data transformation methods whenever they yield suitable metric values. Simpler methods are easier for others to understand and to replicate during future assessments.
* **Undertake advanced processing only when necessary:** Use sophisticated processing or modeling only if the assessment team has the expertise and capacity to do so. Ensure familiarity with the chosen methods and confidence that they will enhance accuracy or provide more informative results.
* **Document methods and limitations:** Thoroughly document all processing steps, including any limitations. This transparency is critical for validation and ensures stakeholders can fully understand and interpret the results.

After data processing is complete, document the methodology used and the result year for each metric on the platform. You can also upload supporting files in the context and metadata section.

## Ensure metric results protect privacy and comply with data terms of use&#x20;

When using data that are proprietary or subject to confidentiality or anonymity provisions, the assessment team must ensure that all reported metric values and supporting documentation comply with these requirements. In all cases, it is critical that no metric results nor any other information entered into the platform reveal identifying details about individual land units or people within the landscape.

If source datasets contain identifying information, the assessment team must apply processing and analysis steps to anonymize and generalize both spatial and non-spatial data. This may include removing or obscuring personal data, names, or exact geographic locations of features to prevent identification.

For further guidelines on handling data responsibly, see the earlier section on [data ownership, use, and privacy](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-ownership-use-and-privacy).

## Document limitations to metric results

In some cases, metric results may have significant limitations that affect their interpretability, even when they are derived from suitable datasets. It is important to document any such limitations to ensure that users of the assessment results fully understand the context and implications of these results. Properly documenting limitations enables more informed decision-making and responsible application of the results.

Limitations may include:

* **Limitations from source dataset constraints:** If the source dataset was determined as suitable but with limitations, the assessment team should carefully determine whether these constraints have introduced significant limitations to the resulting metric. For example, if a land-use change dataset is missing 25% coverage due to cloud cover in the source remote sensing data, this would typically require documentation of a limitation for any results derived from this dataset. In contrast, if only 2% of the landscape is missing data, this could be considered a minor defect, unlikely to necessitate a limitation statement.
* **Other limitations to metric result quality or interpretability:** Limitations may also arise that are unrelated to the source data itself. For example, if the participatory process used to generate metric results for a governance indicator reveals a wide diversity of stakeholder opinions regarding the integrity of governance processes, the assessment team might report an averaged value for the metric. However, they should also document a limitation to indicate the low confidence in or lack of consensus about the result due to the varying perspectives or evidence.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FoE1s2ihb6ogZVnqgo9is%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=dfbd05e4-53f0-4c93-82c6-47e5b39ec61e" alt=""><figcaption><p>Document the result year, methodology, and limitations for each metric.</p></figcaption></figure>

All identified limitations should be documented directly in the platform alongside the corresponding metric results. This information will be reviewed during the LandScale and local review processes during Step C validation.

## Populate metric results

The LandScale platform allows users to enter numeric or categorical results for each metric selected in Step B that has sufficient suitable data, as determined during the [data evaluation phase](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps). Metrics found to lack adequate data are indicated as data deficient within the platform.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2F6AfXRa3UncsAdKOXdFdO%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=842ec7fd-5897-4383-92a8-a2b5dd77d324" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example results for a metric under the human well-being pillar.</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2Fl3mBIP3s9yOM2ZDNrz65%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=b8fae257-115c-4172-94cd-38eaf11a7e75" alt=""><figcaption><p>If data is unavailable and a result cannot be provided, a justification must be included.</p></figcaption></figure>

It is essential to enter results in the specific form required by each metric. If results are not in the required form, the data should be re-analyzed to produce results that meet the metric's requirements. Alternatively, the assessment team may revisit Step B and propose an alternative metric that aligns with the form of the available results. Any newly proposed or adjusted metrics must adhere to the [guidelines established for selecting metrics](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-metrics) and be submitted for validation.

The platform supports two types of results disaggregation:

* **Thematic disaggregation:** This involves breaking down results by specific thematic characteristics (e.g., ecosystem type, gender). While thematic disaggregation is required for some metrics, it remains optional for others.
* **Spatial disaggregation:** This involves dividing results by spatial characteristics, such as jurisdiction, catchment, or other defined spatial areas. Although spatial disaggregation is not required for any metric, it can offer a more detailed understanding of metric performance across the landscape. For example, disaggregating water quality results by sub-catchments can reveal spatial variations, providing richer insights compared to a single, landscape-wide measure.


# Visualize and interpret results

Following data collection and processing, the next step is to develop meaningful visualizations and provide clear interpretation of results. This enables end users to better understand the significance of the LandScale assessment findings.

### Upload visual elements

Visualizations translate raw data into accessible insights, revealing trends, patterns, and key messages that may not be obvious from numerical data alone. Well-crafted visuals support effective communication of complex information to a broad audience, regardless of technical expertise.

The assessment team may upload a range of visual elements, such as:

* Charts and graphs.
* Infographics.
* Maps.

These visuals will appear alongside the respective results once they are validated as a part of Step C.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended visualization types**

Visualization types should be selected based on the nature of the data and the insights to be conveyed:

* **Bar charts:** Compare quantities across categories or groups.
* **Line graphs:** Illustrate trends or changes over time.
* **Pie charts:** Display proportions or percentages within a whole.
* **Heat maps:** Visualize data density or spatial concentration.
* **Scatter plots:** Show relationships between variables.
* **Histograms:** Present the distribution of data.
* **Infographics:** Integrate multiple visuals into a cohesive narrative.
* **Geographic maps:** Display data with spatial or location-based components.

The selected format should effectively represent the data and emphasize key messages.
{% endhint %}

### Summarize insights and interpretations

Summarizing results is essential to support understanding—particularly for audiences unfamiliar with the landscape context. Summaries should be concise, accessible, and technically accurate.

Key elements to consider include:

* **Key trends:** What notable patterns or changes were observed in the data?
* **Comparative findings:** How do results vary across metrics or areas?&#x20;
* **Performance indicators:** What do the results reveal about progress or challenges?
* **Stakeholder relevance:** Why might these results matter to different stakeholder groups?&#x20;

A thoughtful combination of visualizations and clear interpretation increases the value, clarity, and usability of the LandScale assessment.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2Fqj0Y0wfXrqDs17geOsZS%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=0b2be78d-7f3f-4168-8f4f-6ade3c87fe73" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of insights and interpretations derived from a result.</p></figcaption></figure>


# Set targets and milestones (optional)

While optional, targets and milestones provide a structured way to define the desired conditions for the landscape and evaluate the landscape’s actual status and trends against these objectives. Targets and milestones are valuable for tracking progress through the platform as reassessments are conducted and for demonstrating progress to stakeholders.

If targets and milestones have already been established by landscape stakeholders or other relevant parties, the assessment team can input them and align them with the corresponding metrics validated in Step B.

Targets and milestones can only be set for metrics (not for indicators, goals, or pillars). To enable comparisons between assessment results and targets/milestones, these objectives must use the same units of measurement as the corresponding metric(s) included in the LandScale assessment.&#x20;

For example, targets and milestones for eliminating deforestation might be defined as follows, using the same units of measure (ha/year) as the relevant LandScale metric (1.1.2.3):

{% hint style="success" %}
**Landscape target:** 0 ha/year conversion of forest ecosystem types by 2030.&#x20;

**Milestones toward the target:**

* By 2025: <250 ha/year conversion of forest ecosystem types.
* By 2027: <100 ha/year conversion of forest ecosystem types.
* By 2030: 0 ha/yr conversion of forest ecosystem types.
  {% endhint %}

Targets may be set with or without milestones. Furthermore, targets and milestones do not need to be set for every metric; they can focus on metrics that are most relevant to the landscape's goals. However, when establishing targets and milestones, it is advisable to ensure they represent a holistic range of topics across the four pillars of the[ LandScale assessment framework](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework).&#x20;

Additionally, including targets and milestones for interrelated issues is recommended. Addressing topics with potential synergies or tradeoffs—such as balancing conservation and development goals—can enhance the utility of the assessment by fostering a more integrated and strategic approach to landscape management.

## Assessing performance against targets and milestones

The LandScale platform can calculate the difference between performance targets and milestones and the corresponding metric results, provided these are expressed in the same units of measurement. This functionality is only available when reassessment values are present alongside the baseline, as the baseline serves as the starting point for tracking progress. For targets and milestones with specified achievement dates, assessment results should be compared to the time-bound measures that align with the same time period as the assessment.

Using the raw calculations generated by the platform, the assessment team can develop narrative descriptions of performance in the assessment report. These narratives should provide context, interpret the results, and highlight progress or gaps relative to the defined targets and milestones.


# Review and submit for first review

Validation of Step C includes three stages: two reviews conducted by the LandScale team and a local review process. These stages collectively ensure that the assessment adheres to the LandScale guidelines and meets the necessary quality standards for data and analysis.

<details>

<summary>First LandScale review</summary>

This review evaluates adherence to the Step C assessment guidelines, including the quality of data sources and analytical methods used to assess submitted metrics. Only user-added indicators and metrics deemed validatable by the LandScale team at the conclusion of Step B will be reviewed. Metrics requiring expertise beyond the scope of the LandScale team will not be validated. If the selection of local reviewers was not submitted for validation earlier, it will also be validated during this step.&#x20;

The first LandScale review must be successfully completed before proceeding to the second LandScale review. While the local review may be planned and initiated in parallel, local reviewers should not be asked to complete their review questions until after the first LandScale review is finalized.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Local review</summary>

Conducted by the designated local experts, this review considers potential data quality limitations identified during the first LandScale review. Local reviewers also provide feedback on the draft assessment results, contributing to the overall robustness of the findings.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Second LandScale review</summary>

This final review is conducted after the local review has been completed. It evaluates adherence to the local review guidelines and verifies that all feedback from both the first LandScale review and the local review has been adequately addressed in the final assessment results.

</details>

By completing these three stages, the assessment results are thoroughly refined and validated. This rigorous process ensures the credibility, reliability, and overall quality of the assessment results, providing confidence to stakeholders and users relying on the outcomes for decision-making.

## Documentation requirements

The following materials must be submitted through the LandScale platform for the first review:

* Final list of all datasets used in the assessment.
* Summary of the methods used to process and analyze data to derive metric results from source data.
* If any human rights indicators within Goal 2.2 are included in the assessment scope, documentation demonstrating how these were assessed in accordance with the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines). Optionally, this documentation may also be submitted for any user-added human rights-related indicators.&#x20;
* Documentation of how the governance indicators within Goal 3.2 that require the use of the [Sustainable Landscapes Rating Tool (SLRT)](https://www.climate-standards.org/sustainable-landscapes-rating-tool/)—specifically 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, and optionally 3.2.4—were assessed, as outlined in the [required stakeholder engagement activities](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/develop-stakeholder-engagement-plan#required-stakeholder-engagement-activities).
* Metric results for all metrics for which results were generated.
* Specification of landscape targets and milestones (if completed).
* Proposed selection of local reviewers, in accordance with the [guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/identify-and-register-local-reviewers) (if this selection was not already validated in a prior step).
* Documentation of the proposed local reviewers' expertise. This may include CVs, resumes, course certifications, or other suitable evidence.

## Review criteria&#x20;

The first review will confirm whether the following requirements of Step C have been fulfilled:

* Metric results are complete and presented in the required form, as specified in the [Performance Metrics Description Table](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework#metrics).&#x20;
* Metric results include statements of limitation for any results where significant limitations may exist, in line with the [guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/process-and-analyze-data#document-limitations-to-metric-results).
* The metric results, based on a review of data limitations and analysis methods, do not have evident data quality deficiencies that would render them substantially incorrect or misrepresentative of landscape conditions. This evaluation is not based on specific local knowledge but may include consultation with local reviewers or other experts regarding source data and analysis methods.
* Any human rights indicators within Goal 2.2 included in the assessment scope were assessed in accordance with the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines), and adequate documentation of this process has been submitted.&#x20;
* The relevant governance indicators within Goal 3.2 (3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3) were assessed using the [Sustainable Landscapes Rating Tool (SLRT)](https://www.climate-standards.org/sustainable-landscapes-rating-tool/), and adequate documentation of this process has been submitted.&#x20;
* Local reviewers were selected in accordance with the [guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/identify-and-register-local-reviewers). At least one qualified local reviewer per indicator is required, though engaging two reviewers per indicator is recommended to strengthen credibility and balance perspectives. A single local reviewer may evaluate multiple indicators across different goals or pillars, provided they meet the required criteria for expertise and landscape knowledge for each indicator. If the assessment team is unable to meet the recommended number of two reviewers, validation may still proceed—as long as the minimum requirement of one reviewer per indicator is met.&#x20;

### Identification of issues requiring further attention

The review will assess the above-mentioned requirements for documentation and the quality of data and metric results. It will determine if any data sources or metric results exhibit one or more of the following three issues, requiring further attention from the assessment team:

1. **Insufficient documentation:** Additional information is needed regarding the data selection process, data quality, and/or data analysis methods.
2. **Potential data quality deficiency:** Based on the evidence reviewed, the result may be significantly incorrect or misrepresentative of the landscape's conditions. Results with unresolved quality deficiencies will not be validated or published.
3. **Undocumented data quality limitations:** While the result appears substantially correct and representative, it may lack sufficient spatial resolution, sampling intensity, disaggregation, full spatial coverage, or other characteristics needed for a reasonably complete and nuanced understanding of landscape performance and trends. Such limitations must be documented. Results with documented quality limitations may still be published, provided these limitations are disclosed alongside the result.

The LandScale team will provide metric-specific comments to the assessment team, outlining any additional documentation requirements, potential quality deficiencies or limitations, and suggestions for addressing these issues. In some cases, the LandScale team may request further documentation or clarification to resolve gaps or determine the presence and nature of potential quality issues before completing its review and issuing findings.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2Fu3jpcxjI6FwaMHR7tBFK%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=14475bba-c678-4d8d-bc6e-ccbf86384cfe" alt=""><figcaption><p>The LandScale team may request additional documentation or clarification prior to finalizing the first review.</p></figcaption></figure>


# Address findings from the first review

The assessment team must review the findings from the first LandScale review before proceeding to the local review. Based on the findings, the team should take the following actions as appropriate.

## Address additional documentation needs

If the findings indicate missing or insufficient documentation, the assessment team must upload the required documentation to the LandScale platform before proceeding to the local review. This step ensures that all documentation gaps are resolved prior to advancing in the process.

## Address quality deficiencies or limitations

If the findings identify any potential quality deficiencies or limitations, the assessment team has two options:

1. **Resolve the identified issues before the local review:** In this case, the assessment team would address the deficiencies or limitations immediately and submit revised results, updated documentation, and any new source data for the local review. This approach is preferable if the team agrees with the findings and wants to expedite the validation process or avoid having the same issues flagged during the local review.
2. **Proceed with the local review as planned and address the issues afterward:** The assessment team may choose to defer addressing the identified deficiencies or limitations until after the local review but must resolve them before initiating the final LandScale review for Step C validation. This option may be more appropriate if resolving the issues would benefit from incorporating local perspectives or if it is considered more time or resource efficient.

The assessment team may independently choose between the two options for each issue raised in the first review findings. This means that the team could opt to resolve some issues immediately while deferring others until after the local review. This flexibility allows the team to tailor its approach to the specific nature and urgency of each issue.

If the second option is chosen, the LandScale team will include specific local review questions regarding the identified deficiencies or limitations. These questions will prompt local reviewers to comment on the identified issues, providing additional context and feedback.

### Methods to resolve quality deficiencies&#x20;

Quality deficiency findings may be resolved through the following approaches:

1. **Select alternative or supplemental dataset(s) and/or analysis method(s):** The assessment team can identify and utilize datasets or methods that better fulfill the Step C guidelines. Revised metric results should be generated based on the updated approach.
2. **Conduct primary data collection:** When necessary, the assessment team may proceed with collecting primary data to generate suitable and reliable metric results for the assessment.
3. **Mark the metric as 'data deficient' (if the above approaches are not feasible):** If neither alternative datasets nor primary data collection is viable, the metric (and corresponding indicators, as needed) may be marked as 'data deficient.' Metrics labeled as 'data deficient' will not be displayed in the landscape profile or report, nor will they undergo LandScale validation.

If option 1 or 2 is pursued, the revised metric result—along with updated documentation of datasets and methods—must be resubmitted for Step C validation, which includes the two LandScale reviews and the local review.

### Methods to resolve quality limitations

Quality limitation findings can be addressed by adding a limitation statement to the given result. This statement should clearly describe the identified limitations and ensure they are appropriately documented.

### Dispute data quality findings

If the assessment team disagrees with a finding of a potential data quality deficiency or limitation, they may provide additional documentation to substantiate their position instead of immediately pursuing resolution. This documentation must provide evidence that the data meet the required quality standards and/or do not exhibit the identified limitation.

* **Content of the additional documentation:** The documentation must directly address the [data limitations analysis criteria](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-limitations-evaluation-criteria) outlined in Step B and respond specifically to the findings from the first LandScale review.
* **Timing and submission:** The additional documentation should be uploaded to the LandScale platform before the local review begins. This will allow local reviewers to consider the supplementary evidence as part of their evaluation.

During the final review, the LandScale team will evaluate the supplemental documentation alongside any relevant feedback from the local review to determine whether the additional information credibly refutes or sufficiently addresses the first review findings.


# Proceed to the local review

The local review is the second step in the Step C validation process. Conducted by designated local experts with landscape knowledge and relevant subject matter expertise, this review evaluates potential data quality limitations flagged during the first LandScale review. It also provides feedback on draft assessment results, strengthening the overall robustness of the findings.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2F9yArlRbBBKWwgmhnqqF6%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=86af8199-0c48-4907-9cf6-cbe4344799a3" alt=""><figcaption><p>Local reviewers will provide feedback in the comments section, which must be addressed by the assessment team.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Platform support for the local review

The LandScale platform is designed to streamline and support the local review process by enabling reviewers to:

* Register on the platform and log in with their own email address.
* Sign the Local Reviewer Agreement, and review and complete the Conflict of Interest Declaration for Local Reviewers.
* Watch a brief orientation video outlining the local review process and how to use the platform.
* Review the assessment results and documentation for all indicators and metrics within their goal(s), with optional access to results from other goals for additional context.
* Provide structured feedback on the assessment by completing the review questions for each metric.

If any reviewer is unable to use the LandScale platform due to technological, language, or cultural barriers, feedback may be collected through alternative means. Detailed guidelines on accommodating such situations is provided below.

## Scope and process of the local review

The local review encompasses all metrics the assessment team seeks to validate for publication at the given time. If the assessment team is pursuing pillar-level validation for Steps B and C, documentation may be submitted only for the specific pillar(s) undergoing validation. Results cannot be excluded from the local review unless the assessment team opts not to publish them, designates them as 'data deficient', or if they have been rejected by the LandScale team during the first review, thereby excluding them from Step C validation.

The assessment team is responsible for coordinating the local review process, which entails the following activities:

1. Select reviewers.
2. Design the review process and format.
3. Orient reviewers.
4. Conduct interactive sessions with reviewers.
5. Collect feedback via standardized review questions.

After these activities are completed, the assessment team must address the feedback provided during the local review. They should also share the final assessment results with local reviewers, accompanied by an explanation of how their feedback was addressed.

### Select local reviewers

The assessment team is responsible for identifying and recruiting eligible local reviewers who meet the guidelines outlined in the [identify and register local reviewers](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/identify-and-register-local-reviewers) section. These reviewers should collectively provide both landscape-level knowledge and subject matter expertise across all topics within the assessment scope. To validate their qualifications, documentation such as CVs, resumes, course certifications, or other suitable evidence showing their expertise must be uploaded to the platform. While the selection of at least one reviewer per indicator is required, LandScale recommends engaging a minimum of two reviewers per indicator to ensure a more robust review process.

The selection process begins with the assessment team contacting potential local reviewers to gauge their interest and availability. However, local reviewers cannot be confirmed until the proposed candidates have been reviewed and approved by the LandScale team.

Once a complete set of candidate local reviewers has been identified, it must be submitted to the LandScale team for validation before the local review begins. This submission typically takes place during the first LandScale review for Step C but may occur earlier if desired. If there is uncertainty about whether a candidate meets the selection criteria, the assessment team is encouraged to consult the LandScale team for guidance prior to finalizing the list of candidates.

### Design the review process and format

Given the diverse contexts in which LandScale assessments are conducted, our guidelines provides flexibility in designing the local review process to ensure it aligns with the intended purpose and maximises the value of this activity. When designing the local review process, the assessment team should plan how to facilitate each of the following components:

* **Orient reviewers to the assessment results:** Local reviewers should be introduced to the assessment results and the context in which they were developed. Further details on this component are provided in the [orient reviewers](#orient-reviewers-t) section.
* **Engage reviewers in discussions about the assessment results:** The assessment team may choose to facilitate interactive conversations with local reviewers to explore the quality and interpretability of the results. While optional, this component is highly recommended. Further details are provided in the [conduct interactive sessions with reviewers](#conduct-interactive-sessions-with-reviewers) section.
* **Complete review questions for each metric:** Local reviewers must provide feedback by completing the review questions for each metric within their assigned indicator(s). The default process involves reviewers accessing the LandScale platform, but if this is not feasible, the assessment team should identify an alternative mechanism. Further details on this component are provided in the [collect feedback via standardized review questions](#collect-feedback-via-standardized-review-questions) section.

Once plans for each component have been developed, the assessment team should document the full local review process, including the schedule, logistics, and deadlines. This documentation should specify key dates, such as live orientation or interactive sessions, as well as the final deadline for submitting feedback. Any logistical requirements for live or in-person sessions should also be addressed. These details must be communicated clearly to all local reviewers to ensure alignment and smooth participation.

### Orient reviewers&#x20;

Once candidate local reviewers have been approved by the LandScale team, affirmed their roles and expectations, and registered on the LandScale platform, they must complete a two-part orientation. The orientation entails:

1. **General local reviewer orientation:** Local reviewers must watch an orientation video provided by LandScale, accessible on the platform. This video introduces reviewers to LandScale assessments, explains the purpose and scope of the local review, and outlines the roles and expectations for local reviewers. It also includes a brief demonstration of the platform’s relevant functions.
2. **Assessment-specific orientation:** The assessment team is responsible for providing an orientation tailored to the specific LandScale assessment and results being reviewed. This orientation should cover:
   1. An overview of the landscape boundary, assessment scope (indicators and metrics), and the rationale behind their selection.&#x20;
   2. An explanation of how data sources were selected, along with any challenges or limitations encountered in accessing suitable data for each metric.&#x20;
   3. A summary of how data were processed and the methods used to generate results.

The assessment-specific orientation can be delivered live, via a pre-recorded video, or in another suitable format. The assessment team may choose to provide a single orientation session to all local reviewers, covering the entire assessment, or tailor sessions for each goal or pillar to give reviewers more in-depth insights into their specific topics while avoiding information overload. If interactive sessions form part of the local review process, the orientation to the draft assessment results may be incorporated at the start of these sessions.

While the orientation serves as an important foundation for local reviewers, it must remain factual and objective, summarizing the assessment process and results as documented by the assessment team. The assessment team should take care to avoid introducing bias or influencing reviewers' perceptions of the draft results or their findings.

### Conduct interactive sessions with reviewers

Interactive sessions are strongly recommended, though not required, to help local reviewers thoroughly understand and assess the draft results. These sessions also allow reviewers to triangulate their observations and feedback with those of other reviewers. The sessions may follow one or both of the formats below:

* **Bilateral:** The assessment team meets with each local reviewer individually to gather their preliminary feedback, answer questions, and provide further context on the assessment process. In this case, the suggested format is one-on-one remote meetings.
* **Dialogue:** The assessment team facilitates discussions among multiple local reviewers, enabling them to exchange views and, where appropriate, reach consensus on various aspects of the review. In this case, the suggested format is either in-person or virtual meetings, utilizing facilitation techniques and live input tools available in virtual meeting platforms to foster meaningful interactions.

The purpose of these sessions is to inform the individual feedback that each reviewer will provide in response to the [review questions](#collect-feedback-via-standardized-review-questions). By participating in interactive sessions, local reviewers can gain a deeper understanding of the draft results, their level of accuracy, and any potential limitations. However, these sessions do not replace the formal mechanism for individual feedback.&#x20;

The assessment team is encouraged to document any interactive sessions—such as through meeting or workshop minutes—as part of the overall assessment documentation.

### Collect feedback via standardized review questions

Local reviewers will provide feedback by answering a set of review questions for each metric within their review scope. These questions will be accessible once reviewers have registered on the platform and completed the Conflict of Interest Declaration. The assessment team should inform reviewers when they should complete the questions, based on the [overall review process](#design-the-review-process-and-format).

The review for each metric includes the following standard questions:

1. To the best of your knowledge, do the results reflect the actual conditions in the landscape?
2. Do you have any concerns about the result, underlying data quality, or limitations documented?&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2Fx1jmwRDn5jUnpl5mvn4i%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=b51efb31-eaf0-4d2c-a137-82c8f8ccc8fb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of a completed local review process.</p></figcaption></figure>

In limited circumstances, additional questions may be added that are unique to particular metrics. Specifically, if the first review of Step C by the LandScale team identified potential concerns or limitations with the quality of results or underlying data sources that were not resolved by the time of the local review, the LandScale team may include questions for local reviewers on these potential concerns or limitations. Reviewers should answer these additional questions for any metric for which they are included.

Once a local reviewer has completed the review questions for a given metric, they will have the option to either approve or reject the metric. If rejected, this indicates that the local reviewer believes the metric should not proceed. However, even in the case of rejection, the metric can still be submitted for the second LandScale review, during which the LandScale team will assess whether the feedback from the local reviewer has been adequately addressed.

Whenever possible, local reviewers should respond to the review questions directly on the LandScale platform. If this is not feasible for certain reviewers, a member of the assessment team may receive the reviewers' responses through conversation, create a local reviewer account, and serve as a scribe to enter the responses into the platform on behalf of the reviewer. In this case, the scribe must directly transcribe and enter the reviewer’s responses without alteration. Prior to submitting the responses, the scribe should read them back to the reviewer to confirm that they have been entered correctly. Additionally, the username for this local review account must include the names of both the reviewer and the scribe, for example, '\[name of the scribe] on behalf of \[name of the local reviewer].'

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FCSVGPKkGIpUA5HBWfzas%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=d95fe201-5ba8-4938-ab62-bebc00734e65" alt=""><figcaption><p>When serving as a scribe, enter the username in a way that clearly identifies the individual acting as scribe and the local reviewer they are representing.</p></figcaption></figure>


# Address feedback from the local review

Once local reviewers have entered their responses to the review questions on the platform, the assessment team should analyze the feedback, determine whether any clarifications are needed, and work to address the feedback as described below. If clarification is needed, the assessment team may contact individual reviewers to better understand the nature of their input and explore potential ways to resolve any identified issues.

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2F9syJKP48Cvr96Jvywafl%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=114490e4-8bec-4701-91ff-625d8773afaf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Local reviewer feedback can be made in the local language</p></figcaption></figure>

Feedback from local reviewers may be addressed (and resolved, if necessary) in similar ways as feedback from the LandScale first review. In some cases, local review feedback may not require a specific resolution but should still be considered and responded to within the documentation that the assessment team produces in response to the local review.

Local review feedback, along with any unresolved feedback from the first LandScale review, may be addressed in one of the following five ways. These options for addressing feedback mirror those used for [addressing findings from the first LandScale review](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/review-and-submit-for-validation/address-findings-from-the-first-review). However, Option 5 in this list is applicable only to local review feedback, not to findings from the LandScale review.

1. **Provide more documentation:** If feedback indicates the need for additional documentation, the assessment team should provide the necessary supporting documentation to address the specific deficiencies noted by the reviewers.
2. **Revise the assessment:** If feedback highlights a data quality deficiency, the assessment team may address it by taking one of the following actions:&#x20;
   1. Select alternative or supplemental datasets and/or analysis methods that better align with the [Step B guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps), then generate revised metric results based on this revised approach.
   2. Proceed with primary data collection and use the suitable primary data to assess the metric.
   3. If neither of the previous approaches is feasible, the assessment team may decide to mark the metric (and the corresponding indicators as needed, consistent with [guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps-1)) as 'data deficient'. In this case, the result and corresponding LandScale validation findings for that metric will not be displayed in the landscape profile or report.
3. **Add a result limitation statement:** If feedback points to a data quality limitation, the assessment team can resolve it by adding an appropriate limitation statement to the result. This statement should clearly address the identified limitations of the data or methodology used.
4. **Refute the feedback:** If the assessment team disagrees with any feedback suggesting the need for more documentation or raising concerns about potential data quality deficiencies or limitations, they may provide additional documentation to demonstrate that the results are of adequate quality, free from the identified limitations, and adequately documented. The assessment team may also engage in verbal or written exchanges with the local reviewer or LandScale team to better understand and resolve differing opinions on the suitability of the result and documentation. The assessment team must provide written documentation of any such exchanges according to the guidelines stated here. The additional documentation should make specific reference the [data limitations analysis criteria](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-limitations-evaluation-criteria) in Step B and directly address the feedback. For example, if the reviewer suggests a different dataset would have been better, the assessment team might document the strengths of the dataset they used relative to the one the reviewer recommended. This supplemental documentation should be shared with the reviewer(s) who raised the issue. If the documentation resolves the issue to the reviewer’s satisfaction, the feedback will be considered resolved. If it does not resolve the issue to the reviewer's satisfaction, the assessment team may either:
   1. Resolve the feedback through one of the first three options (providing more documentation, revising the assessment, or adding a result limitation statement).
   2. Submit the unresolved feedback as part of the second review during the Step C LandScale validation, where the LandScale team will make a final determination on whether the issue remains unresolved.
5. **Justify why the feedback requires no action:** If the assessment team believes that specific pieces of local review feedback do not require any resolution, they should clearly state and justify this view. For example, comments about the status and trends of landscape performance that do not pertain to the quality of the assessment and its results typically do not require action. An example could be: '*Household income in this landscape has been stagnant for 10 years despite strong national GDP growth. That shows a failure of our local government.*' Similarly, comments that call for changes to the assessment scope, forms of information, or levels of detail that fall outside of the chosen assessment scope, landscape boundary, or LandScale assessment guidelines do not require action.

If results were changed as a result of this process (e.g., Options 2a, 2b, or 3, listed above), the new or revised results (and any corresponding documentation and limitation statements) must be re-submitted for Step C validation, which includes the two LandScale reviews and the local review. This will be followed by a further round of analyzing and addressing feedback as necessary until any outstanding feedback has been satisfactorily resolved through one of the above-mentioned means.


# Proceed to final validation

Following the conclusion of the local review and the resolution of any feedback arising from both the local review and the first LandScale review for Step C, the proposed final assessment results (including any revisions made as a result of the review process) will proceed to the final LandScale review for Step C validation.&#x20;

The final review consists of two components:

1. Validation of the local review process to verify whether it has adhered to all requirements.
2. Validation that any issues raised during the first LandScale review and the local review that require resolution have been satisfactorily addressed through the [provided resolution options](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review/address-feedback-from-the-local-review), ensuring that adequate results and documentation reflecting these changes have been uploaded to the platform.

After the final LandScale review for Step C is complete, all validated results will be automatically published on the corresponding landscape profile.

## Documentation requirements

The following materials must be submitted through the LandScale platform for the final review:

* Documentation of the local review process, forms of engagement with local reviewers, and Conflict of Interest Declarations for all the local reviewers, in accordance with the [local review guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review).
* Documentation of how the assessment team resolved each issue raised through the local review or the first LandScale review, following the [respective resolution options](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review/address-feedback-from-the-local-review) previously detailed.
* Final assessment results—including associated limitation statements and documentation—reflecting any of the [previously detailed changes](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review/address-feedback-from-the-local-review).

<figure><img src="https://2485489819-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2Fyud3YzDx40F5IFjw3cle%2Fuploads%2FYDnu5YXkFdb38vQOISlr%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=8314e35c-1de6-4d13-adb6-3bc9e17675d6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of final assessment results submitted for Step C validation.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Validation criteria

The final review will confirm whether the following requirements of Step C have been fulfilled:

* The local review process was properly conducted in accordance with the [guidelines](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review).
* Local review questions for each metric have been answered by at least one qualified local reviewer.
* Each issue raised through the local review and through the first LandScale review was resolved according one of the [resolution options](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review/address-feedback-from-the-local-review).
* The assessment results were updated to incorporate these resolutions.

The assessment team should follow up with the local reviewers by sharing the final assessment results along with a summary of how their feedback was considered and addressed. Local reviewers will also be able to access the full assessment—including the report and published results—directly on the platform. The assessment team should thank local reviewers for their service and pay any agreed-upon stipend. These steps conclude the local review process.


# Complete the assessment

## Congratulations!

🎉 **Congratulations on successfully completing your LandScale assessment!** 🎉&#x20;

This marks a significant milestone in your journey toward integrated landscape management, reflecting substantial effort and collaboration.&#x20;

## Share and celebrate results

Upon completion, it is important to share the results with all relevant stakeholders—including assessment team members and owners, local reviewers, and other partners involved in the landscape initiative. Transparent sharing ensures collective understanding and recognition of the work accomplished.

To increase visibility of this accomplishment and build community engagement, consider sharing the success on social media. LandScale may be tagged in any social media posts, prompting us to re-share and amplify the news and celebrate this achievement publicly. Results should also be incorporated into official reports to maintain a comprehensive and traceable record of progress.

> [<img src="https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/ca/LinkedIn_logo_initials.png" alt="LinkedIn" data-size="line">](https://www.linkedin.com/company/landscale/) [Follow us on LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com/company/landscale/)

{% hint style="info" %}
**Need support with writing a report and communicating impact?**&#x20;

The LandScale team is available to assist with preparing reports and communicating key findings. [Contact us](mailto:landscale@ra.org) for more information.
{% endhint %}

## Next steps

With this milestone achieved, attention can now shift to advancing initiative maturity and planning for the future.

* **Fill in the** [**Landscape Initiative Maturity (LIM) evaluation**](/landscape-initiative-maturity/get-started-with-landscape-initiative-maturity)**:** LIM offers insights into the current status of the landscape initiative—the scale it operates at, details about its multi-stakeholder governance process or platform, its collective goals and actions, and its collective monitoring and reporting framework—and serves as a roadmap to support the identification of opportunities for strengthening impact and effectiveness.
* **Update the landscape profile:** Add any active interventions or investment opportunities in the landscape. Capturing these efforts promotes transparency, supports collaboration, and may attract future funding.
* **Plan for reassessment:** Scheduling the next assessment supports ongoing monitoring, helps measure progress over time, and informs strategic decision-making.

The LandScale team remains available to support further activities and provide guidance on subsequent phases.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Further reading and resources**

* For more information on integrated landscape management, refer to resources provided by the [1000 Landscapes for 1 Billion People](https://landscapes.global/guide/intro/) initiative, including their comprehensive guide on integrated landscape management practices.
* For support in navigating systemic change and working with complex systems, refer to the [Positive Tipping Points Toolkit](https://ptptoolkit.notion.site/), which provides guidance on understanding, identifying, and working towards tipping points.
  {% endhint %}


# Report and publish results - delete for now, save for later

Once the assessment has been completed and validated, the final step is to produce, validate, and publish the landscape profile and, optionally, a PDF report. <mark style="background-color:orange;">The landscape profile is automatically filled out and published once the results--whether one or many--have successfully gone through the Step C validation process. At the end of Step C, the assessment team may choose to carry out the following additional tasks to generate a PDF report:</mark>

1. **Build the landscape report:** Create a detailed report that summarizes the assessment process, methodology, key findings, and results.&#x20;
2. **Translate the landscape report:** If needed, the report can be translated into other languages to ensure accessibility for a wider audience.&#x20;
3. **Publish the landscape report:** Once the report is finalized (and possibly translated), it can be published on the platform and distributed publicly.

If the assessment team chooses to generate a PDF report, it will need to go through validation by the LandScale team.

## Build the landscape report

The landscape report is created on the LandScale platform using a standard format and design, ensuring consistency and ease of navigation for all landscape reports. The content of the report consists of a combination of:

* **Automatically populated content:** Information gathered and submitted during previous steps.&#x20;
* **Standard text provided by LandScale:** This text can be edited or customised by the assessment team as needed.&#x20;
* **Custom text and images:** Additional content added by the assessment team.

If the assessment team wishes to revise any auto-populated content that has been generated from prior steps, this may require LandScale to validate the new information, which could delay the completion and publication of the report.

### Language requirements for the landscape report

The landscape report must be written in English. The LandScale platform allows the use of tools to help the assessment team check for grammar, spelling, and other language-specific issues. <mark style="background-color:orange;">The clarity and quality of the report’s language will be assessed during the Step C validation process. LandScale will not correct or edit the report content but, as part of the validation process, may require the assessment team to revise or improve content that is unclear, illogical, or not written in proper English.</mark>&#x20;

For tips on writing, assessment teams may refer to our report writing guide, linked below:

{% file src="/files/snp9FBqx1UEjn7puRW6I" %}

### Landscape report format

The landscape report follows a standard format, including the following sections:

* Front page.
* About this report, acknowledgments, and logos.
* Table of contents.&#x20;
* Executive summary.
* Featured results.
* Conclusion.&#x20;
* References.
* Appendices:
  * Validated metric results.
  * Landscape overview.&#x20;
  * Indicator and metric selection.&#x20;
  * Data evaluation.&#x20;
  * Stakeholder engagement plan.&#x20;
  * Local review summary.&#x20;
  * Adjacency analysis (if applicable).
  * Custom appendices (optional).

The executive summary section should provide a holistic overview of the results at the goal level, while the featured results section highlights key findings, with the full set of metric results available as an appendix.

### Key characteristics of a landscape report

A well-crafted landscape report should meet the following criteria:

* **Objective:** The narrative must be based on the assessment results validated by LandScale and be presented in a representative and balanced manner. The assessment team should avoid introducing material that is not objective or not based on validated results, such as undocumented information, unsubstantiated assertions, personal opinions, speculation about causes or trends, or future predictions. Both favorable and less favorable results should be discussed without undue emphasis on either.
* **Engaging:** The landscape report should be concise, accessible, and visually appealing to effectively communicate the assessment results. The use of data visualizations is recommended to highlight key results and make complex data easier to understand.&#x20;
* **Holistic:** The landscape report should include assessment results from all segments of the assessment scope (e.g., all pillars and goals).

In addition to the auto-generated components, the assessment team is responsible for creating custom content for three key sections of the landscape report's main body ([executive summary](#executive-summary), [featured results](#featured-results), and [data visualizations and other graphics](#data-visualizations-and-other-graphics)). Detailed guidance for crafting content for these sections are provided below.

### Executive summary

The executive summary should provide a clear and concise overview of the assessment results, offering a holistic portrait of the landscape’s sustainability performance. It should:&#x20;

* Cover all goals included within the report’s scope.&#x20;
* Include both favourable and less favourable results to present a balanced and accurate depiction of the landscape's performance.&#x20;
* Highlight areas of progress or strong performance alongside areas in need of improvement.

The executive summary serves as a key entry point for readers, ensuring they grasp the overarching outcomes and critical insights from the assessment.

### Featured results

The featured results section allows the assessment team to present selected results in greater detail. These results may focus on those that are particularly noteworthy or significant for landscape sustainability management, as well as topics or trends of special interest to the assessment proponent, landscape stakeholders, or other target users. However, the featured results must include information on all goals within the report scope and provide a balanced perspective by covering both favorable and less favorable results. Featured results are typically presented and synthesized at the goal or indicator level.

Assessment teams are encouraged to use the 'featured results' narrative to provide useful interpretation and contextualization of the raw metric results. This may include:

* Highlighting relationships between different goals, indicators, or metrics, including any apparent synergies or tradeoffs among multiple landscape objectives.
* Identifying connections and/or apparent contradictions in results (e.g., natural ecosystem conversion decreased yet threats to biodiversity increased significantly).
* Identifying specific events or circumstances widely accepted as causal factors for the observed trends in individual or multiple results (e.g., recent wildfires leading to significant declines in forest cover).
* Providing comparative analysis of related metrics (e.g., whether the pace of restoration is commensurate with the pace of ecosystem conversion and degradation).
* Evaluating metric results against any established [targets and milestones](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/set-targets-and-milestones-optional) to assess progress towards the desired sustainability outcomes defined by landscape stakeholders.
* Explaining data sources, methodologies used to assess metrics, and any limitations that are important for understanding and interpreting the published results.
* For repeat assessments, providing a synthesis and interpretation of previous assessment results, current results, and observed trends. If changes in data quality, methodologies, or metric definitions (e.g., due to updates to the [LandScale assessment framework](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework)) significantly affect trend data and their interpretation, such aspects should be discussed as well.&#x20;

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Prohibited practices**

When building the landscape report, assessment teams must avoid:

* Over-extrapolating results to come to conclusions that cannot be supported by validated, published results and their underlying data. For example, it is not appropriate to claim that water quality is excellent across the entire landscape based on results from only a limited number of water bodies.&#x20;
* Suggesting that the landscape is 'sustainable', as LandScale does not define a specific threshold for what constitutes 'sustainable'.&#x20;
* Attributing results, either in part or in full, to specific actors, actions, policies, or programs. While contribution claims based on validated LandScale results are possible, these should not be included in the landscape report itself. Instead, any such claims should be pursued separately, following the [LandScale claims guidelines](https://www.landscale.org/claims/).
  {% endhint %}

### Data visualizations and other graphics

The landscape report should include data visualizations, such as graphics, charts, tables, and other visual devices, to present assessment results in a clear and intuitive manner. Note that the landscape report does not need to include a comprehensive set of data visualizations for all published results, as the full results will automatically be compiled in an appendix to the report.

Due to the variety of visualizations that may be useful, these are not automated within the LandScale platform. Instead, visualizations should be created off-platform and uploaded to the platform’s image library. Refer to the <mark style="background-color:orange;">Data Visualization supporting document</mark> for guidelines and resources to create effective visualizations.

Key considerations for data visualizations include:

* **Focus on key patterns:** The assessment team should focus on developing data visualizations that best illustrate the broad patterns discussed in the [executive summary](#executive-summary) and the conclusions presented in the [featured results](#featured-results).
* **Synthesize information:** Where appropriate, the assessment team should synthesize data from multiple metrics to reflect performance at the indicator level, or even at the goal level, where feasible. For example, synthesizing data across the three metrics for human health and nutrition (indicator 2.1.2) can make the results more relevant and actionable for landscape actors.
* **Pillar-level synthesis (optional):** At the executive summary level, pillar-level synthesis can be useful to provide an overview of sustainability performance across the landscape.

In addition to data visualizations, the assessment team can include additional visuals, such as photographs and maps, to help engage the audience and convey information that may be difficult to communicate in text alone.

LandScale allows assessment teams to reference external materials by providing links to documents or websites. For example, a landscape partnership website or a published landscape action plan can be linked in the landscape report. However, please note that LandScale will not validate the content of external publications linked on the platform. If there are concerns about the credibility of external content, LandScale reserves the right to prohibit its reference on the platform.

### Appendices

The appendices of the landscape report serve to document the work conducted during prior steps of the assessment process. This includes the complete set of validated metric results for publication, along with supporting information related to the data used to generate those metrics.

Content for all appendices is auto-generated from inputs in earlier steps. Some of this content may be edited, as specified in the platform instructions for each appendix.

If the assessment team wishes, they may revisit optional components of the assessment process that were previously skipped. However, any new content must be validated before it can be published.

### Custom appendices (optional)

The assessment team may choose to add custom appendices to the landscape report to provide additional relevant information. Examples of custom appendices could include a landscape theory of change, landscape action plan, or supplementary maps and photos.

While LandScale does not validate custom appendices, they may be reviewed as part of the overall report validation process. LandScale reserves the right to require modifications or removal of any custom content deemed incorrect, unsubstantiated, or misleading prior to publication.

Since custom appendices are not validated, they will be clearly labeled in the report to differentiate them from validated content.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended stakeholder input**

LandScale recommends that assessment teams invite landscape partners, stakeholders, and experts to review the draft landscape report. This step helps to socialize the assessment results and provides stakeholders an opportunity to comment on how the results are presented, contextualized, and interpreted.

The review of the draft report is optional but offers the assessment team a chance to refine the report based on stakeholder feedback before seeking validation. This process is distinct from the [local review](/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review), which takes place in Step C.

If stakeholders are invited to review the draft report at this stage, it is not expected nor required that all stakeholders agree with every result or interpretation. Nevertheless, feedback at this stage can help improve the report and enhance its relevance and acceptance by key stakeholders.
{% endhint %}

## Translate the landscape report (optional)

Assessment teams may choose to translate the landscape report into local language(s). The translated report should contain the same content as the original English report built on the platform, with no additions or exclusions (appendices may be excluded from the translation). LandScale permits the publication of translated landscape reports on the platform.

Translated reports will not be validated by the LandScale team. However, LandScale reserves the right to prevent the publication of a translated report, or to request revisions, if there are concerns about its fidelity to the validated English content.

## Validate and publish the landscape report

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Validation of the landscape report involves reviewing the report itself, as well as any changes made to the assessment in relation to items that were already validated in prior steps. Validation of the landscape report can only be pursued after all previous steps have been successfully validated.</mark>

<mark style="background-color:orange;">Once Step C is validated, the assessment team may decide if and when to publish the landscape report. Documentation requirements and validation criteria for the process are outlined below.</mark>

### Documentation requirements

The following materials must be submitted through the LandScale platform for validation:

* Documentation of any changes made to the assessment relative to items that were already validated in prior steps.
* The landscape report, including data visualizations and additional graphics.&#x20;
* The landscape report appendices.
* <mark style="background-color:orange;">Landscape report appendix, with the full list of local reviewers and the indicators that they reviewed. Refer to the</mark> [<mark style="background-color:orange;">local review guidance</mark>](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/identify-and-register-local-reviewers#balancing-transparency-and-confidentiality-in-local-reviews) <mark style="background-color:orange;">for more information on how local reviewers should be identified in the landscape report - (move to next).</mark>

### Validation criteria

Validation will confirm whether the following requirements have been fulfilled:

* Any changes made to the assessment relative to previously validated items are appropriate and do not necessitate re-validation based on the validation requirements of prior steps. &#x20;
* The landscape report is complete and accurately represents the findings, ensuring no misrepresentation through means such as (but not limited to):&#x20;
  * Stating or implying attribution to or contribution of specific actors to particular outcomes. While contribution claims based on validated LandScale results are possible, these should not be included in the landscape report itself. Instead, any such claims should be pursued separately, following the [LandScale claims guidelines](https://www.landscale.org/claims/).
  * Failing to include less favorable results, or otherwise misrepresenting the balance between favorable and less favorable results, as indicated by the results and underlying data.
  * Drawing conclusions or inferences that are not supported by the underlying results and data.
* The landscape report is written in proper English suitable for publication.


# Human rights assessment guidelines

Human rights violations often extend beyond individual projects, plantations, and concession boundaries. Their causes and consequences relate to complex interactions involving multiple levels of government, diverse sectors, and a wide array of stakeholders. Therefore, assessing human rights at the landscape scale is a useful contribution to managing sustainability across larger geographic and governance areas.

Historically, human rights assessments have either been broad risk evaluations at the national level or in-depth, context-specific studies at the project, plantation, supply chain, or community level. These approaches, while valuable, often lack scalability and replicability. LandScale’s landscape-level human rights assessment is a pioneering step towards bridging this gap. However, it is not exhaustive and should not replace the obligations of companies, governments, and other stakeholders to undertake smaller-scale human rights assessments. Instead, it offers a complementary perspective, helping to identify systemic human rights issues, their root causes, and the enabling conditions required to address them effectively.

Download our Human Rights Assessment Guidelines below:

{% file src="/files/E6nDbcY7HRNV85kbbarv" %}


# Climate mitigation project guidance

This climate mitigation project guidance was developed to provide support for landscape initiatives using LandScale in attracting corporate funding through the implementation of high-integrity climate mitigation projects, whether within or beyond the value chain.

The guidance outlines clear, actionable themes, principles, and steps to help initiatives build institutional and technical capacity and gain access to corporate funding through high-integrity action. It addresses common questions regarding the development of climate mitigation projects, including:

1. How can climate interventions be embedded in the landscape context, and how should initiatives differentiate between corporate claim pathways?
2. How can stakeholders and communities be engaged to improve carbon outcomes, maximize co‑benefits, and reduce risks?
3. How can the feasibility, cost, and commercial potential of climate interventions be assessed?
4. How should an appropriate monitoring, reporting, and verification (MRV) approach be selected, and what trade-offs should be considered?
5. Which standards, implementation partners, and funding sources are most relevant for climate mitigation projects, and how can they be leveraged?

By outlining the characteristics of high-quality climate mitigation projects, the guidance reflects many of the core principles of effective landscape initiative design. Its added value is a dedicated climate mitigation and carbon lens, offering targeted guidance to support informed decision-making when collaborating with third parties to develop projects within landscapes.

## Access the guidance

The climate mitigation project guidance was developed in partnership with 3Keel. Download the guidance below to learn more:

{% file src="/files/ZfEr84XVenDpXuxvULHH" %}

Alongside the development of the guidance, we hosted a webinar with support from 3Keel to walk through the key themes and answer participant questions. Watch the recording below:

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/Opd5qOQ5n3A?si=HcwFnNqKY-J2mAkk>" %}

## Using the guidance

The guidance is structured around five themes, each with associated principles, to guide landscape initiatives collaborating with third parties on climate mitigation projects. Each theme is designed to support informed decision-making and the development of high-quality, impactful projects at scale.

The five themes are outlined below:

<details>

<summary><strong>Theme 1: The landscape context and supply chain connections</strong></summary>

**Principle 1: Design projects within the landscape context.**

* Understand local needs and challenges, assess feasibility, develop a Theory of Change.
* Consider the topography and ecosystems within the landscape.
* Ensure projects meet community and landscape needs as well as carbon outcomes.

**Principle 2: Consider the preferred claim pathways for carbon reductions and removals, given the landscape and traceability context.**

* Understand supply chain activity and traceability within the landscape context.
* Identify the right claims pathway.
* Identify traceability, spatial boundaries, and the role of certification for insetting projects.

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Theme 2: Stakeholder engagement for better carbon outcomes</strong></summary>

**Principle 1: Empower local communities as agents of change to ensure long-term integrity.**

* Engage local communities prior to project design.
* Ensure capacity is available for a long-term commitment to collaboration and dialogue, including appropriate safeguards (e.g., conflict management and grievance processes).
* Design a benefit sharing framework for the project.

**Principle 2: Benefit sharing should be transparent and collaborative.**

* Design a benefit sharing framework for the project.

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Theme 3: Feasibility, cost, and commercial potential of carbon interventions</strong></summary>

**Principle 1: Involve local stakeholders in project cost discussions to enhance project feasibility and longevity.**

* Provide clarity to potential funders on costs and demonstrate value creation for multiple actors across multiple metrics.
* Balance benefits and costs.
* Consider opportunities for capital stacking (e.g., blended finance).
* Review land rights.

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Theme 4: Identifying partners and approaches to developing climate projects</strong></summary>

**Principle 1: Where possible, seek partners and scale up for impact.**

* Identify possible opportunities for collaboration.
* Collaborate for impact, scale, and cost efficiency.

**Principle 2: Follow an existing structured design path for any new carbon intervention.**

* Where available, existing design paths can support robust project structures.

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Theme 5: Requirements for robust MRV</strong></summary>

**Principle 1: MRV systems must be flexible, transparent, and locally led.**

* Establish foundational principles of the MRV system.&#x20;
* Ensure flexibility and adaptive management.

**Principle 2: MRV systems must be robust, demonstrating to investors that relevant technical and operational considerations have been accounted for.**&#x20;

* Select and engage with robust MRV providers.

**Principle 3: Ensure verification and claim integrity.**&#x20;

* Decide whether third-party verification is necessary.&#x20;
* Apply a robust claims allocation process.

**Principle 4: MRV should reflect the full value of landscape initiatives.**&#x20;

* MRV should address a range of project metrics.

</details>

{% hint style="info" %}
To learn how LandScale can support you and your corporate partners in communicating about your climate mitigation projects, please contact your usual team representative or reach out to us at <landscale@ra.org>.
{% endhint %}

<br>


# Archived resources

This section includes older resources that may still be useful for reference but are no longer actively maintained.

## LandScale assessment framework (version 1.0)

*Last updated: October 2021*

The LandScale assessment framework—developed through two years of field testing and extensive consultation—provides a common language for assessing landscape sustainability. The most up-to-date version (1.1) is available in the [LandScale assessment framework section](/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework).

The version below, along with the translated copies, does not reflect the updated indicator and metric categorizations introduced in the 2025 refresh. However, it can be cross-referenced with version 1.1.

{% file src="/files/KWPBFpcuQdxiVgQOnp45" %}

{% file src="/files/ePwChOQIHluJcJGTkvSi" %}

{% file src="/files/v1d8GocWrk0Zlf77kDYx" %}

{% file src="/files/eJpuU2gEXO38mc9GvznW" %}

## Landscape partnership module

*Last updated: October 2021*

This resource was developed to help multi-stakeholder groups at any stage of their development report their activities and progress in a structured manner based on five critical elements of integrated landscape management.

{% file src="/files/OlhiBgkyWO3IWaEPRpfq" %}

## Stakeholder engagement plan template

*Last updated: November 2021*

This resource was developed to guide the assessment team through the process of building a stakeholder engagement plan for the full scope of the assessment and includes a template for doing so. This process now takes place directly on the platform instead.

{% file src="/files/XUicyYUpknztHD9T0Geo" %}

## Data visualization recommendations

*Last updated: August 2022*

This resource is a repository for metric assessment and visualizations, providing recommendations and guidance.

{% file src="/files/5z6DZJK1sWqCMDnwBHxa" %}

## Report writing tips

*Last updated: August 2022*

This resource was developed to help assessment teams summarize the most important details of their landscape assessment in an engaging and easy-to-understand way for report sharing.

{% file src="/files/V6fshvNCa548O7ltmEzx" %}

## Restoration type classification table

*Last updated: October 2021*

This resource builds on the Forest Landscapes Restoration (FLR) typology to generalize and expand it, addressing the full set of ecosystem types and restoration situations that may be encountered in a LandScale assessment. More up-to-date information is available via [IUCN](https://iucn.org/our-work/topic/forests/forest-landscape-restoration).

{% file src="/files/nAp8XrcwQesqnTOMbCSY" %}

## World ecosystems map and IUCN typology table

*Last updated: October 2021*&#x20;

This resource contains the IUCN typology that can be used to standardize ecosystem classification and includes a crosswalk between that typology and the World Ecosystems Map, which LandScale recommends as the default data for relevant metrics. More up-to-date information is available via [IUCN](https://iucn.org/resources/conservation-tool/iucn-global-ecosystem-typology).

{% file src="/files/RO05SF9XzGxKxwUD7ODv" %}


# Get started with LandScale reassessments

Our guidelines provide detailed instructions on how to conduct a reassessment of your landscape using LandScale. Reassessments are repeat assessments which build upon baseline assessments, enabling you to track progress, evaluate the effectiveness of sustainability efforts, and refine strategies for long-term impact.

## Introduction to LandScale

LandScale offers a powerful platform for conducting holistic landscape assessments, helping you capture the essential dynamics of ecosystems, human well-being, governance, and production within your landscape. With LandScale, you can develop meaningful baselines, track progress, and showcase the sustainability impact of your actions over time.&#x20;

These assessments are more than a tool for measurement—they are a catalyst for collaboration. They engage stakeholders to build a shared vision for the landscape’s future, ensuring that everyone works toward common sustainability goals.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/embed/D6QSM8UGaZY?si=-w59F_SKKK_0VVed>" %}
Introducing LandScale: A user-friendly assessment tool developed by the Rainforest Alliance, Verra, and Conservation International.
{% endembed %}

{% hint style="info" %}
For more information about the LandScale system and assessment framework, refer to our [baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system).
{% endhint %}

## Understanding landscape reassessments

A landscape-level performance reassessment provides a critical opportunity to evaluate the impact of interventions and external factors on your landscape’s sustainability. By comparing reassessment results to the baseline, you can determine where progress has been made, identify persistent challenges, and refine your strategies accordingly.&#x20;

Conducting a reassessment with LandScale offers multiple benefits, such as providing data to support adaptive management, strengthening transparency and accountability, and enhancing access to performance-based financing. Funders often expect reassessment results as key evidence of progress at the end of a project, and these findings can be instrumental in securing continued support. LandScale’s validation and local review processes help ensure that reassessment results remain credible and trusted by stakeholders.

Beyond these immediate benefits, using LandScale for the baseline assessment and reassessment helps position it as the foundation of a robust monitoring and evaluation system for the landscape. This demonstrates a structured approach to tracking progress over time, even in the absence of immediate changes to landscape management practices.

### Types of reassessments

<details>

<summary>Full reassessment</summary>

A full reassessment covers the entire scope of the baseline assessment, offering a holistic evaluation of all sustainability pillars in the LandScale assessment framework. This approach tracks progress across all indicators from the baseline, providing a clear view of the landscape’s overall trajectory. It allows for an in-depth review of how landscape interventions and external changes have impacted key areas such as land use, governance, production, and human well-being.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Performance tracking of specific indicators</summary>

This type of reassessment focuses on tracking the progress of a selected subset of indicators from the baseline assessment, rather than a full evaluation. It may be conducted between a baseline and a full reassessment to monitor performance in relation to claims made or to track key metrics that are particularly relevant to the landscape.&#x20;

Performance tracking allows for a more focused review of specific areas of interest or concern, providing insights into short-term trends and outcomes. While it limits the scope compared to a full reassessment, it still provides valuable information on ongoing changes and key sustainability factors.

</details>

## Conducting a reassessment with LandScale

LandScale simplifies the reassessment process with a step-by-step workflow, thorough guidelines, and a library of field-tested indicators and metrics. The platform’s resources—including technical support and customization options—enable you to efficiently update data, analyze trends, and maintain a reliable record of your landscape’s sustainability journey.

The reassessment process involves the following steps:

* **Step A**: Assemble your team, review the landscape boundary, and update the stakeholder engagement plan.&#x20;
* **Step B**: Select relevant metrics to reassess and gather the necessary data.&#x20;
* **Step C**: Review and analyze your data, validate the results, and prepare to present your findings.

Detailed instructions for each step are provided throughout these guidelines, ensuring you have the information needed to conduct a thorough and effective reassessment.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FGdaLcE7wfNJvsw8mhNnC%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=98ffe486-4514-4588-a41b-a94c44a5be06" alt=""><figcaption><p>Find the assessment you want to reassess and click the three dots next to it.</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2Frb4yODESTAjbviiO7DVD%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=8b3e276d-81e6-4e09-8542-05cd6b3946f0" alt=""><figcaption><p>From the menu, select “Start reassessment” to begin.</p></figcaption></figure>


# Update landscape initiative details

Confirming the details of your landscape initiative is the first step in the reassessment process. This stage involves reviewing key components that characterize the initiative, ensuring consistency across assessments, and updating any relevant details. These include verifying the landscape name, determining the reassessment name, confirming the lead organizations involved, and identifying the reasons for conducting the reassessment. Clearly defining these elements helps maintain alignment with stakeholders and ensures the reassessment builds effectively on previous work.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FhhUb8HqABf5bGfxA7ehq%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=df121174-896a-4651-8e27-1acc5544db0f" alt=""><figcaption><p>Open the reassessment where you need to confirm the landscape initiative details.</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FyCdf0JvADinn71MVuiM1%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=35ddee45-5e83-42af-9c1e-8bdc26824059" alt=""><figcaption><p>Review and verify the details, including the landscape name, reassessment name, lead organizations, and the purpose of the reassessment.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Landscape name

The landscape name refers to the specific physical area covered by the assessment. It should be relevant to the geographical (e.g., catchment/watershed or stakeholder-defined landscape) or jurisdictional scope of the initiative, making it easily identifiable by stakeholders and for future assessments.

To support continuity across assessments, it is recommended to retain the same name as used in previous assessments. However, the name may be updated if changes occur that affect how the landscape is identified—for example, a change in legal status or administrative boundaries. This will update the name across the landscape, including the landscape profile and any assessments previously conducted. Any changes to the landscape name must be clearly justified.

## Assessment name

By default, the assessment name will follow the format 'Baseline \[Year]' for baseline assessments and 'Reassessment \[Year]' for repeat assessments. However, you may choose a more descriptive name that better reflects the unique characteristics of the assessment, if needed. Consistent naming conventions help differentiate between multiple assessments over time and ensure clarity in tracking progress.

## Organizations acting as stakeholders

This section is for confirming the lead organizations involved in the initiative—both formal and informal—as well as their roles in the initiative. If new organizations have taken on a leadership role, or if roles have shifted, these changes should be reflected here. Each listed organization should include its name, logo, website or social media link, and a brief description of its role in the initiative. Additional stakeholders involved in supporting or contributing to the initiative can be included in the [stakeholder engagement plan](/reassessment-guidelines/step-a/develop-stakeholder-engagement-plan).

## Reasons for conducting a reassessment

Clearly articulating the purpose of the reassessment ensures that stakeholders align on the intended outcomes. Reassessment objectives should build on the initial assessment’s findings, tracking progress toward sustainability goals, identifying trends, and informing decision-making. The original objectives set during the baseline assessment should be reviewed, and any modifications should be documented to reflect current priorities.

For example:

{% hint style="success" %}
**Reassessment objective:**&#x20;

* Measure progress since the baseline assessment and identify key changes in landscape sustainability indicators.&#x20;
* Evaluate the effectiveness of interventions implemented based on baseline results.&#x20;
* Identify new challenges or opportunities for achieving sustainability goals.

**Landscape goals**:&#x20;

* Continue efforts to diversify agricultural production in the landscape.&#x20;
* Assess improvements in community well-being, including healthcare, education, and infrastructure.&#x20;
* Track investment trends to determine whether economic activities are shifting toward sustainable models.
  {% endhint %}

Both landscape goals and assessment objectives should be developed through a participatory process that involves engaging multiple stakeholders. These objectives will guide subsequent actions, including confirming the landscape boundary, selecting which indicators and metrics to reassess, and shaping the focus and presentation of the results.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended stakeholder input**

Before starting a LandScale reassessment, it is recommended that the assessment team raises awareness about the reassessment among relevant stakeholders, including any local landscape partnerships as well as people or organizations that the assessment team might want to engage to help collect or access data.

During the initial engagement, the assessment team is encouraged to communicate with stakeholders to help ensure that they:

* Understand the objectives for conducting a LandScale reassessment.
* Are familiar with what LandScale is, what the reassessment process entails, and their opportunities for input and participation in the reassessment.
* Are willing to contribute to the reassessment as appropriate.

While the methods to raise awareness and secure support from stakeholders will vary, based on experience from previous LandScale applications, we recommend using existing landscape partnership platforms or other multi-stakeholder spaces, leveraging communication channels (e.g., local TV, newspapers, social media), and holding meetings and workshops with stakeholders. Representatives from the public sector, local communities, private sector, and civil society should all be included.
{% endhint %}


# Review the landscape boundary

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Not applicable for performance tracking of specific indicators**

This step is only applicable for a full reassessment and does not apply when conducting performance tracking for specific indicators.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

As part of the reassessment process, you must confirm that the landscape boundary remains accurate or update it if necessary. If the boundary has changed by more than 10%, it will be considered a new baseline assessment, as the data will no longer be comparable. Boundary changes of up to 10% may be treated as a reassessment if adequately justified, unless LandScale determines that the change materially affects key habitats or socio-culturally sensitive areas.

A boundary change refers to any modification in the spatial extent of the landscape—this may include expansion to capture newly relevant areas, contraction to exclude areas no longer involved in the initiative, or shifts to improve alignment with jurisdictional, ecological, or socio-cultural boundaries.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
**Confirm or modify the boundary**&#x20;

* **No change:** If the existing boundary remains accurate, confirm it without modification.&#x20;
* **Minor changes (<10%):** Adjustments within 10% of the original boundary must be justified with clear reasoning, such as evidence from a participatory process or supporting data. Changes should be made only to improve accuracy or relevance and must not be used to exclude areas in a way that could compromise the integrity of the assessment.
* **Major changes (>10%):** If the boundary has shifted significantly, it will be considered a new baseline assessment.
  {% endhint %}

Since the process of defining a landscape boundary remains the same as in the baseline assessment, you can refer to the baseline assessment guidelines for [boundary delineation](https://docs.landscale.org/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary) and conducting an [adjacency analysis](https://docs.landscale.org/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary/conduct-adjacency-analysis-optional). These guidelines provide detailed criteria on landscape size, boundary types (jurisdiction, catchment, or stakeholder-defined), stakeholder engagement recommendations, and identifying boundary limitations.

Boundary limitations must be updated to reflect any new constraints not captured in the baseline assessment. The adjacency analysis remains optional for reassessment.

After the boundary is confirmed and a pricing plan is selected, the LandScale team must validate the first part of Step A before the assessment team can proceed with the reassessment.

## Reassessment considerations

When confirming or modifying the boundary during reassessment, key considerations include:

* Does the boundary still reflect the key sustainability issues in the landscape?&#x20;
* Has stakeholder input indicated a need for boundary adjustments?&#x20;
* Are any important areas—such as relevant ecosystems or communities—currently excluded?&#x20;
* Would any changes to the boundary affect data availability or comparability with the previous assessment?

If adjustments are made, the updated boundary must be submitted as a spatial data file (.shp or .kml format) and an adequate justification must be provided.

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Select a pricing plan to continue**

At this stage, you must select a pricing plan and submit your initial work for validation. The LandScale team will review your submission and contact you once the review is complete. Upon approval, the remaining sections of the assessment will be unlocked, allowing you and your team to continue.&#x20;

You cannot proceed to later sections until this validation step is completed.

For more information on pricing, [visit our website](https://www.landscale.org/pricing/).&#x20;
{% endhint %}


# Refine landscape overview

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Not applicable for performance tracking of specific indicators**

This step is only applicable for a full reassessment and does not apply when conducting performance tracking for specific indicators.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

The landscape overview provides key contextual information about the landscape, helping to frame sustainability considerations throughout the reassessment. This section should be reviewed and updated as needed to ensure it reflects the most current conditions. The structure remains the same as in the baseline assessment, and detailed criteria can be found in the [baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/step-a/provide-landscape-overview).

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FGIX5M2CjXhFiG6PzM3lP%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=5458b429-4e7f-4d44-b637-6a30eded857c" alt=""><figcaption><p>Review and update the landscape overview to ensure it reflects the current conditions of the landscape.</p></figcaption></figure>

In most sections, a ‘Compare results’ button is available. When clicked, it displays the data entered during the baseline assessment alongside the data submitted in the reassessment, making it easier to understand changes between assessments. This feature also applies to Steps B and C.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FWZavJYdZrcH5s3u90TGG%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=a1a84c7c-5484-40c7-8f6d-91cce271b2f0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Use the ‘Compare results’ feature to understand changes between assessments.</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Set up documentation storage system**

Throughout the reassessment process, you will need to store and share supporting documentation with your assessment team, external stakeholders, and the LandScale team. For assurance purposes, it is recommended to upload data directly to the LandScale platform. If you would like to explore alternative options, refer to the [baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/step-a/set-up-documentation-storage-system).
{% endhint %}

## Review fields with baseline information

Some fields will be pre-populated with information from the baseline assessment, with an option to edit if needed. If no changes are made, it will be assumed that the existing information has been reviewed and remains accurate. These fields include:&#x20;

* Landscape introduction
* Economic activities of interest
* Landscape trends and risks
* Production context
* Governance structures
* Land use and land allocation

## Manually update remaining fields

Other fields will follow the same structure as the baseline but will not be pre-populated. Instead, users can refer back to previous entries while ensuring the most up-to-date information is documented. These fields include:&#x20;

* Landscape maps
* Demographic information
* Land use and land cover breakdown


# Register assessment team members

In Step A, you must register all members of your assessment team, clearly indicating their roles and responsibilities. The assessment team is composed of individuals with relevant subject matter expertise who are responsible for developing the landscape profile and conducting the corresponding assessment(s). This includes engaging with stakeholders, collecting and analyzing data, and ensuring the overall quality and credibility of the assessment process.

Assessment team members from the baseline assessment will remain listed, with the option to update their details or revise the team composition as needed. You may also add new members and upload CVs or other supporting documents that demonstrate their skills and expertise. This helps maintain continuity while allowing flexibility to adapt the team structure as circumstances evolve.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FsIU9QNBYqU1HbTzmt1Wm%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=6230a49f-e1b4-467f-b036-be2f3c4f3f20" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sample assessment team registration.</p></figcaption></figure>

If you are not able to lead the reassessment or require specific expertise that is not available within your organization, refer to the 'Terms of Reference' template below for guidance on recruiting suitable team members.

{% file src="/files/YbK66Itr7ActgExZcPND" %}

## Assessment team composition

<table><thead><tr><th width="193">Role</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Owner</td><td>The individual(s) responsible for the landscape profile and the associated assessment(s). Owners have full control and access to the landscape profile and can transfer ownership to another individual at any time, if necessary. Owners can also add new users. Multiple owners may be designated for a single landscape.</td></tr><tr><td>Assessment lead</td><td>The individual responsible for leading the assessment team and ensuring the successful execution of the assessment. The assessment lead also has the authority to edit the landscape profile and can add new users. Only one lead can be assigned per assessment.</td></tr><tr><td>Assessor specialist</td><td>A subject matter expert who provides specialized knowledge and expertise for specific aspects of the assessment. Specialists should collectively cover all topics within the scope of the assessment. They can view the landscape profile, but must be granted permission to make edits.</td></tr></tbody></table>

## Qualifications and expertise

### Required subject matter expertise&#x20;

The assessment team must have technical expertise across all sustainability themes within the assessment scope. This includes interdisciplinary knowledge in areas such as land use, natural resource management, commodity production, social development, and governance, as well as sector-specific expertise in agriculture or forestry if these are relevant to the landscape.

The team's expertise must cover all pillars of the LandScale assessment framework. Below is a summary of the areas where expertise is needed. Some areas marked '(optional)' indicate expertise that may only be required if those specific indicators are included in the assessment.

<details>

<summary>Pillar 1: Ecosystems</summary>

* Natural ecosystem protection, conversion, and degradation.
* Biodiversity habitat protection, conversion, degradation, and restoration.
* Restoration of converted and degraded ecosystems (optional).
* Connectivity and fragmentation of natural ecosystems (optional).
* Water resources measurement (optional).
* Greenhouse gas emissions (sources) and carbon sequestration (sinks) associated with agriculture, forestry, and other land use activities (optional).
* Ecosystem services measurement (optional).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Pillar 2: Human well-being</summary>

Due to the sensitive nature of human rights issues addressed by the LandScale framework, the assessment team must meet specific qualifications for assessing human rights indicators. This includes expertise related to the human rights issues covered in the LandScale framework (child labor, women's rights, Indigenous Peoples' and other marginalized groups' rights, forced labor, and workers' rights).

At a minimum, the team must include an expert who meets the following qualifications to ensure that the human rights indicators are assessed in a rigorous and objective manner:

* Proficiency in the local language(s) of the landscape.
* Commitment to objective and inclusive assessments, including a willingness to engage with marginalized or vulnerable groups separately as needed.
* At least 3 years of experience in human rights issues and impact assessments.
* Strong understanding of key human rights issues affecting local people and communities.&#x20;
* Experience conducting surveys, interviews, focus groups, and other types of engagements with workers, households, and local communities.&#x20;
* Familiarity with the local culture, context, and politics.

Additional areas of expertise needed within this pillar include:

* Multidimensional poverty assessments, covering education, sanitation, health, nutrition, etc.
* Human rights impact assessments (child labor, forced labor, workers’ rights) (optional).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Pillar 3: Governance</summary>

* Land and resource tenure.
* Land and resource conflicts.
* Transparency, participation, inclusion, and coordination in land-use policy, planning, and management.
* Illegality and corruption related to land and resources (optional).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Pillar 4: Production</summary>

* Productivity of agricultural (crop and livestock), agroforestry, and tree production systems in the landscape (optional).
* Efficiency of input use in agricultural, agroforestry, and tree production systems in the landscape (optional).
* Adoption of sustainable land management and waste management practices in agricultural and forest plantation operations in the landscape (optional).
* Expertise in other natural resource-based production sectors (optional).

</details>

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Expertise requirements for different reassessment types**

* **Full reassessment:** The team must have expertise covering all pillars of the LandScale assessment framework to ensure a comprehensive evaluation of landscape sustainability.
* **Performance tracking of specific indicators:** If reassessing only a subset of indicators, the team only needs expertise relevant to those topics, rather than full framework coverage.
  {% endhint %}

### Required technical skills

<details>

<summary>Data and analysis</summary>

* Expertise in social and environmental data collection and analysis.
* Ability to identify data sources, assess data quality, and calculate metrics from primary and secondary data.

</details>

<details>

<summary>GIS and data manipulation and management</summary>

Spatial information is a key component of a LandScale assessment. For this reason, the team should include one or more people experienced in the following:

* Proficiency in spatial data collection, management, and analysis using GIS software.&#x20;
* Mapping skills to complete the [landscape overview](/reassessment-guidelines/step-a/refine-landscape-overview).

</details>

### Other preferred qualifications

<details>

<summary>Writing skills</summary>

* Strong writing and editing skills in English to support the development of the landscape profile and final assessment report.&#x20;
* Ability to translate findings into locally relevant languages and culturally appropriate formats for relevant audiences, as needed.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Data visualization skills</summary>

* Ability to create visualizations (e.g., maps, charts, infographics) to enhance the landscape profile and assessment report.&#x20;
* Inclusion of team members with graphic design and production skills is recommended.

</details>


# Identify and register local reviewers

The local review process involves engaging individuals with relevant expertise and contextual knowledge to review and validate the assessment results. While the local review takes place in [Step C](/reassessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review), it is recommended to identify potential local reviewers early in the process to ensure they are appropriately budgeted for and included in planning. Local reviewers can be added at any stage of the assessment process.

The assessment team may engage the same local reviewers from the baseline or select new ones. In either case, local reviewers must meet both of the following criteria:

1. **Subject matter expertise:** Local reviewers should possess expertise in the topics they are invited to review. They must be capable of evaluating the quality of data and methods used to derive the results related to those topics. Expertise may stem from academic, professional, and/or practical experience.
2. **Landscape knowledge:** Local reviewers should have sufficient familiarity with the landscape to assess the accuracy of results in the context of actual conditions. This knowledge can be obtained through living or working in the landscape, or by other means, such as conducting research pertaining to it.

To validate their qualifications, documentation such as CVs, resumes, course certifications, or other suitable evidence showing their expertise must be uploaded to the platform.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FsSSg5UcyZQkXnnZE8GGD%2FNominate%20local%20reviewer.png?alt=media&amp;token=ecbf2b9a-f0c1-4052-bfcd-56454e521dc2" alt=""><figcaption><p>The assessment lead is responsible for nominating local reviewers.</p></figcaption></figure>

Local reviewers are expected to participate in an individual capacity; they are not expected to represent, or be limited by, the views of any organization or group with which they may be affiliated.&#x20;

It is also important to set clear expectations for how much time local reviewers should spend evaluating the landscape assessment results to ensure their work aligns with the assessment team's timelines.

## Requirements for local reviewer selection

* **Number of reviewers:** LandScale requires at least one local reviewer per indicator but recommends a minimum of two for each. The assessment team may invite additional reviewers if desired. A single local reviewer may evaluate multiple indicators across different goals or pillars, provided they meet the required criteria for expertise and landscape knowledge for each indicator.&#x20;
* **Diversity of expertise:** The value of the local review is increased when it facilitates triangulation between multiple sources of expertise. Therefore, the collective set of reviewers across all goals must be representative of at least two distinct stakeholder groups, such as academia, government, NGOs, community and producer representatives, consultancies, or other relevant groups.

## Compensation for local reviewers

The assessment team may choose to offer prospective local reviewers a reasonable stipend to compensate for their time, aligned with local salary standards. Stipends are optional and should be agreed upon by the assessment team and the reviewers. LandScale does not participate in the negotiation or payment of these stipends.&#x20;

The decision to offer compensation should prioritize minimizing the likelihood of bias, whether reviewers are paid or volunteer their time. Offering a stipend may improve participation and timeliness of the review. In all cases, the assessment team should communicate the importance of providing unbiased and candid feedback, including the identification of any inaccuracies or limitations in the draft assessment.

## Criteria for independence of local reviewers

The independence of the local review process is crucial to ensuring objectivity and credibility in the assessment results. To maintain independence, the following criteria must be observed when selecting local reviewers:

| Criteria                               | Considerations                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
| -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Non-involvement in the assessment team | Local reviewers must not be members of the assessment team. They may, however, be employees or affiliates of an organization represented on the assessment team.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
| Separation from data sources           | <p>Local reviewers must not be affiliated with the organization or entity that owns or collected the data used in the indicator being reviewed. </p><p></p><p>For example, if agricultural production data from the Ministry of Agriculture were used for Goal 4.1 (<em>Promote regenerative, agricultural, agroforestry, and tree production systems</em>), no affiliate of that ministry may review this goal. </p><p></p><p>However, a ministry employee with expertise in a different area, such as water resources, may serve as a local reviewer for a goal unrelated to their employer’s data contribution, such as Goal 1.3 (<em>Maintain and enhance ecosystem services</em>).</p> |
| Conflict of interest disclosure        | <p>Local reviewers must not have conflicts of interest that could impede, or appear to impede, their ability to conduct an objective review. </p><p></p><p>Any potential conflicts of interest must be disclosed before the reviewer participates in the local review. The assessment team will evaluate disclosed conflicts to determine if they are disqualifying.</p>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |

Once local reviewers are selected and invited to participate, they must review and complete the LandScale Conflict of Interest Declaration for Local Reviewers to confirm they understand and adhere to the independence requirements. These declarations must be uploaded by the assessment team as supporting documentation in the assessment, enabling the LandScale team to access and review them.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2Fbh9B2MX8ftWr19zrftZS%2FConflict%20of%20interest%20declaration%20for%20local%20reviewers.png?alt=media&amp;token=0a046cbe-53d7-491e-b2a7-86f4d8f91d77" alt=""><figcaption><p>Once approved by LandScale, each local reviewer must complete a Conflict of Interest Declaration prior to beginning the review.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Balancing transparency and confidentiality in local reviews

Transparency in the local review process enhances objectivity and bolsters the credibility of the final published assessment results. However, LandScale recognizes the importance of confidentiality in fostering candid feedback. In some situations, local reviewers may need to remain anonymous to avoid risks to their personal or professional well-being—particularly if their comments challenge results or data sources linked to powerful stakeholders.

To balance the interests of transparency and personal protection, the identification of local reviewers and their feedback will follow these guidelines:

* **Disclosure of reviewer names:** By default, the final assessment report will list the names of all local reviewers alongside the LandScale indicator(s) they reviewed. While reviewers may request anonymity, LandScale requests that they only do so if they believe disclosure poses a risk to their personal or professional well-being. In such cases, their role will be listed as 'anonymous reviewer' in the final report, and their name will not be publicly disclosed.&#x20;
* **Reviewer identification for internal purposes:** The identities of all reviewers—anonymous or not—will be known to both the assessment team and the LandScale team. This ensures compliance with reviewer selection criteria. These teams must agree not to disclose a reviewer’s identity or identifying information publicly, except in the case of non-anonymous reviews where the reviewer’s name is published as described above.
* **Attribution of feedback:** The assessment and LandScale teams will track which reviewers provided specific feedback on draft results. Feedback attribution will remain confidential and will not be published or shared with external parties.
* **Publication of feedback in final report:** The final assessment report will include a non-attributed summary of all comments received during the local review process. This summary will detail how feedback was addressed in the final assessment results and report, ensuring transparency without compromising reviewer confidentiality.


# Develop stakeholder engagement plan

Engaging landscape stakeholders throughout the reassessment process is essential to ensure the accuracy, credibility, and local relevance of results. It also ensures that local perspectives are incorporated effectively into the reassessment process.

During Step A, the assessment team must document a plan for how stakeholders will be engaged throughout the entire reassessment process, indicating the focus and forms of stakeholder engagement that are anticipated during each step. The plan should also identify which stakeholders or stakeholder groups will be prioritized for engagement and what kinds of engagement modalities will be used.

Guidance on engagement approaches, recommended engagement activities, and LandScale’s role in landscape management can be found in the [baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/step-a/develop-stakeholder-engagement-plan).

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Stakeholder engagement for different reassessment types**

* **Full reassessment:** The assessment team must complete a full stakeholder engagement plan covering all relevant steps and indicators.
* **Performance tracking of specific indicators:** A stakeholder engagement plan is required only for the indicators being reassessed that are included in the [required stakeholder engagement activities](#required-stakeholder-engagement-activities) section. For all other indicators, developing a stakeholder engagement plan is optional. However, the local review in Step C is still required.
  {% endhint %}

## Required stakeholder engagement activities

The following activities define the required stakeholder engagement points for Goal 2.2, Goal 3.2, and the local review in Step C.

<details>

<summary>Goal 2.2: Respect, protect, and fulfill human rights.</summary>

Human rights data at the landscape level is often limited, necessitating extensive stakeholder consultation. The consultation process has two objectives:

1. **Assessing indicator applicability (Step B)**: Engage stakeholders to confirm the continued relevance of existing indicators and determine whether new human rights issues (e.g., child labor, women’s rights, forced labor, Indigenous Peoples’ rights) have emerged.
2. **Designing and evaluating performance metrics (Steps B and C)**: Collaborate with stakeholders to confirm or revise context-specific metrics, and assess their performance based on updated data and input.&#x20;

Relevant stakeholders include rights holders (e.g., affected communities) and duty bearers (e.g., government agencies). Full details of the stakeholder engagement requirements for Goal 2.2 are available in the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines).

This consultative process is required for the indicators and metrics within Goal 2.2 and is also recommended for any additional human rights-related indicators that the assessment team defines. During reassessment, engagement efforts should be proportionate to the scope of indicators being reassessed or tracked.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Goal 3.2: Promote transparency, participation, inclusion, and coordination in landscape policy, planning, and management.</summary>

Assessing indicators 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, and optionally 3.2.4 requires the use of the [Sustainable Landscapes Rating Tool (SLRT)](https://www.climate-standards.org/sustainable-landscapes-rating-tool/). This tool relies on participatory rating exercises to generate metric results, ensuring diverse stakeholder input.

Stakeholders involved may include:

* Government entities, including representatives from various ministries, agencies, and administrative levels.
* Producer organizations, including those representing smallholders.
* Private sector organizations involved in land use activities.
* Social and environmental NGOs.
* Civil society organizations, including those representing the interests of Indigenous peoples and local communities.&#x20;

Optionally, indicator 3.2.4 (illegality and corruption related to land and resources) may also involve stakeholder consultations, for instance, if surveys on local perceptions are carried out to assess the performance metrics for this indicator.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Step C: Local review</summary>

The local review ensures that stakeholders with in-depth knowledge of the landscape provide feedback to validate the credibility and accuracy of the source data and reassessment results prior to publication. This feedback helps:

* Identify and inform any necessary improvements to the results.
* Document any limitations in data accuracy or result interpretation.

The local review takes place during Step C and requires the participation of at least one local reviewer per indicator for which validation is sought. Further details on the local review can be found in [conduct the local review](/reassessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review).

</details>


# Review and submit for validation

The landscape profile is a feature of the LandScale platform that provides a detailed and user-friendly overview of the landscape, the organizations involved, and key goals and results. The profile information can be updated using inputs from Step A—such as the boundary and landscape overview—with additional information added over time, making it a dynamic representation of the landscape.

Once Step A is complete, the assessment team must submit their inputs and request validation. Once validated, this information will be published on the corresponding landscape profile. Documentation requirements and validation criteria are outlined below.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FpVr74z1jw1lKuZujrPiO%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=a990515d-f0a7-40eb-9b0b-b453c9b794ad" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select which sections of Step A to submit for validation.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Documentation requirements

The following materials must be submitted through the LandScale platform for validation:

* General information.
  * Landscape name.
  * Assessment name.
  * Organizations acting as stakeholders.
  * Objectives of the assessment.
* Landscape boundary in .shp or .kml format (only applicable if the boundary has changed).
* Size of the landscape boundary (in square kilometers or hectares).
* A brief narrative rationale for any changes made to the landscape boundary (if applicable).
* Limitations of the selected boundary.
* Adjacency analysis documentation (if completed), including:
  * Findings related to the three aspects of adjacency described in [boundary limitations and adjacency analysis](https://docs.landscale.org/step-a/define-the-landscape-boundary/conduct-adjacency-analysis-optional).&#x20;
  * Conclusion of the analysis and a summary of any resulting adjustments made to the boundary.
* Landscape overview.
* Assessment team composition:
  * Registration of all team members on the platform.
  * A brief description of each member’s qualifications relevant to the reassessment scope, supported by evidence such as CVs, resumes, courses certifications, or other suitable documentation.
* Stakeholder engagement plan.

## Validation criteria

Validation will confirm whether the following requirements of Step A have been fulfilled:

* All required documentation has been submitted via the platform.
* For any changes to the landscape name, the rationale for the proposed changes is clear and sufficient.
* The objectives of the assessment are clearly specified.
* The landscape boundary is submitted in the required format (.shp or .kml).
* The size of the landscape boundary shapefile matches the reported size.
* For any changes to the boundary, the rationale for the proposed changes is clear and sufficient, and within 10% of the original boundary.
* Any limitations of the boundary are described adequately.
* If an adjacency analysis was conducted, the findings and conclusions are documented, and any boundary adjustments are clearly explained.
* The landscape overview includes all required information.
* The assessment team includes the necessary expertise to cover the full scope of the reassessment, and qualifications are documented.
* The stakeholder engagement plan has been documented in accordance with the [guidelines](/reassessment-guidelines/step-a/develop-stakeholder-engagement-plan).

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Performance tracking of specific indicators**

For performance tracking, only select documentation requirements apply. The general information, assessment team composition, and stakeholder engagement plan (if applicable) must be submitted. All other documentation requirements apply only to full reassessments.

Accordingly, validation for performance tracking will confirm whether the following requirements have been met:

* All required documentation has been submitted via the platform.
* For any changes to the landscape name, the rationale for the proposed changes is clear and sufficient.
* The objectives of the assessment are clearly specified.
* The assessment team includes the necessary expertise to cover the full scope of the reassessment, and qualifications are documented.
* The stakeholder engagement plan has been documented, if required, in accordance with the [guidelines](/reassessment-guidelines/step-a/develop-stakeholder-engagement-plan).
  {% endhint %}


# Select indicators and metrics

For reassessment, indicators and metrics from the baseline assessment are pre-populated in the platform by default and should be reviewed carefully before making any changes. Indicators and metrics selected for reassessment must be used exactly as defined in the baseline—any changes would compromise comparability over time.&#x20;

If the assessment team wishes to alter an indicator or metric, or introduce new ones, these will not be considered part of the reassessment. Instead, they will be treated as new baseline measurements, as there would be no direct basis for comparison with previous results.

For definitions of the types of indicators and metrics as well as guidelines on the initial selection process, refer to the [baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/select-indicators-and-metrics).

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2Fg1ZEASa9NQK28YECAjRh%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=ba4df6f0-3a24-49e3-8edb-e38667bdb394" alt=""><figcaption><p>When comparing indicators between assessments, a red X indicates the indicator was not selected, while a yellow checkmark indicates it was selected.</p></figcaption></figure>

Since indicators drive the selection of associated metrics, the assessment team must first choose the indicators to reassess. For each selected indicator, the associated metrics should then be [reviewed for data availability](/reassessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps) to ensure they can be reliably measured.

If, after reviewing available data sources, a metric cannot be assessed due to a lack of updated and suitable data, it may be marked as 'data deficient' on the section comments. Metrics with this status do not require a result input during the reassessment. To support future assessments, the assessment team should consider how this data gap might be addressed—such as through targeted studies, additional research, or alternative data collection methods.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended stakeholder input**

Engaging stakeholders in the indicator and metric selection process is highly recommended—especially when identifying the most critical indicators for tracking performance over time. These should align with the landscape initiative’s sustainability goals and ongoing efforts.

Stakeholders often possess valuable knowledge about data available for the landscape. When engaging stakeholders on metric selection, it may be efficient to also inquire about potential data sources before conducting an extensive data search. If some datasets are already known to the assessment team, it is helpful to seek feedback from stakeholders regarding these data sources.&#x20;

The initial list of data can be drawn from the global datasets identified in the LandScale Data Resources Library (accessible through the LandScale platform) and from the assessment team's knowledge of local and national data. Stakeholder input can be gathered using various means, such as workshops, online documents, or targeted feedback.
{% endhint %}


# Select data resources

Once the assessment team has selected indicators and metrics for reassessment, the next step is to evaluate available data resources and address any data gaps. Collecting data to measure metrics is often one of the most time-intensive components of a landscape assessment. To streamline this process, the LandScale platform offers a structured workflow and various resources to support users. By documenting all data resources and assessing their limitations on the platform, users can facilitate the assessment and validation processes while preserving valuable information for future reassessments.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2F4cN4utAUKJcZ7KVUg1aD%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=df76e86d-e5ff-431d-aca4-a45f30aa957b" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of data selected for metric 1.1.1.1.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Data source selection for reassessment

For each metric, at least one dataset must be selected. The assessment team will be able to view which data sources were used in the baseline assessment. Whenever possible, the same data source should be used to maintain comparability over time, ensuring the data's timeframe aligns with the reassessment timeframe.

If a different data source is selected for any metric, the assessment team must:

* Provide a clear justification for the change. Acceptable reasons may include improved accuracy, updated methodology, better alignment with assessment objectives, or enhanced data availability.
* Assess and document comparability between the new and original data sources, including any known limitations of the new source.
* Demonstrate how risks of misrepresentation will be mitigated, such as over- or under-estimation, and how the assessment team will ensure trends reflect real-world conditions. This may involve cross-checking results against additional data or contextual landscape knowledge.

If the new data source is not deemed comparable to the original baseline result, the new result will be tagged as a new baseline for that specific metric.

The[ baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps) provide detailed information on:

* Types of data and data sources.
* Considerations for ownership, privacy, and use.
* Guidance on choosing among competing datasets.

A limitations analysis must be conducted for each selected dataset, even if the same dataset is used for multiple metrics, as limitations may vary by metric purpose. Refer to the baseline assessment guidelines for best practices on [analyzing data limitations](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps) and [addressing data gaps](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps-1).

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Data for future assessments**

Documentation of all data investigated and the outcomes of the data limitations analysis within the LandScale platform will enable users to seamlessly avoid unsuitable datasets during reassessments.

However, caution must be exercised when there are significant differences in the characteristics of the data used across assessments. For example, when measuring the amount or rate of ecosystem conversion, newer data with improved precision may introduce apparent increases or decreases that result from methodological improvements rather than actual landscape changes. This could lead to significant over- or under-estimation of true conversion rates.

It is also important to identify whether a metric definition has changed (e.g., between LandScale framework versions) to ensure that the correct data is used for the specified measurement. If a metric definition has changed, the assessment team may propose using the original metric as an alternative to maintain continuity and comparability of results across assessments, rather than adopting the new metric definition.
{% endhint %}

## Determine comparability of selected data

Ensuring data comparability and coherence is essential for producing reliable insights and meaningful trend analyses. Comparability refers to the extent to which data align across different time periods, sources, or contexts.

Achieving comparability requires aligning definitions, measurement techniques, and methodologies across datasets. If direct alignment is not possible, statistical techniques such as normalization, standardization, or data transformation may be necessary to adjust for differences in scale, units, or collection methods.

Where feasible, efforts should be made to directly align datasets. If alignment is not possible, adjustments should be documented transparently, specifying the methodologies used and any resulting limitations.

In cases where a new dataset or methodology significantly improves accuracy or detail, it may be necessary to establish a new baseline from the point of change. This approach preserves historical context while maintaining the integrity of future comparisons. All modifications, including reasons for methodological shifts and potential impacts on interpretation, should be clearly documented to ensure transparency and facilitate consistent long-term analysis.

### Considerations for geospatial data (primary or secondary)

Geospatial data plays a critical role in LandScale assessments. When using geospatial data, assessment teams should evaluate the following factors:

<table><thead><tr><th width="175.25">Factor</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Source</strong></td><td>Confirm consistency in dataset origin and justify if sources change.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Definition</strong> </td><td>Ensure datasets describe the same phenomena (e.g., "forest cover" vs. "forest extent").</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Spatial and temporal resolution</strong></td><td>Match resolution wherever possible. If adjustments are needed, apply systematic down-sampling or up-sampling.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Temporal adjustments</strong></td><td>Justify differences in timeframes, such as using monthly versus annual averages. </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Units</strong></td><td>Maintain consistency in measurement units; apply normalization or conversion if necessary.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Projections</strong></td><td>Ensure data use the same projection; re-projection may be required. </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Disaggregation and aggregation factors</strong></td><td>Maintain consistency in classification levels (e.g., land cover categories, crop types). If merging data, ensure groupings are methodologically sound.</td></tr></tbody></table>

### Considerations for survey data (primary or secondary)

When using survey data, assessment teams should evaluate the following factors:

<table><thead><tr><th width="175.25">Factor</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Spatial scale</strong></td><td>Ensure the spatial scale of participants remains consistent across the landscape (e.g., selecting participants from the same regions or adjusting sampling techniques appropriately).</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Temporal scale</strong></td><td>Conduct data collection at similar times of the year to account for seasonal variations.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sample size and demographics</strong></td><td>Maintain a similar number of participants and match demographic breakdowns to the baseline. Subsampling or weighting adjustments may be necessary. </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Survey questions</strong></td><td>Ensure consistency in wording, response scales, and data collection methods.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Units</strong></td><td>Maintain consistency in measurement units; apply normalization or conversion as needed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Statistical analysis</strong></td><td>Apply the same statistical methods for downstream calculations and indices. Provide justifications for any differences.</td></tr></tbody></table>

## Handling unchanged data sources

If the data source used in the baseline assessment has not been updated since then, the following options apply:

* **Exclude from reassessment:** Mark the metric as 'data deficient' if no updates are available to exclude it from reassessment.&#x20;
* **Qualitative update:** Supplement missing quantitative data with contextual information or qualitative observations.&#x20;
* **Recalculate using an alternate dataset:** Use a comparable dataset and document any limitations in its comparability (e.g., differences in resolution, geographic coverage, temporal gaps).

{% hint style="info" %}
**Recommended stakeholder input**

Engaging with landscape stakeholders can significantly enhance the data collection process for a LandScale assessment. Stakeholders often possess valuable insights or direct access to relevant datasets. To maximize efficiency and data quality, assessment teams are advised to:

1. **Identify and consult stakeholders early:** Begin consultations as early as possible to accommodate the lead time often needed to procure existing datasets. Data-related consultations may be integrated into earlier stakeholder engagement activities or conducted as standalone bilateral or group discussions.&#x20;
2. **Document findings on the platform:** Data identified through stakeholder engagement can be logged on the LandScale platform at any stage. This ensures early integration and efficient tracking of potential data resources.

Stakeholder groups who may be especially relevant to consult about data include:

* **Data developers and data users:** Entities such as government agencies, research institutions, and NGOs frequently utilize datasets similar to those required for LandScale assessments. These organizations may have already conducted thorough data searches and evaluations to support planning and assessment needs. For example, a municipal land-use planning agency may have curated data for land use/land cover, ecological and hydrological features, and social factors.
* **Companies operating in the landscape:** Companies involved in producing or sourcing commodities often collect extensive data on production systems and producers. While such data is typically proprietary, these companies can provide valuable insights into specific metrics or indicators.

By engaging stakeholders early, assessment teams can broaden access to critical datasets, foster collaboration, strengthen assessment credibility, and better align data collection processes with the landscape's unique context and needs.
{% endhint %}


# Review and submit for validation

The validation for Step B will confirm whether the indicators and metrics selected by the assessment team comply with the guidelines. The validation scope includes all selected metrics and indicators, as well as ensuring any changes made during reassessment are appropriately documented and justified.&#x20;

Validation for Step B can be conducted in one of three ways: entire assessment validation, pillar-by-pillar validation, or indicator-by-indicator validation. In the case of pillar-by-pillar or indicator-by-indicator validation, the assessment team must inform the LandScale team about which specific aspects of the assessment should be reviewed.

Once Step B is complete, the assessment team must submit their inputs and request validation. Documentation requirements and validation criteria are outlined below.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FLKBpiIMAGDMq8wXO1Las%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=f6f32d4b-2aba-4d41-ae62-f55b4d647f1c" alt=""><figcaption><p>During Step B submission, select the indicators you want to submit for validation. Submitted indicators can be edited later, but they will revert to 'in progress' status and must be resubmitted for validation.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Documentation requirements

The following materials must be submitted through the LandScale platform for validation:

* Identification of all indicators and metrics to be included in the reassessment.
* Appropriate justification for the deselection or deferral of any core indicators compared to the baseline assessment.
* Description of any modified or new indicators or metrics introduced as a baseline measurement, including evidence that the [Step B documentation requirements](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/review-and-submit-for-validation) from the baseline assessment guidelines have been met.&#x20;
* Identification of all selected data resources (may be submitted during Step B or C validation).
* Updated data limitations analysis for all selected datasets, reflecting any shifts in data quality, methodology, or availability (may be submitted during Step B or C validation).
* Documentation of any data source changes (may be submitted during Step B or C validation), including:&#x20;
  * Rationale for switching datasets.
  * Assessment of comparability and limitations.
  * Plans for mitigating risk and ensuring results accurately reflect trends.
* Documentation related to any primary data collection, in accordance with the [baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-ownership-use-and-privacy). This documentation should be added within the dataset description and metadata fields that are available in the platform for each dataset (may be submitted during Step B or C validation).&#x20;
* Identification of metrics and indicators designated as 'data deficient' or otherwise deferred, along with a statement of the reason for these decisions (may be submitted during Step B or C validation).

## Validation criteria

Validation will confirm whether the following requirements of Step B have been fulfilled:

* All core indicators from the baseline assessment are included, or a valid justification is provided for their deselection or deferral.
* The wording of indicators and metrics remains consistent with the baseline assessment.
* Any new or modified indicators and metrics meet the [Step B validation criteria](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/review-and-submit-for-validation) outlined in the baseline assessment guidelines.&#x20;
* The data limitations analysis has been updated to reflect any changes in dataset reliability, methodology, or coverage.
* For any changes in data sources, documentation includes a clear rationale, an assessment of comparability, and measures to mitigate risks of misinterpretation.
* If indicators, metrics, or data sources have changed, documentation of stakeholder consultation (if conducted) is provided.
* If human rights indicators under Goal 2.2 are reassessed, documentation demonstrates compliance with the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines).

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Performance tracking of specific indicators**

For performance tracking, the deselection or deferral of core indicators does not need to be justified, as it focuses on a subset of indicators from the baseline assessment.

Validation for performance tracking will confirm whether the following requirements have been met:

* The wording of selected indicators and metrics remains consistent with the baseline assessment.
* The data limitations analysis has been updated to reflect any changes in dataset reliability, methodology, or coverage.
* For any changes in data sources, documentation includes a clear rationale, an assessment of comparability, and measures to mitigate risks of misinterpretation.
* If human rights indicators under Goal 2.2 are reassessed, documentation demonstrates compliance with the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines).
  {% endhint %}


# Process data and assess metrics

After suitable data have been gathered, additional processing is often required to derive metric values that will form the reassessment results. All data processing is conducted outside of the LandScale platform. A brief description of the processing conducted should be documented in the LandScale platform's methods description accompanying each metric. This documentation will be reviewed as part of Step C validation and may also streamline future reassessments.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FIHK8dllkB3Mp762VwEAc%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=f80d60b0-916f-43d7-9e6f-04157473f862" alt=""><figcaption><p>In Step C, open the metric you are assessing to document how it was processed.</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FvcMQ3NMWkvbpP4Bhrk0n%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=2de06ace-5842-4b4a-b93e-96d736998968" alt=""><figcaption><p>For each metric, fill in the context details, including result year, methodology, and limitations.</p></figcaption></figure>

This section is specific to reassessment. For further information relevant to processing and assessing metrics, refer to the [baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/step-c/process-and-analyze-data).

## Data processing guidelines

Data processing requirements vary depending on the metric and the nature of the data. LandScale does not prescribe uniform methods for all metrics; however, specific guidelines and recommendations are provided in the [Performance Metrics Description Table](https://docs.landscale.org/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework#indicators). Assessment teams should adhere to these guidelines when required and follow recommendations as closely as possible. These may include simple procedural advice, published methods, or links to modeling tools.

Recommendations for processing data for reassessments include:

* **Maintain consistency across assessments:** Metric results should be entered in the same format as in the baseline assessment. If results require reformatting (e.g., unit conversions), this should be documented, along with any implications for comparability.
* **Account for differences in data precision or methodology:** When newer datasets with improved precision are used, assessment teams must exercise caution in interpreting apparent trends. For example, an ecosystem conversion metric may show an increase or decrease due to improved satellite resolution rather than actual landscape changes. To mitigate this risk, teams should:
  * Cross-check results against additional datasets or contextual landscape knowledge before drawing conclusions.&#x20;
  * Clearly document cases where methodological improvements may impact comparability.
* **Ensure compliance with data privacy regulations:** If using proprietary or confidential data, teams must anonymize any identifying information in accordance with the [data ownership, use, and privacy](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-ownership-use-and-privacy) section in the baseline assessment guidelines.

## Populate metric results

The LandScale platform allows users to enter numeric or categorical results for each metric selected in Step B that has sufficient suitable data, as determined during the data evaluation phase. Metrics found to lack adequate data are indicated as 'data deficient' within the platform.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FPSwllZ2Jxs9nV8Yx8iU9%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=e31e400b-a23d-4184-bb72-d33243f8895b" alt=""><figcaption><p>Enter results for each metric. If data is unavailable and a result cannot be provided, a justification must be included.</p></figcaption></figure>

Assessment teams must ensure that:

* **Results are entered in the same format—or a convertible format—as the baseline assessment:** If changes to the format are necessary, they must be clearly documented, along with justifications for the change and an assessment of any implications on the comparability or interpretation of the results.
* **Thematic or spatial disaggregation is used when applicable:** Thematic disaggregation (e.g., by ecosystem type, gender) is required for some metrics but optional for others. Spatial disaggregation (e.g., by jurisdiction or catchment) is not mandatory but can offer more detailed insights.&#x20;
* **Any significant changes in data sources are documented:** If a different dataset is used, the rationale for switching, an assessment of comparability, and plans for mitigating misinterpretation risks must be included.

## Document limitations to metric results

In some cases, metric results may have significant limitations that affect their interpretability, even when they are derived from suitable datasets. It is important to document any such limitations to ensure that users of the reassessment results fully understand the context and implications of these results. Properly documenting limitations enables more informed decision-making and responsible application of the results.

Limitations may include:

* **Limitations from source dataset constraints:** If the source dataset was determined as suitable but with limitations, the assessment team should carefully determine whether these constraints have introduced significant limitations to the resulting metric. For example, if a land-use change dataset is missing 25% coverage due to cloud cover in the source remote sensing data, this would typically require documentation of a limitation for any results derived from this dataset. In contrast, if only 2% of the landscape is missing data, this could be considered a minor defect, unlikely to necessitate a limitation statement.
* **Other limitations to metric result quality or interpretability:** Limitations may also arise that are unrelated to the source data itself. For example, if the participatory process used to generate metric results for a governance indicator reveals a wide diversity of stakeholder opinions regarding the integrity of governance processes, the assessment team might report an averaged value for the metric. However, they should also document a limitation to indicate the low confidence in or lack of consensus about the result due to the varying perspectives or evidence.
* **Changes in methodology or data source:** If the reassessment uses a different methodology or data source compared to the baseline assessment, it may affect comparability. Any differences in data collection techniques, technologies, data providers, or other relevant elements outlined in the [select data resources](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps) section of the baseline assessment guidelines must be clearly documented. In addition, a plan must be developed to mitigate risks of misinterpretation and ensure that any changes do not compromise the accuracy of the results.

All identified limitations should be documented directly in the platform alongside the corresponding metric results. This documentation will be reviewed as part of the LandScale and local review processes during Step C validation.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Visualize and interpret results**

Following data collection and processing, the next step is to develop meaningful visualizations and provide clear interpretation of results. This enables end users to better understand the significance of the reassessment findings. For guidance on how to do this, refer to the [baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/step-c/visualize-and-interpret-results).
{% endhint %}


# Set targets and milestones (optional)

While optional, targets and milestones provide a structured way to define the desired conditions for the landscape and evaluate the landscape’s actual status and trends against these objectives. Targets and milestones are valuable for tracking progress through the platform as reassessments are conducted and for demonstrating progress to stakeholders.

If targets and milestones were entered during the baseline assessment, they will be pre-populated in the LandScale platform and cannot be edited during reassessment. This ensures consistency in tracking progress over time. However, users may add new targets and milestones if additional objectives have been established since the baseline.&#x20;

Targets and milestones can only be set for metrics (not for indicators, goals, or pillars). To ensure comparability, they must use the same units of measurement—or clearly convertible units—as the corresponding metric(s) in both the baseline and reassessment.&#x20;

The process for adding new targets and milestones must follow the [baseline assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/step-c/set-targets-and-milestones-optional).

## Mark achieved targets and milestones

Users can check off targets and milestones when they have been achieved. If a target or milestone has been reached:

* Users should mark it as completed in the platform.&#x20;
* The platform will allow users to update the date the target or milestone was reached to reflect actual achievement timing.

## Assessing performance against targets and milestones

The LandScale platform can calculate the difference between baseline and reassessment results, including the percentage of progress toward targets based on the milestones entered—provided these use the same or clearly convertible units of measurement. However, the platform does not directly link the results to the entered milestones or targets.&#x20;

This functionality is only available when reassessment values are present alongside the baseline, as the baseline serves as the starting point for tracking progress. For targets and milestones with specified achievement dates, assessment results should be compared to the time-bound measures that align with the same time period as the current reassessment.

Using the raw calculations generated by the platform, the assessment team can develop narrative descriptions of performance in the reassessment report. These narratives should provide context, interpret the results, and highlight progress or gaps relative to the defined targets and milestones. When used in this way, LandScale can support the development of a more structured monitoring and evaluation system over time, with each assessment cycle contributing to a clearer picture of landscape progress.


# Review and submit for first review

Validation of Step C includes three stages: two reviews conducted by the LandScale team and a local review process. These stages collectively ensure that the assessment adheres to the LandScale guidelines and meets the necessary quality standards for data and analysis.

<details>

<summary>First LandScale review</summary>

This review evaluates adherence to the Step C guidelines, including the quality of data sources and analytical methods used to assess submitted metrics. If the selection of local reviewers was not submitted for validation earlier, it will also be validated during this step.&#x20;

The first LandScale review must be successfully completed before proceeding to the second LandScale review. While the local review may be planned and initiated in parallel, local reviewers should not be asked to complete their review questions until after the first LandScale review is finalized.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Local review</summary>

Conducted by the designated local experts, this review considers potential data quality limitations identified during the first LandScale review. Local reviewers also provide feedback on the draft reassessment results, contributing to the overall robustness of the findings.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Second LandScale review</summary>

This final review is conducted after the local review has been completed. It evaluates adherence to the local review guidelines and verifies that all feedback from both the first LandScale review and the local review has been adequately addressed in the final reassessment results.

</details>

By completing these three stages, the reassessment results are thoroughly refined and validated. This rigorous process ensures the credibility, reliability, and overall quality of the reassessment results, providing confidence to stakeholders and users relying on the outcomes for decision-making.

## Documentation requirements

The following materials must be submitted through the LandScale platform for the first review:

* Final list of all datasets used in the reassessment, including documentation of any changes from the baseline assessment (e.g., updated sources, new methodologies, or modifications to data collection approaches).
* Summary of the methods used to process and analyze data to derive metric results, highlighting any differences from the baseline assessment. If methods remain unchanged, this should be explicitly stated.
* If there are differences between baseline and reassessment data sources or methodologies, documentation of how risks of misinterpreting trends were mitigated when generating the reassessment results.
* If any human rights indicators within Goal 2.2 are included in the assessment scope, documentation demonstrating how these were assessed in accordance with the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines). Optionally, this documentation may also be submitted for any user-added human rights-related indicators.&#x20;
* Documentation of how the governance indicators within Goal 3.2 that require the use of the [Sustainable Landscapes Rating Tool (SLRT)](https://www.climate-standards.org/sustainable-landscapes-rating-tool/)—specifically 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, and optionally 3.2.4—were assessed, as outlined in the [required stakeholder engagement activities](/reassessment-guidelines/step-a/develop-stakeholder-engagement-plan#required-stakeholder-engagement-activities).
* Metric results for all metrics for which reassessment results were generated.
* Tracking progress against targets and milestones (if established):&#x20;
  * Identification of achieved targets and milestones, including the date of achievement.&#x20;
  * Specification of any new landscape targets and milestones, ensuring they use the same—or clearly convertible—units of measurement as the corresponding metric(s).
* Proposed selection of local reviewers, in accordance with the [guidelines](/reassessment-guidelines/step-a/identify-and-register-local-reviewers) (if this selection was not already validated in a prior step).
* Documentation of the proposed local reviewers' expertise. This may include CVs, resumes, course certifications, or other suitable evidence.

## Review criteria&#x20;

The first review will confirm whether the following requirements of Step C have been fulfilled:

* Metric results are complete and presented in the required form, as specified in the [Performance Metrics Description Table](https://docs.landscale.org/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/landscale-assessment-framework#metrics).&#x20;
* Comparability with the baseline assessment:&#x20;
  * Metric results use the same—or clearly convertible—units as the baseline assessment to enable direct comparisons.&#x20;
  * Any changes to methods, data sources, or the scope of the assessment are clearly documented and justified, with adequate plans in place to mitigate the risk of misinterpretation.
* Metric results include statements of limitation for any results where significant limitations may exist, in line with the [guidelines](/reassessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps).&#x20;
* The metric results, based on a review of data limitations and analysis methods, do not have evident data quality deficiencies that would render them substantially incorrect or misrepresentative of landscape conditions. This evaluation is not based on specific local knowledge but may include consultation with local reviewers or other experts regarding source data and analysis methods.
* Any human rights indicators within Goal 2.2 included in the assessment scope were reassessed in accordance with the [Human Rights Assessment Guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/additional-resources/human-rights-assessment-guidelines), and adequate documentation of this process has been submitted.&#x20;
* The relevant governance indicators within Goal 3.2 (3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3) were reassessed using the [Sustainable Landscapes Rating Tool (SLRT)](https://www.climate-standards.org/sustainable-landscapes-rating-tool/), and adequate documentation of this process has been submitted.&#x20;
* Local reviewers were selected in accordance with the [guidelines](/reassessment-guidelines/step-a/identify-and-register-local-reviewers). At least one qualified local reviewer per indicator is required, though engaging two reviewers per indicator is recommended to strengthen credibility and balance perspectives. A single local reviewer may evaluate multiple indicators across different goals or pillars, provided they meet the required criteria for expertise and landscape knowledge for each indicator. If the assessment team is unable to meet the recommended number of two reviewers, validation may still proceed—as long as the minimum requirement of one reviewer per indicator is met.&#x20;

### Identification of issues requiring further attention

The review will assess the above-mentioned requirements for documentation and the quality of data and metric results. It will determine if any data sources or metric results exhibit one or more of the following three issues, requiring further attention from the assessment team:

1. **Insufficient documentation:** Additional information is needed regarding the data selection process, data quality, and/or data analysis methods.
2. **Potential data quality deficiency:** Based on the evidence reviewed, the result may be significantly incorrect or misrepresentative of the landscape's conditions. Results with unresolved quality deficiencies will not be validated or published.
3. **Undocumented data quality limitations:** While the result appears substantially correct and representative, it may lack sufficient spatial resolution, sampling intensity, disaggregation, full spatial coverage, or other characteristics needed for a reasonably complete and nuanced understanding of landscape performance and trends. Such limitations must be documented. Results with documented quality limitations may still be published, provided these limitations are disclosed alongside the result.

The LandScale team will provide metric-specific comments to the assessment team, outlining any additional documentation requirements, potential quality deficiencies or limitations, and suggestions for addressing these issues. In some cases, the LandScale team may request further documentation or clarification to resolve gaps or determine the presence and nature of potential quality issues before completing its review and issuing findings.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FfviNMY5TuQ3YmBtiKku7%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=af1b9b57-b6c5-47e6-839a-2ecf8fb58f4f" alt=""><figcaption><p>The LandScale team may request additional documentation or clarification prior to finalizing the first review.</p></figcaption></figure>


# Address findings from the first review

The assessment team must review the findings from the first LandScale review before proceeding to the local review. In a reassessment, these findings may relate to inconsistencies between reassessment and baseline assessment data, changes in available datasets, or methodological updates. Based on the findings, the team should take the following actions as appropriate.

## Address additional documentation needs

If the findings indicate missing or insufficient documentation, the assessment team must upload the required documentation to the LandScale platform before proceeding to the local review. This step ensures that all documentation gaps are resolved prior to advancing in the process.

## Address quality deficiencies or limitations

If the findings identify any potential quality deficiencies or limitations, the assessment team has two options:

1. **Resolve the identified issues before the local review:** In this case, the assessment team would address the deficiencies or limitations immediately and submit revised results, updated documentation, and any new source data for the local review. This approach is preferable if the team agrees with the findings and wants to expedite the validation process or avoid having the same issues flagged during the local review.
2. **Proceed with the local review as planned and address the issues afterward:** The assessment team may choose to defer addressing the identified deficiencies or limitations until after the local review but must resolve them before initiating the final LandScale review for Step C validation. This option may be more appropriate if resolving the issues would benefit from incorporating local perspectives or if it is considered more time or resource efficient.

The assessment team may independently choose between the two options for each issue raised in the first review findings. This means that the team could opt to resolve some issues immediately while deferring others until after the local review. This flexibility allows the team to tailor its approach to the specific nature and urgency of each issue.

If the second option is chosen, the LandScale team will include specific local review questions regarding the identified deficiencies or limitations. These questions will prompt local reviewers to comment on the identified issues, providing additional context and feedback.

### Methods to resolve quality deficiencies&#x20;

Quality deficiency findings may be resolved through the following approaches:

1. **Select alternative or supplemental dataset(s) and/or analysis method(s):** The assessment team can identify and utilize datasets or methods that better fulfill the Step C guidelines. Revised metric results should be generated based on the updated approach.
2. **Conduct primary data collection:** When necessary, the assessment team may proceed with collecting primary data to generate suitable and reliable metric results for the reassessment. If data collection methods differ from those used in the baseline assessment, document these changes and explain their implications.
3. **Mark the metric as 'data deficient' (if the above approaches are not feasible):** If neither alternative datasets nor primary data collection is viable, the metric (and corresponding indicators, as needed) may be marked as 'data deficient'. Metrics labeled as 'data deficient' will not be displayed in the landscape profile or report, nor will they undergo LandScale validation.

If option 1 or 2 is pursued, the revised metric result—along with updated documentation of datasets and methods—must be resubmitted for Step C validation, which includes the two LandScale reviews and the local review.

### Methods to resolve quality limitations

Quality limitation findings can be addressed by adding a limitation statement to the given result. The statement should clearly describe the identified limitations, particularly if data collection methods or sources have changed since the baseline assessment. Ensuring transparency about any differences between the reassessment and the baseline assessment is critical for tracking trends over time.

### Dispute data quality findings

If the assessment team disagrees with a finding of a potential data quality deficiency or limitation, they may provide additional documentation to substantiate their position instead of immediately pursuing resolution. This documentation must provide evidence that the data meet the required quality standards and/or do not exhibit the identified limitation.

* **Content of the additional documentation:** The documentation must directly address the [data limitations analysis criteria](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-limitations-analysis-criteria) outlined in Step B of the baseline assessment guidelines and respond specifically to the findings from the first LandScale review. It should also explain any relevant differences between the reassessment and the baseline assessment, particularly if methodology updates or external factors (e.g., changes in data availability) contributed to the flagged issue.
* **Timing and submission:** The additional documentation should be uploaded to the LandScale platform before the local review begins. This will allow local reviewers to consider the supplementary evidence as part of their evaluation.

During the final review, the LandScale team will evaluate the supplemental documentation alongside any relevant feedback from the local review to determine whether the additional information credibly refutes or sufficiently addresses the first review findings.


# Proceed to the local review

The local review is the second step in the Step C validation process. Conducted by designated local experts with landscape knowledge and relevant subject matter expertise, this review evaluates potential data quality limitations flagged during the first LandScale review. It also provides feedback on draft reassessment results, strengthening the overall robustness of the findings.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FlDrsRnfsuTXmk8OE3RAa%2FLandScale%20local%20reviewer%20comments.avif?alt=media&amp;token=0189580a-7e2c-4844-a1fa-59e90b5cdc55" alt=""><figcaption><p>Local reviewers will provide feedback in the comments section, which must be addressed by the assessment team.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Platform support for the local review

The LandScale platform is designed to streamline and support the local review process by enabling reviewers to:

* Register on the platform and log in with their own email address.
* Sign the Local Reviewer Agreement, and review and complete the Conflict of Interest Declaration for Local Reviewers.
* Watch a brief orientation video outlining the local review process and how to use the platform.
* Review the reassessment results and documentation for all indicators and metrics within their goal(s), with optional access to results from other goals for additional context.
* Provide structured feedback on the reassessment by completing the review questions for each metric.

If any reviewer is unable to use the LandScale platform due to technological, language, or cultural barriers, feedback may be collected through alternative means. Detailed guidelines on accommodating such situations is provided below.

## Scope and process of the local review

The local review encompasses all metrics the assessment team seeks to validate for publication at the given time. If the assessment team is pursuing pillar-level validation for Steps B and C, documentation may be submitted only for the specific pillar(s) undergoing validation. Results cannot be excluded from the local review unless the assessment team opts not to publish them, designates them as 'data deficient', or if they have been rejected by the LandScale team during the first review, thereby excluding them from Step C validation.

For reassessment, local reviewers will focus on evaluating changes in data and results compared to the previous assessment cycle. This includes assessing whether new data sources improve reliability, whether trends in the results align with expectations, and whether any adjustments to the methodology affect result interpretation.

The assessment team is responsible for coordinating the local review process, which entails the following activities:

1. Select reviewers.
2. Design the review process and format.
3. Orient reviewers.
4. Conduct interactive sessions with reviewers.
5. Collect feedback via standardized review questions.

After these activities are completed, the assessment team must address the feedback provided during the local review. They should also share the final reassessment results with local reviewers, accompanied by an explanation of how their feedback was addressed.

### Select local reviewers

The assessment team is responsible for identifying and recruiting eligible local reviewers who meet the guidelines outlined in the [identify and register local reviewers](/reassessment-guidelines/step-a/identify-and-register-local-reviewers) section. These reviewers should collectively provide both landscape-level knowledge and subject matter expertise across all topics within the reassessment scope. To validate their qualifications, documentation such as CVs, resumes, course certifications, or other suitable evidence showing their expertise must be uploaded to the platform. While the selection of at least one reviewer per indicator is required, LandScale recommends engaging a minimum of two reviewers per indicator to ensure a more robust review process.

The selection process begins with the assessment team contacting potential local reviewers to gauge their interest and availability. However, local reviewers cannot be confirmed until the proposed candidates have been reviewed and approved by the LandScale team.

Once a complete set of candidate local reviewers has been identified, it must be submitted to the LandScale team for validation before the local review begins. This submission typically takes place during the first LandScale review for Step C but may occur earlier if desired. If there is uncertainty about whether a candidate meets the selection criteria, the assessment team is encouraged to consult the LandScale team for guidance prior to finalizing the list of candidates.

### Design the review process and format

Given the diverse contexts in which LandScale assessments are conducted, our guidelines provides flexibility in designing the local review process to ensure it aligns with the intended purpose and maximises the value of this activity. When designing the local review process, the assessment team should plan how to facilitate each of the following components:

* **Orient reviewers to the reassessment results:** Local reviewers should be introduced to the reassessment results and the context in which they were developed. Further details on this component are provided in the [orient reviewers](#orient-reviewers-t) section.
* **Engage reviewers in discussions about the reassessment results:** The assessment team may choose to facilitate interactive conversations with local reviewers to explore the quality and interpretability of the results. While optional, this component is highly recommended. Further details are provided in the [conduct interactive sessions with reviewers](#conduct-interactive-sessions-with-reviewers) section.
* **Complete review questions for each metric:** Local reviewers must provide feedback by completing the review questions for each metric within their assigned indicator(s). The default process involves reviewers accessing the LandScale platform, but if this is not feasible, the assessment team should identify an alternative mechanism. Further details on this component are provided in the [collect feedback via standardized review questions](#collect-feedback-via-standardized-review-questions) section.

Once plans for each component have been developed, the assessment team should document the full local review process, including the schedule, logistics, and deadlines. This documentation should specify key dates, such as live orientation or interactive sessions, as well as the final deadline for submitting feedback. Any logistical requirements for live or in-person sessions should also be addressed. These details must be communicated clearly to all local reviewers to ensure alignment and smooth participation.

### Orient reviewers&#x20;

Once candidate local reviewers have been approved by the LandScale team, affirmed their roles and expectations, and registered on the LandScale platform, they must complete a two-part orientation. The orientation entails:

1. **General local reviewer orientation:** Local reviewers must watch an orientation video provided by LandScale, accessible on the platform. This video introduces reviewers to LandScale assessments, explains the purpose and scope of the local review, and outlines the roles and expectations for local reviewers. It also includes a brief demonstration of the platform’s relevant functions.
2. **Assessment-specific orientation:** The assessment team is responsible for providing an orientation tailored to the specific LandScale reassessment and results being reviewed. This orientation should cover:
   1. An overview of the landscape boundary, assessment scope (indicators and metrics), and the rationale behind their selection.&#x20;
   2. A comparison of the reassessment results with the previous assessment cycle.
   3. An explanation of how data sources were selected, along with any challenges or limitations encountered in accessing suitable data for each metric.
   4. A summary of how data were processed and the methods used to generate results.

The reassessment-specific orientation can be delivered live, via a pre-recorded video, or in another suitable format. The assessment team may choose to provide a single orientation session to all local reviewers, covering the entire assessment, or tailor sessions for each goal or pillar to give reviewers more in-depth insights into their specific topics while avoiding information overload. If interactive sessions form part of the local review process, the orientation to the draft assessment results may be incorporated at the start of these sessions.

While the orientation serves as an important foundation for local reviewers, it must remain factual and objective, summarizing the assessment process and results as documented by the assessment team. The assessment team should take care to avoid introducing bias or influencing reviewers' perceptions of the draft results or their findings.

### Conduct interactive sessions with reviewers

Interactive sessions are strongly recommended, though not required, to help local reviewers thoroughly understand and assess the draft results. These sessions also allow reviewers to triangulate their observations and feedback with those of other reviewers. The sessions may follow one or both of the formats below:

* **Bilateral:** The assessment team meets with each local reviewer individually to gather their preliminary feedback, answer questions, and provide further context on the assessment process. In this case, the suggested format is one-on-one remote meetings.
* **Dialogue:** The assessment team facilitates discussions among multiple local reviewers, enabling them to exchange views and, where appropriate, reach consensus on various aspects of the review. In this case, the suggested format is either in-person or virtual meetings, utilizing facilitation techniques and live input tools available in virtual meeting platforms to foster meaningful interactions.

The purpose of these sessions is to inform the individual feedback that each reviewer will provide in response to the [review questions](#collect-feedback-via-standardized-review-questions). By participating in interactive sessions, local reviewers can gain a deeper understanding of the draft results, their level of accuracy, and any potential limitations. However, these sessions do not replace the formal mechanism for individual feedback.&#x20;

The assessment team is encouraged to document any interactive sessions—such as through meeting or workshop minutes—as part of the overall assessment documentation.

### Collect feedback via standardized review questions

Local reviewers will provide feedback by answering a set of review questions for each metric within their review scope. These questions will be accessible once reviewers have registered on the platform and completed the Conflict of Interest Declaration. The assessment team should inform reviewers when they should complete the questions, based on the [overall review process](#design-the-review-process-and-format).

The review for each metric includes the following standard questions:

1. To the best of your knowledge, do the results reflect the actual conditions in the landscape?
2. To the best of your knowledge, do the reassessment results align with expected trends when compared to the previous assessment cycle?
3. Do you have any concerns about the result, underlying data quality, or limitations documented?&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FkC1xPFjkRMMZTPZTvS4a%2FLandScale%20completed%20local%20review.avif?alt=media&amp;token=8bca8692-7f6d-4988-a9d0-a6561c292e71" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of a completed local review process.</p></figcaption></figure>

In limited circumstances, additional questions may be added that are unique to particular metrics. Specifically, if the first review of Step C by the LandScale team identified potential concerns or limitations with the quality of results or underlying data sources that were not resolved by the time of the local review, the LandScale team may include questions for local reviewers on these potential concerns or limitations. Reviewers should answer these additional questions for any metric for which they are included.

Once a local reviewer has completed the review questions for a given metric, they will have the option to either approve or reject the metric. If rejected, this indicates that the local reviewer believes the metric should not proceed. However, even in the case of rejection, the metric can still be submitted for the second LandScale review, during which the LandScale team will assess whether the feedback from the local reviewer has been adequately addressed.

Whenever possible, local reviewers should respond to the review questions directly on the LandScale platform. If this is not feasible for certain reviewers, a member of the assessment team may receive the reviewers' responses through conversation, create a local reviewer account, and serve as a scribe to enter the responses into the platform on behalf of the reviewer. In this case, the scribe must directly transcribe and enter the reviewer’s responses without alteration. Prior to submitting the responses, the scribe should read them back to the reviewer to confirm that they have been entered correctly. Additionally, the username for this local review account must include the names of both the reviewer and the scribe, for example, '\[name of the scribe] on behalf of \[name of the local reviewer].'

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FdIaX0GTKOOMC9SgnHJe5%2FLandScale%20scribe%20account%20setup%20for%20local%20review.avif?alt=media&amp;token=bec21cac-2e14-40e1-951d-86958506c448" alt=""><figcaption><p>When serving as a scribe, enter the username in a way that clearly identifies the individual acting as scribe and the local reviewer they are representing.</p></figcaption></figure>


# Address feedback from the local review

Once local reviewers have entered their responses to the review questions on the platform, the assessment team should analyze the feedback, determine whether any clarifications are needed, and work to address the feedback as described below. If clarification is needed, the assessment team may contact individual reviewers to better understand the nature of their input and explore potential ways to resolve any identified issues.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FMfDO4JxrpazJ8lXppjNG%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=284d9ea2-8494-4932-9054-3c2442dbd5b0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FSsnWbdwLrlNiZWhwzwFD%2FLandScale%20local%20reviewer%20feedback.png?alt=media&amp;token=7b6df76d-4d91-45c5-b45d-1085f9432180" alt=""><figcaption><p>Local reviewer feedback can be made in the local language.</p></figcaption></figure>

Feedback from local reviewers may be addressed (and resolved, if necessary) in similar ways as feedback from the LandScale first review. In some cases, local review feedback may not require a specific resolution but should still be considered and responded to within the documentation that the assessment team produces in response to the local review.

Local review feedback, along with any unresolved feedback from the first LandScale review, may be addressed in one of the following five ways. These options for addressing feedback mirror those used for [addressing findings from the first LandScale review](/reassessment-guidelines/step-c/review-and-submit-for-validation/address-findings-from-the-first-review). However, Option 5 in this list is applicable only to local review feedback, not to findings from the LandScale review.

1. **Provide more documentation:** If feedback indicates the need for additional documentation, the assessment team should provide the necessary supporting documentation to address the specific deficiencies noted by the reviewers.
2. **Revise the assessment:** If feedback highlights a data quality deficiency, the assessment team may address it by taking one of the following actions:&#x20;
   1. Select alternative or supplemental datasets and/or analysis methods that better align with the [Step B guidelines](/reassessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps), then generate revised metric results based on this revised approach.
   2. Proceed with primary data collection and use the suitable primary data to assess the metric. If data collection methods differ from those used in the baseline assessment, document these changes and explain their implications.
   3. If neither of the previous approaches is feasible, the assessment team may decide to mark the metric (and the corresponding indicators as needed, consistent with [guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps-1)) as 'data deficient'. In this case, the result and corresponding LandScale validation findings for that metric will not be displayed in the landscape profile or report.
3. **Add a result limitation statement:** If feedback points to a data quality limitation, the assessment team can resolve it by adding an appropriate limitation statement to the result. This statement should clearly address the identified limitations of the data or methodology used.
4. **Refute the feedback:** If the assessment team disagrees with any feedback suggesting the need for more documentation or raising concerns about potential data quality deficiencies or limitations, they may provide additional documentation to demonstrate that the results are of adequate quality, free from the identified limitations, and adequately documented. The assessment team may also engage in verbal or written exchanges with the local reviewer or LandScale team to better understand and resolve differing opinions on the suitability of the result and documentation. The assessment team must provide written documentation of any such exchanges according to the guidelines stated here. The additional documentation should make specific reference the [data limitations analysis criteria](https://docs.landscale.org/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps#data-limitations-analysis-criteria) in the baseline assessment guidelines and directly address the feedback. For example, if the reviewer suggests a different dataset would have been better, the assessment team might document the strengths of the dataset they used relative to the one the reviewer recommended. This supplemental documentation should be shared with the reviewer(s) who raised the issue. If the documentation resolves the issue to the reviewer’s satisfaction, the feedback will be considered resolved. If it does not resolve the issue to the reviewer's satisfaction, the assessment team may either:
   1. Resolve the feedback through one of the first three options (providing more documentation, revising the reassessment, or adding a result limitation statement).
   2. Submit the unresolved feedback as part of the second review during the Step C LandScale validation, where the LandScale team will make a final determination on whether the issue remains unresolved.
5. **Justify why the feedback requires no action:** If the assessment team believes that specific pieces of local review feedback do not require any resolution, they should clearly state and justify this view. For example, comments about the status and trends of landscape performance that do not pertain to the quality of the reassessment and its results typically do not require action. An example could be: '*Household income in this landscape has been stagnant for 10 years despite strong national GDP growth. That shows a failure of our local government.*' Similarly, comments that call for changes to the reassessment scope, forms of information, or levels of detail that fall outside of the chosen reassessment scope, landscape boundary, or LandScale assessment guidelines do not require action.

If results were changed as a result of this process (e.g., Options 2a, 2b, or 3, listed above), the new or revised results (and any corresponding documentation and limitation statements) must be re-submitted for Step C validation, which includes the two LandScale reviews and the local review. This will be followed by a further round of analyzing and addressing feedback as necessary until any outstanding feedback has been satisfactorily resolved through one of the above-mentioned means.


# Proceed to final validation

Following the conclusion of the local review and the resolution of any feedback arising from both the local review and the first LandScale review for Step C, the proposed final reassessment results (including any revisions made as a result of the review process) will proceed to the final LandScale review for Step C validation.&#x20;

The final review consists of two components:

1. Validation of the local review process to verify whether it has adhered to all requirements.
2. Validation that any issues raised during the first LandScale review and the local review that require resolution have been satisfactorily addressed through the [provided resolution options](/reassessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review/address-feedback-from-the-local-review), ensuring that adequate results and documentation reflecting these changes have been uploaded to the platform.

After the final LandScale review for Step C is complete, all validated results will be automatically published on the corresponding landscape profile.

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FdaCoC3MD1PDk2bk5iQzW%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=47113324-bdb3-41cb-84dd-b4ca04cdf633" alt=""><figcaption><p>Once approved for validation, results are automatically published to the corresponding landscape profile.</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://1035924939-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FzQg3Ce5LVzQBKKnaPU7Y%2Fuploads%2FUyoNFCYLCF9SqHOpAsZL%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=1458c762-3d3f-4d5b-a38b-6df79f7a51bf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of validated results shown on a landscape profile.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Documentation requirements

The following materials must be submitted through the LandScale platform for the final review:

* Documentation of the local review process, forms of engagement with local reviewers, and Conflict of Interest Declarations for all the local reviewers, in accordance with the [local review guidelines](/reassessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review).
* Documentation of how the assessment team resolved each issue raised through the local review or the first LandScale review, following the [respective resolution options](/reassessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review/address-feedback-from-the-local-review) previously detailed.
* Final reassessment results—including associated limitation statements and documentation—reflecting any of the [previously detailed changes](/reassessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review/address-feedback-from-the-local-review).

## Validation criteria

The final review will confirm whether the following requirements of Step C have been fulfilled:

* The local review process was properly conducted in accordance with the [guidelines](/reassessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review).
* Local review questions for each metric have been answered by at least one qualified local reviewer.
* Each issue raised through the local review and through the first LandScale review was resolved according one of the [resolution options](/reassessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review/address-feedback-from-the-local-review).
* The reassessment results were updated to incorporate these resolutions.

The assessment team should follow up with the local reviewers by sharing the final reassessment results along with a summary of how their feedback was considered and addressed. Local reviewers will also be able to access the full reassessment—including the report and published results—directly on the platform. The assessment team should thank local reviewers for their service and pay any agreed-upon stipend. These steps conclude the local review process.


# Complete the reassessment

## Congratulations!

🎉 **Congratulations on successfully completing your LandScale reassessment!** 🎉&#x20;

This marks a significant milestone in your journey toward integrated landscape management, reflecting substantial effort and collaboration.&#x20;

## Share and celebrate results

Upon completion, it is important to share the results with all relevant stakeholders—including assessment team members and owners, local reviewers, and other partners involved in the landscape initiative. Transparent sharing ensures collective understanding and recognition of the work accomplished.

To increase visibility of this accomplishment and build community engagement, consider sharing the success on social media. LandScale may be tagged in any social media posts, prompting us to re-share and amplify the news and celebrate this achievement publicly. Results should also be incorporated into official reports to maintain a comprehensive and traceable record of progress.

> [<img src="https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/ca/LinkedIn_logo_initials.png" alt="LinkedIn" data-size="line">](https://www.linkedin.com/company/landscale/) [Follow us on LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com/company/landscale/)

{% hint style="info" %}
**Need support with writing a report and communicating impact?**&#x20;

The LandScale team is available to assist with preparing reports and communicating key findings. [Contact us](mailto:landscale@ra.org) for more information.
{% endhint %}

## Next steps

With this milestone achieved, attention can now shift to advancing initiative maturity and planning for the future.

* **Update the landscape action plan and finance strategy:** Revisit the landscape action plan and associated finance or funding strategy in light of the reassessment findings. Incorporate key learnings to refine priorities, adjust timelines, or reallocate resources as needed to better align with current needs and opportunities.
* **Fill in the** [**Landscape Initiative Maturity (LIM) evaluation**](/landscape-initiative-maturity/get-started-with-landscape-initiative-maturity)**:** LIM offers insights into the current status of the landscape initiative—the scale it operates at, details about its multi-stakeholder governance process or platform, its collective goals and actions, and its collective monitoring and reporting framework—and serves as a roadmap to support the identification of opportunities for strengthening impact and effectiveness.
* **Update the landscape profile:** Add any active interventions or investment opportunities in the landscape. Capturing these efforts promotes transparency, supports collaboration, and may attract future funding.
* **Plan for the next reassessment:** Scheduling the next assessment supports ongoing monitoring, helps measure progress over time, and informs strategic decision-making.

The LandScale team remains available to support further activities and provide guidance on subsequent phases.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Further reading and resources**

* For more information on integrated landscape management, refer to resources provided by the [1000 Landscapes for 1 Billion People](https://landscapes.global/guide/intro/) initiative, including their comprehensive guide on integrated landscape management practices.
* For support in navigating systemic change and working with complex systems, refer to the [Positive Tipping Points Toolkit](https://ptptoolkit.notion.site/), which provides guidance on understanding, identifying, and working towards tipping points.
  {% endhint %}


# About LandScale

LandScale is a collaborative initiative committed to delivering greater impact at scale by making credible information about landscape initiative maturity and sustainability performance accessible to all.

{% embed url="<https://www.landscale.org/initiative/>" %}

## Support and help resources

Need assistance? Browse our support resources or contact us directly at <landscale@ra.org> for personalized help.&#x20;

{% content-ref url="/pages/v7B97V2yU2joAPIBcrOQ" %}
[Support](/about/support/help-center)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Legal documentation

Access key legal documents such as our Privacy Policy and Terms of Use. These documents explain how your data is protected, define the terms for using the LandScale platform, and ensure transparency in our operations. They are designed to safeguard users' rights and uphold clarity and fairness.

{% content-ref url="/pages/XZjs5cSRVz0PdGD6eQs7" %}
[Legal documentation](/about/legal-documentation/privacy-policy)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Acknowledgements

We extend our sincere gratitude to the development team at [Earth Innovation Institute](https://earthinnovation.org/) for their dedicated work in bringing the LandScale platform to fruition. This groundbreaking initiative would not have been possible without their tireless commitment, technical expertise, and strategic vision, which have been instrumental in achieving our shared goals.&#x20;

Our deepest appreciation goes to the [BHP Foundation](https://www.bhp-foundation.org/en/) and [Walmart Foundation](https://www.walmart.org/) for their generous financial support. Their commitment to sustainable development and transformative change has been crucial in empowering us to undertake such ambitious endeavors.

Furthermore, we express our heartfelt gratitude to the [LandScale Steering Committee and Advisory Board](https://www.landscale.org/initiative/). Their strategic guidance, insightful feedback, and steadfast dedication have propelled the project forward, ensuring robust governance and adherence to our core mission. This collaboration has enabled us to navigate complex challenges and seize new opportunities, fostering innovation and sustainability at every stage. Together, with the support of these dynamic partnerships, we continue to drive positive change and promote ecological stewardship across diverse landscapes.


# Guidelines changelog

News, updates, and changes to the LandScale guidelines and documentation, organized by date.

{% hint style="info" %}
Instead of maintaining version numbers for the guidelines, all updates will now be tracked through this changelog for greater transparency and ease of reference.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary>20 April 2026</summary>

### What’s new?

The following updates have been made:

* The [profile setup and landscape initiative maturity](https://docs.landscale.org/) sections have been updated to reflect changes to the maturity framework and evaluation process.
* The [landscape initiative maturity](/landscape-initiative-maturity/get-started-with-landscape-initiative-maturity) section now includes step-by-step instructions on [how to complete the evaluation](/landscape-initiative-maturity/get-started-with-landscape-initiative-maturity/how-to-complete-the-evaluation) on LandScale, an overview of the [maturity framework](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework) and associated [maturity rubric](/landscape-initiative-maturity/landscape-initiative-maturity-framework/landscales-maturity-rubric) (which sets out progress levels for each sub-criterion), and updated [validation criteria](/landscape-initiative-maturity/get-started-with-landscape-initiative-maturity#explore-each-core-criterions-requirements) for each sub-criterion.

</details>

<details>

<summary>13 March 2026</summary>

### What’s new?

The following updates have been made:

* Climate mitigation project guidance has been published to support landscape initiatives in implementing high-integrity projects. A [new section under additional resources](/assessment-guidelines/additional-resources/climate-mitigation-project-guidance) in the assessment guidelines outlines the guidance’s purpose and structure, and links to the technical guidance document.

</details>

<details>

<summary>2 December 2025</summary>

### What’s new?

The following updates have been made:

* Revised wording in the [regenerative agriculture section of the assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/regenerative-agriculture-assessment-lens) to replace all mentions of 'the lens' with 'the assessment lens' for clearer, more consistent terminology.

</details>

<details>

<summary>18 November 2025</summary>

### What’s new?

The following updates have been made:

* The regenerative agriculture assessment lens has been published. This includes a [section in the assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/get-started/introduction-to-the-landscale-system/regenerative-agriculture-assessment-lens) that outlines its purpose, structure, and provides supplemental measurement guidance, as well as a detailed technical document on the lens available for download.

</details>

<details>

<summary>24 September 2025</summary>

### What’s new?

The following updates have been made:

* The [reassessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/reassessment-guidelines) are now live, providing step-by-step instructions for conducting a reassessment in LandScale, consistent with the platform design.
* Removed the requirement to demonstrate good faith efforts to recruit two local reviewers per indicator. Instead, the [review criteria for the first review](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/step-c/review-and-submit-for-validation#review-criteria) now specify that there must be at least one local reviewer per indicator.&#x20;
* Updated the titles of the [local review](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/step-c/address-comments-from-local-review) and [final validation](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/step-c/proceed-to-final-validation) sections to better reflect the workflow. Assessment results do not need to be actively submitted by the assessment team for these stages; they proceed automatically from the first review once feedback is addressed.&#x20;
* Added the Positive Tipping Points Toolkit to the 'further reading and resources' hint in '[Complete the assessment](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/step-c/complete-the-assessment#next-steps)', offering guidance on navigating systemic change in complex systems.

</details>

<details>

<summary>9 July 2025</summary>

### What’s new?

We’ve made a few minor updates to the [assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/) to strengthen guidance and support better planning:

* Added a brief description at the start of '[Register assessment team members](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/register-assessment-team-members)' to clarify what an assessment team is and what it does.&#x20;
* Moved '[Identify and register local reviewers](/assessment-guidelines/step-a/identify-and-register-local-reviewers)' to Step A to highlight the importance of early planning and budgeting, even though the local review takes place in Step C.&#x20;
* Included a note in '[Select data resources](/assessment-guidelines/step-b/select-data-resources-and-address-data-gaps)' to encourage assessment teams to proactively consider how they might address any data gaps or data-deficient metrics in future assessments.

</details>

<details>

<summary>20 May 2025</summary>

### What’s new?

The LandScale team is thrilled to launch our new guidelines on GitBook.

* We've transitioned from static PDF guidelines (version 1.1) to a dynamic GitBook format for easier access and maintenance.&#x20;
  * The new format includes AI-powered search functionality, the ability to export content as a PDF, and a feedback rating system to capture user satisfaction with the guidelines.
* The guidelines content has been updated to reflect the revised workflow and platform design.&#x20;
* The categorizations of indicators and metrics in the assessment framework have been streamlined.&#x20;
  * Previously:&#x20;
    * Indicators were categorized as *core*, *landscape-dependent*, *optional*, or *custom*.&#x20;
    * Metrics were categorized as *required*, *recommended*, or *user-defined*.&#x20;
  * Now:&#x20;
    * Indicators are categorized as either *core* or *additional*.&#x20;
    * Metrics are categorized as either *essential* or *complementary*.&#x20;

</details>

## Previous guidelines documents

Before May 2025, the LandScale guidelines (version 1.1) were provided as step-specific PDF documents. All previous guideline documents are available for download below:

{% file src="/files/m9vivahdYlvsmfBrJEwp" %}

{% file src="/files/W4chq8eYuPk96QNQsHPc" %}

{% file src="/files/ba5m26Gq7PkJ7b7aD4NG" %}

{% file src="/files/2zEvXOzEUpxYqk7dtjyP" %}

{% file src="/files/rCV5AgkFyJKWKguNkWre" %}

{% file src="/files/AwMQJOToWTsQH0d5p3Of" %}


# Platform changelog

News, updates, and changes to the LandScale platform, organized by date.

<details>

<summary>17 Aug 2026: Introducing Portfolios</summary>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2Fy50OOgf025StpiLj1c17%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=e0ac8885-790e-4cb9-8d40-84c2a0f9c7dc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## August 2026 Release

This release introduces **Portfolio**, a new LandScale feature that allows users to group multiple landscapes in one place, view key portfolio-level information, explore landscapes on an interactive map, and export consolidated data for reporting and analysis.

### What's new?

**Portfolio**

* Introduced a new Portfolio feature for grouping multiple LandScale landscapes
* Added portfolio-level metrics like landscapes, countries, funding, etc.
* Added landscape and organization information in one consolidated view.
* Added an interactive explorer.land map showing all landscapes within the Portfolio
* Enabled Portfolio settings for managing users, landscapes, organizations, privacy, and publishing
* Introduced consolidated Excel exports with multiple structured worksheets

The Portfolio page is designed as the main consolidated view of selected landscapes and can be made publicly accessible when published.

<figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2FwtruqESOKRY6vt4ah72R%2FScreenshot%202026-09-11%20at%205.19.36%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=3fc5bcce-dd8f-446a-9cab-21cccc3f0f1b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2FdMAmmvifASiJx3HtxDXe%2FScreenshot%202026-09-11%20at%205.20.27%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=8c897c51-5a96-48d4-a06a-ab0717256c39" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Improvements

* Added accent-insensitive search to platform, so names can be found regardless of accents or special characters
* **Help Desk now supports rich text formatting**, allowing users to structure content with options such as bold text and bullet points for clearer communication.
* Bug Fixes and Minor Enhancements&#x20;

</details>

<details>

<summary>09 June 2026: Integrating explorer.land</summary>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2Fy50OOgf025StpiLj1c17%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=e0ac8885-790e-4cb9-8d40-84c2a0f9c7dc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

## June 2026 Release

This release introduces [explorer.land](https://explorer.land/) maps within LandScale landscape profiles, creating a more visual and interactive way to explore landscape information. Users can now view landscape boundaries alongside environmental data layers, examine historical satellite imagery, and better understand changes in landscape conditions over time. The release also includes improvements to stakeholder information on profiles and user session reliability.

### What's new?

#### Explorer.land map integration

* Introduced interactive Explorer.land maps directly within LandScale landscape profiles
* Enabled users to explore landscape boundaries through a visual and interactive map experience
* Improved access to geospatial information alongside LandScale assessment results
* Added the ability to view landscape boundaries together with environmental data layers
* Integrated ESRI Wayback imagery to support the exploration of historical satellite images
* Enabled users to compare imagery from different periods and observe how landscapes have changed over time

<figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2Ft7apEoPsS1Q1b2yLnwfa%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=37167cdd-d366-41bb-9870-3577531f9720" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Issues fixed

**Security and Reliability**

* Improved session handling so active user sessions are renewed automatically
* Improved the overall reliability and continuity of the login experience

**LIM Improvements**

* Improved the visual presentation of stakeholder cards within landscape profiles
* Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements

</details>

<details>

<summary>21 April 2026: New landscape initiative maturity evaluation</summary>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2Fy50OOgf025StpiLj1c17%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=e0ac8885-790e-4cb9-8d40-84c2a0f9c7dc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### April 2026 Release

This release brings a new Landscape Initiative Maturity profiles evaluation interface and a modern profile experience. We have also introduced security updates and a stronger authentication process.&#x20;

#### What's new?

**Landscape initiative maturity evaluation and validation**

* Introduced the first version of landscape initiative maturity forms, including completion checks and submission support
* Added Core Criteria evaluation: scale, multi-stakeholder governance, collective goals & actions, and monitoring framework sections
* Created the validation workflow for maturity.

Find out more about [Landscape Initiative Maturity](https://docs.landscale.org/landscape-initiative-maturity).

**Landscape profiles and other interface enhancements**

* Improved how profile information is organized and displayed
* Improved multi-select fields across the platform
* Added new badges, separators, dialogs, and search improvements across the platform
* Updated notifications to better match the latest design style

<figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2F9QY6qyniS85IKK5lVnrq%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7e7f7b5c-c11b-4838-91b8-8656fd40112f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Issues fixed

**Security and Reliability**

* Improved account and data protection across the platform
* Improved file upload handling and reduced risk of upload errors
* Improved session handling for a more reliable login experience
* Improved platform stability and protection against misuse

**Platform experience**

* Improved how different parts of the platform work together
* Improved page structure and navigation for a more consistent experience
* Improved overall performance and responsiveness
* Applied more consistent styling and formatting across the platform

User experience

* Improved accessibility across the platform
* Updated maintenance page messaging and support contact details
* Renamed older profile fields to make outdated information clearer

</details>

<details>

<summary>17 June 2025</summary>

### What’s new?

We’ve introduced updates that improve navigation, notifications, UI clarity, and the Help Desk experience. These changes aim to enhance usability and streamline key workflows.

#### Assessment flow and user interface

* The step selector in Steps B and C now clearly highlights the current section you are in.
* The “view profile” option in the user menu has been renamed to “user settings” for clarity.
* Redirect from the Landscape Overview in Step A now functions properly.
* Profile pages now show the “views and results” button again.
* New notifications are sent:
  * When a user is added to an assessment team.
  * When a new section in Step B is validated.
  * When metrics are submitted for review in Step C (now grouped, as in Step B).

#### Dataset management

* Filtering datasets by metric or by role in the Datasets Manager now works as expected.
* Deleting datasets in the Datasets Manager functions correctly.
* 404 errors fixed for dataset links in the Sikasso assessment.

#### Help desk improvements

* UI updates in the Help Desk improve readability and alignment.
* The “type of issue” dropdown is now consistently displayed.
* The report-a-problem modal functions correctly again.
* Users can now upload any file type when reporting an issue.

#### Other updates

* Admin users can now save correctly in Step A.
* The “add organization” workflow in Step A has been improved for easier data entry.
* The contract details form in the pricing and contract section has been updated.

***

### Issues fixed

We’ve resolved a variety of bugs affecting data visibility, workflow consistency, and error messages across the platform.

#### Platform bugs and workflow fixes

* The password reset process now works as expected.
* Step C dataset links are now visible to users in the data entry dashboard.
* Fixed saving bug experienced by the assessor specialist in the TL Sui-river assessment.
* Reset password now works consistently across all user roles.
* Resolved issues with Admin user inability to save in Step A.
* Fixed bug where the conflict of interest declaration by a local reviewer could not be approved.

#### UI/UX fixes

* The Help Desk “type of issue” list is now correctly aligned.
* Upload field styling has been improved for consistency.
* The Help Desk now supports all file types for uploads.

</details>

<details>

<summary>9 June 2025</summary>

### What’s new?

We’ve made significant improvements across the platform to strengthen validation workflows, improve data management, enhance usability, and enable more robust user support. Key updates include:

#### Enhanced validation and assessment workflow

* Closed assessments are now locked to prevent unintended edits (Step C).
* Steps B and C are locked until pricing is validated and the assessment framework is installed, ensuring proper sequencing.
* Admin users are restricted from making changes in Steps A and B post-approval, reinforcing role-based validation.
* “Approve/Reject” buttons disabled for Admin in finalized Step A validations.
* Improved notifications: Step C alerts now include the assessment name and landscape name for better traceability.
* Temporary validation mechanism: Admins can now approve Landscape Boundary cards while the final validation flow is under development.

#### Document management and contracts

* Service Agreement PDFs can now be generated directly for admins.
* Resource limitations are now correctly displayed when viewing data resources.
* Placeholder logos added for organizations with no uploaded logo.
* Assessment section in profile page now displays helpful guidance if no assessments have been started.

#### Reassessment and user task flow

* Starting a reassessment now works smoothly without error.
* Outstanding tasks for Admins now redirect correctly.
* Conflict of interest logic for Local Reviewers has been improved – irrelevant fields are hidden if no conflict is declared.
* New task added for reviewers to confirm COI.

#### Explorer and visualization improvements

* Zooming in Explorer is now functional and smooth.
* Share links in Explorer now work correctly.
* Fixed overlapping text and buttons in Explorer metrics view.
* Map/chart upload inputs in Step C are now harmonized, and allow skipping upload entirely.
* Alert shown when deleting all units in Step C, improving user clarity.

#### General enhancements and admin tools

* New Admin user role created on the platform.
* Connect flow added to the contact section of profile pages.
* Improved button logic for Save/Next/Discard across steps.
* Landscape-Assessment naming convention now consistent across key components.
* Terms of Use and Privacy Policy pages now correctly load.

***

### Issues fixed

We’ve resolved a wide range of bugs to ensure a smoother, more intuitive platform experience:

#### Platform bugs and workflow fixes

* Fixed a critical bug preventing assessment data download in LandScale 1.0.
* File Manager pagination now works correctly.
* Fixed Help Desk ticket upload issues.
* Fixed the error page shown when submitting an already-existing assessment in Step A.
* Comments and automatic messages in Steps A–C now sync correctly.
* Step C comments now correctly save when submitted for validation.
* Deleted metrics-dataset links now remove cleanly.
* Resolved issue with 500 errors in DRL “Edit” button.
* Fixed role display bug in team tables – now filtered to relevant assessments only.
* Fixed “object object” text showing in reassessment modal.

#### UI/UX Fixes

* Landscape overview text fields now enforce correct character limits.
* Placeholder text added: *“This landscape initiative has not conducted a LandScale assessment.”*
* Fixed misalignment of subscription preferences toggle in profile settings.
* Fixed display of newly nominated local reviewers in Step C.
* DRL instructions field is now only visible to Admin users.

</details>

<details>

<summary>20 May 2025: LandScale Refresh</summary>

The LandScale team is excited to launch the refreshed LandScale platform.

<figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2FaBKmu3oTfvrIEXAtPrCx%2Fplatform.png?alt=media&amp;token=fb055c00-9b98-40f7-95bb-6bfbe5a3ec76" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### What's new?

The LandScale platform has been redesigned to offer a more intuitive and user-friendly experience. Learn more in the booklet below, available in English, French, Spanish, and Indonesian:

<table data-card-size="large" data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th data-type="files"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Download our refresh booklet (English version) to learn more.</td><td><a href="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2FzFEUpjLEJtCFAPIowHug%2FLandscale_Refresh%20Booklet.pdf?alt=media&amp;token=a2b04196-a234-44c1-be9c-f504a6d145df">Landscale_Refresh Booklet.pdf</a></td><td><a href="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2FpNzXea09id3r2TSAVpkD%2FScreenshot%202025-05-08%20103651.png?alt=media&amp;token=cfd8099a-cfb5-42a1-8bd7-b7fa216f6ff1">Screenshot 2025-05-08 103651.png</a></td></tr><tr><td>Download our refresh booklet (French version) to learn more.</td><td><a href="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2Fw5hYSzQ4U0wS0RPUPS7c%2FLandscale_Refresh%20Booklet%20(French%20Version).pdf?alt=media&amp;token=f708ec1c-9669-4f80-9f76-d2d06e8e5f96">Landscale_Refresh Booklet (French Version).pdf</a></td><td><a href="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2FGsGoFuHz6Nz2D3MwW5pZ%2FScreenshot%202025-05-08%20104001.png?alt=media&amp;token=25cfcbff-ff6b-4509-8cc2-7421af2e72bf">Screenshot 2025-05-08 104001.png</a></td></tr><tr><td>Download our refresh booklet (Spanish version) to learn more.</td><td><a href="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2FuUbQkIKhp5PV45U2eT1J%2FAssessment%20framework%2C%20version%201.0%20(Spanish).pdf?alt=media&amp;token=9358bbf4-5f26-4739-b971-b819a49458ad">Assessment framework, version 1.0 (Spanish).pdf</a></td><td><a href="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2FheM3qNT38TzepNAOezSA%2FScreenshot%202025-05-08%20104453.png?alt=media&amp;token=4ed9a971-7986-4df9-96a2-7b2137e0f529">Screenshot 2025-05-08 104453.png</a></td></tr><tr><td>Download our refresh booklet (Indonesian version) to learn more.</td><td><a href="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2F0db3SVu2Mra6cxStqPwG%2FLandscale_Refresh%20Booklet%20(Indonesian%20Version).pdf?alt=media&amp;token=474dabcb-6088-46be-bf2f-859caf998ac0">Landscale_Refresh Booklet (Indonesian Version).pdf</a></td><td><a href="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2Fb0xy0tenkdGzx52fD9q2%2FScreenshot%202025-05-08%20104540.png?alt=media&amp;token=167ed04e-7893-45f8-a6c8-c910810a03a5">Screenshot 2025-05-08 104540.png</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

### Why a refresh?

This update is grounded in valuable feedback from users over the years. The refreshed platform was developed to:

* Streamline and simplify the assessment workflow.
* Fix bugs that previously affected usability.
* Enhance the overall design to make navigation and task completion easier and faster.

We hope these improvements make it simpler and more efficient to carry out high-quality landscape assessments.

</details>

## Previous updates

Before May 2025, updates to the LandScale platform were recorded directly within the platform. All previously logged updates are listed in the file below:

{% file src="/files/Rpw4JlE1POwBi2ZxACas" %}


# Help center

To access the Help Center, log into your account and click the question mark icon on the right-hand side of your screen—accessible from anywhere within the platform.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2Fya5VtG1oozRZAXD3UI60%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=35779475-f4eb-45c6-9ecf-71ab05691465" alt=""><figcaption><p>The Help Center will always be accessible on the right-hand side of your screen.</p></figcaption></figure>

Within the Help Center, you will find a wealth of resources to guide you through the assessment process. These include step-by-step workflow explanations, FAQs addressing common questions, video tutorials, and a curated collection of external resources.

## Help desk and meeting scheduler

If you need additional help or run into specific issues, you can contact our support team via the Help Desk. The Help Desk allows you to report problems or concerns directly and receive timely, effective assistance. You can also use the Meeting Scheduler to book one-on-one sessions with our regional operations officers for personalized guidance.

<figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2F4R3Nur36r7NPqy5OFFAO%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=93c656a1-2f33-4b92-9b5c-e2a73abc67c6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Access the Help Desk from anywhere on the platform to quickly report an issue.</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Schedule time with your regional operations officer using the [Meeting Scheduler](https://outlook.office.com/book/LandScalesupport@raorg.onmicrosoft.com).
{% endhint %}

We welcome your feedback at any stage—your input is invaluable in helping us improve both the platform and the support we provide. You can share your thoughts through the Help Desk or by completing our in-platform satisfaction survey, accessible via the Help Center.

<figure><img src="https://187211138-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FXHJoLKPKadWUQA0FDxDN%2Fuploads%2FHlmKD2Hjx0GRa46JsPWz%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=85541919-ffdb-40d0-bb8a-f4cd033d3fde" alt=""><figcaption><p>Use the satisfaction survey to tell us about your experience.</p></figcaption></figure>

## Join the LandScale community of practice

We invite you to join our community of practice—a collaborative space for sharing insights, exchanging experiences, and learning from others working on similar initiatives. By participating, you’ll deepen your understanding, strengthen your approach to landscape-level assessments, and connect with peers navigating similar challenges. Learn more and discover how to join in the [community of practice section](/about/support/community-of-practice-coming-soon).


# FAQs

Browse our FAQs to find answers to the most common questions we receive about LandScale.

<details>

<summary>Who can create a LandScale account?</summary>

Anyone can sign up for free to create an account, view landscape profiles, and explore assessment results. [Sign up now](http://platform.landscale.org/auth/register).

It is also free to [create a profile](https://docs.landscale.org/) for a landscape initiative, and we are currently offering free validation of the [landscape initiative maturity](https://www.landscale.org/maturity-framework/) evaluation.&#x20;

For landscape assessments, find more information about [our pricing here](https://www.landscale.org/pricing/).

</details>

<details>

<summary>How is LandScale different from other sustainability tools?</summary>

LandScale is designed specifically to advance measurement and reporting at the landscape level. It offers holistic sustainability assessments and validated landscape initiative maturity evaluations—delivering insights into both the condition of the landscape and the effectiveness of the initiatives managing it.

The assessments integrate multiple data sources to provide holistic insights into the diverse, interconnected issues common to landscapes, and LandScale offers a unique two-tiered validation service to enhance the credibility of results. Learn more about [how it works here](https://www.landscale.org/how-it-works/).

</details>

<details>

<summary>What kind of landscapes are suitable for LandScale?</summary>

LandScale is adaptable to a wide range of landscapes, including agricultural areas, forests, and mixed-use regions.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Who can benefit from using LandScale?</summary>

Organizations, governments, and communities involved in landscape management can benefit from LandScale through its participatory process and the holistic insights generated by its assessments.&#x20;

Supporters of landscape initiatives—such as donors, investors, or partners—can also benefit by accessing information on both the maturity of initiatives and their overall sustainability performance.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Do I need technical expertise to use LandScale?</summary>

While technical knowledge can be beneficial, LandScale provides resources to support users of varying expertise levels.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Is LandScale available globally?</summary>

Yes, it is designed for application in landscapes worldwide.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Who is behind LandScale?</summary>

[Rainforest Alliance](https://www.rainforest-alliance.org/) and [Conservation International](https://www.conservation.org/) co-lead LandScale, guided by an expert panel of advisors. [Find out more in our website](https://www.landscale.org/initiative/).

</details>


# Community of practice (coming soon)

We have a vibrant community of practice and host monthly open-door sessions. Stay tuned for upcoming details.&#x20;

If you’re interested or would like more information, reach out to the LandScale team at <landscale@ra.org>.


# May 2025 refresh

## The LandScale refresh unveiled

The refreshed LandScale platform introduces a suite of improvements designed to streamline your experience and enhance usability. Below is what the new update offers:

* **Simplified assessment workflow**: Navigate assessments with greater ease thanks to our redesigned, more intuitive process.&#x20;
* **Enhanced user interface**: A modernized design improves usability and accessibility, making the platform easier to use.
* **Improved collaboration tools**: New features support seamless teamwork and better communication with stakeholders.&#x20;
* **Robust infrastructure**: Experience faster load times and more reliable access to services through a strengthened technical foundation.&#x20;

Explore these updates to make the most of your LandScale experience.

## What changed—and what you need to know

**New users:** Visit our updated [assessment guidelines](https://docs.landscale.org/assessment-guidelines/) for step-by-step instructions on how to conduct a landscape assessment with LandScale.

**Migrated users:** If you’ve been part of the migration process, we’ve provided detailed guidance to support your transition. Please review the FAQs for migrated users and additional documents below for information tailored to your needs.

### Refresh documentation

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="English" %}
Fact sheet: What's new

{% file src="/files/vfFznP2XnK1lN6yZqNKK" %}

Refresh booklet

{% file src="/files/Z3awPk267IpCL3sH01Jf" %}

Translated FAQs for migrated users

{% file src="/files/i6nNGD9MWH4s11BvcEUB" %}
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Spanish" %}
Información sobre el Refresh

{% file src="/files/YcmMoWZNe55Kb8hThj5P" %}

Preguntas frecuentes traducidas para usuarios migrados

{% file src="/files/4VsYcOHv2bvVBxBHqn9i" %}
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="French" %}
Informations sur l'actualisation

{% file src="/files/B77zGHvXCm15tdnobo60" %}

FAQ traduites pour les utilisateurs migrés

{% file src="/files/Nf0XMab9iplw2aQ725pu" %}
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Bahasa" %}
Informasi tentang Refresh

{% file src="/files/LL4VhRhVpeWe3qK6JYW7" %}

FAQ yang diterjemahkan untuk pengguna yang bermigrasi

{% file src="/files/jr7Y7SNzaK6prE19eNp1" %}
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

For further questions or personalized support, contact our support team through the [Help Center](/about/support/help-center).


# Privacy policy

> Last updated March 2025

LandScale is a system to assess and communicate trusted landscape-level insights that help organizations deliver improvements in sustainability at scale (“LandScale”).  The LandScale initiative is led by a Steering Group, consisting of Rainforest Alliance, Inc., a New York not-for-profit corporation (“RA”), and Conservation International Foundation, a public benefit corporation organized and existing under the laws of California, USA.  The LandScale system is operated by RA (”RA” “we”, “us”, “ours” and “our”).  When you interact with LandScale through this website, the LandScale platform (the “Platform”), subscribe to our newsletter, participate in one of our events, or otherwise contact us, we may collect certain personal information about you.&#x20;

This privacy policy (“Privacy Policy”) explains how we handle the personal information we collect and process.  This Privacy Policy applies to the services provided by LandScale, including the Platform, as well as your use of this website (collectively, our “Services”).  By using our websites or the Platform (together, the “LandScale Sites” or “sites”), or by providing to us your personal information when registering for events or other services, you accept the collection and processing of your personal information as described in this Privacy Policy.

## **What information do we collect?** <a href="#heading-h.c283ku54r2u6" id="heading-h.c283ku54r2u6"></a>

We collect the following information about you:

* Information that you give to us directly, including the following:
  * Contact details, such as: your name, email address, telephone number, organization, or any other details contained in an email signature.
  * Professional and employment information, such as: your job title and professional qualifications, country and region where you work, and other information contained in a CV.
  * Payment processing related information, such as: bank account number and digitized or electronic signatures.
  * Personal characteristics, such as: language preferences.
  * Feedback and comments about the Platform and Services.
  * Any other information that we may collect for specific purposes.
* Information we collect or receive automatically when you visit the LandScale Sites as part of general analytics on visitors, such as your Internet Protocol (“**IP**”) address (i.e. the unique address of your computer which makes it possible to recognize your computer), the type of browser used to visit the site, the date and time of your visit, the duration of your visit, and the pages that you visit.

## **How do we collect your information?** <a href="#heading-h.pr7hl262vb1g" id="heading-h.pr7hl262vb1g"></a>

We may collect and receive information directly from you when you, for example:

* Register and submit information on the Platform
* Subscribe to our newsletter
* Participate in our webinars, trainings or events
* Send a message through one of our online contact forms
* Fill in surveys via the Platform or otherwise
* Upload or send documents to us via the Platform or otherwise
* Email us
* Contract with us, receive a grant from us, or make a grant to us

We also collect information from you automatically when you visit or log into the LandScale Sites. For more information on the technologies used to collect visit and login information on our sites, see the Cookie Notice section below.

Additionally, we collect information about you when you choose to communicate with us or share information about us on social media platforms and social networking services (such as LinkedIn and Twitter) – for example, when you “like”, comment, or send us a message. For information on how your personal information is handled when you interact on social media platforms and networking services, please review the privacy policy of that platform or service.

## **Cookie notice** <a href="#heading-h.30j0zll" id="heading-h.30j0zll"></a>

### **What are cookies?**

A cookie is a small amount of data generated by a website and saved by your web browser. When you visit or log into a LandScale Site, we may collect information from you automatically through cookies.

When you visit a LandScale Site, you will receive a one-time cookie pop up consent wherein you are given the opportunity to consent to the use of cookies. Should you decide not to consent to the use of cookies, some functionality and Services related to your use of the site you visit may not work properly.

### **What do we use cookies for?**

We use cookies in a range of ways to improve your experience on the LandScale Sites, including:

* Understanding how you use the site, and
* To make the site easier to use and to better tailor your experience to your interests and needs.

Cookies can also be used to improve the speed of your future activities and sessions on the LandScale Site. We also use cookies to compile anonymous statistics with which we can gain insight into the way people use our sites, so that, for example, the structure and content of our sites can be improved.

### **What types of cookies do we use?**

We use on the LandScale Sites the following types of cookies:

* **Technically necessary.** These cookies are essential to ensure that our website functions properly. They allow you to navigate through the website and use our functionality.
* **Analytics.** These cookies help us understand, in the aggregate, how visitors interact with our website by providing information about the pages visited, the time spent on the website, and any problems encountered, such as error messages. This helps us improve website performance. We use Google Analytics to collect analytics information; visitors can opt-out of Google Analytics using the Ads Settings and by using the Google Analytics Opt-out Browser Add-on.
* **Functionality.** We use functionality cookies to recognize you on our Sites and remember your previously selected preferences. These could include language preferences and the region you are located in.
* **Marketing.** These cookies are used to display content that is relevant to you. They can be used to deliver targeted advertisements or to limit the number of times you see an ad. They also help us to measure the effectiveness of advertising campaigns on websites. We may use these cookies to remember websites that you have visited and we may share this information with other parties, including advertisers, advertising agencies, or advertising networks.

### **How can I manage or delete cookies?**

Most Internet browsers are set up to automatically accept cookies. You can change the settings on your browser to block cookies or remove cookies from your browser. If you disable the cookies we use, please note that some of our website features may not function as a result. For more information about cookies and how to manage them, visit [allaboutcookies.org](https://allaboutcookies.org/).

{% content-ref url="/pages/MVufF7zwwTTAxYI9gTN3" %}
[Cookie notice](/about/legal-documentation/cookie-notice)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## **How will we use your information?**

We use the information we collect and receive about you for legitimate business purposes, including the following:

* For the performance of a contract to which you are a party or in order to take steps at your request prior to entering into a contract:
  * To meet our contractual obligations and manage our business relationship.
  * To notify you about changes to our Services or terms of service.
* For our legitimate business interests:
  * To provide the functionality of our Services.
  * To email you about changes to our terms, conditions, and policies.
  * To reply to your inquiries.
  * To update and improve the Platform and our Services.
  * To email you about news, information about webinars, trainings and other events, or new features of our Services that we think you might like.
  * To analyze data, usage trend identification, new product or service development, or interaction improvement.
* For compliance with a legal obligation, or
* Where you have otherwise given consent to the processing of your personal data for one or more specific purposes.

## **Marketing** <a href="#heading-h.f6imjfvyk46i" id="heading-h.f6imjfvyk46i"></a>

If you have agreed to receive marketing communications from us, we will email you information about events, activities, or materials of ours that we think you might like. You may always opt out of marketing communications at a later date.

If you no longer wish to be contacted for marketing purposes, please email us at <landscale@ra.org>.

## **How will we share your information and with whom?** <a href="#heading-h.kttn5l1lxfcj" id="heading-h.kttn5l1lxfcj"></a>

We share your information to provide you with our Services, when we have your consent, or as described in this Privacy Policy.

***With our affiliates***. Your information may be shared among RA’s affiliates and subsidiaries.

***With your organization***. When you create an account or do business with us as an employee, representative, affiliate or member of an organization, we may share your information with your organization.

***With Registered Users in the Platform***. Within the Platform, we share information input by you or on your behalf in the Platform during registration and any subsequent Platform use (for example, your name, email address and your affiliated institution), (a) with members of your assessment team, and (b) with other Platform users outside of your assessment team, when any reports containing your information are published in the Platform by your assessment team.

***With vendors***. We share your information with companies or individuals that provide services to us under contractual arrangements. These companies are limited in their ability to use information they receive from us and may use information they receive only to the extent necessary for the purposes of providing the services for which we have engaged them.

***With other third parties***. We will also share your information with third parties in response to any legal process or when necessary to protect LandScale, RA and/or our Services. This includes where we have a good faith belief that: (a) it is necessary to respond to lawful governmental requests or legal processes (for example, a court order, search warrant, or subpoena); (b) the information is relevant to a crime that has been or is being committed; (c) an emergency exists that poses a threat to your safety or the safety of another person; or (d) is necessary to protect the rights or property of LandScale.

## **How do we store your data?**

We apply all reasonable technical and organizational measures to protect your personal information against loss or against any form of unlawful processing and shall impose such security obligations on any data processor we enlist.

We will keep records only for as long as they are needed for us to provide you with our Services, for the purposes outlined in this Privacy Policy, and to comply with our legal obligations.

## **European Union (EU) Users** <a href="#heading-h.3znysh7" id="heading-h.3znysh7"></a>

For data subjects whose data was collected or processed within the European Economic Area (“**EEA**”), please be advised that we may transfer your information to third countries outside of the EEA, which the European Commission (“**EC**”) may not have deemed “adequate” for information security purposes, including the United States. That data is transferred under adequate data transfer mechanisms, including the Model Clauses, which were approved by the EC. For questions regarding our data transfer mechanisms, please contact us at <landscale@ra.org>.

If your data was collected or processed within the EEA, you have the following choices and rights, subject to exceptions or requirements under current laws, including the European Union (“**EU**”) General Data Protection Regulation (“**GDPR**”):

* **Right of access**. You have the right to request copies of your personal data from us.
* **Right to rectification**. You have the right to request that we correct any information you believe is inaccurate. You also have the right to request that information you believe is incomplete be completed.
* **Right to erasure (“right to be forgotten”)**. You have the right to request that we erase your personal data, under certain conditions.
* **Right to restrict processing.** You have the right to request that we restrict the processing of your personal data, under certain conditions.
* **Right to object to processing**. You have the right to object to our processing of your personal data, under certain conditions.
* **Right to data portability**. You have the right to request that we transfer the data that we have collected to another organization, or directly to you, under certain conditions.

If you would like to exercise any of these rights, please email us at <landscale@ra.org>. Upon your request, we will respond to you within one month by: (a) complying with your request as soon as practicable; or (b) providing to you an explanation regarding our inability to comply with your request based on our legal obligations. If your request is complex, we may extend this period by an additional two months, and you will be informed about any such extension within the initial one-month period.

If you withdraw your consent to process your information, we will discontinue the processing of your information upon receipt of your withdrawal. However, any processing performed prior to your withdrawal remains a legitimate processing based on a valid consent at the time. We will not be under the obligation to reverse the processing.

Furthermore, you have the right to lodge a complaint with an EU supervisory authority should you feel that we have violated any of your rights as provided under the GDPR.

## **Other websites** <a href="#heading-h.ev2awez4526r" id="heading-h.ev2awez4526r"></a>

Our sites contain links to other websites. Our Privacy Policy applies only to our sites. If you click on a link that takes you to another website, please read their privacy policy.

## **Children's privacy** <a href="#heading-h.vuqiz8xjpxae" id="heading-h.vuqiz8xjpxae"></a>

Our Services are not directed toward children and we do not knowingly collect, use, or disclose personal information from children under the age of 16 without prior parental consent.

## Sensitive information

We ask that neither you nor your organization send us, or disclose to us, any sensitive personal information (e.g., social security numbers, information related to racial or ethnic origin, political opinions, religion or other beliefs, health, biometrics or genetic characteristics, criminal background or trade union membership), or any other personal information not explicitly requested by us, on or through the Services or otherwise to us.

## **Changes to this Privacy Policy** <a href="#heading-h.90f1t0e8a036" id="heading-h.90f1t0e8a036"></a>

We may update this Privacy Policy from time to time, so you should review it periodically. If there are significant changes to LandScale’s information practices, you will be provided with appropriate online notice.

## **How to contact us** <a href="#heading-h.2s8eyo1" id="heading-h.2s8eyo1"></a>

If you have questions or concerns about this Privacy Policy, please email us at <landscale@ra.org>.


# Terms of use

> Last updated February 2024

The LandScale Platform (the “**Platform**”) is an online information system provided by the LandScale initiative (“**LandScale**”) to assess and communicate trusted landscape-level insights that help organizations deliver improvements in sustainability at scale. The LandScale initiative is led by its Steering Group, consisting of Rainforest Alliance, Inc., a New York not-for-profit corporation (“**RA**”), and Conservation International Foundation, a public benefit corporation organized and existing under the laws of California, USA (together with RA, the “**LandScale Steering Group**”). And the LandScale platform is operated by RA (the “**LandScale Operator**,” “**we**”, “**us**” and “**our**”).

The following terms of use (“**Terms**”) govern your use of the Platform and any and all services made available by LandScale on the Platform (the “**Services**”):

In these Terms, the terms “**you**”, “**your**”, or “**User**” refer to you. The terms “**we**”, “**us**”, **“our”** or “**ours**” refers to the LandScale Operator. By creating an account and using the Platform, you agree to be bound by these Terms. If you are creating an account to use the Platform on behalf of an organization, then you are agreeing to these Terms for that organization and promising to us that you have the authority to bind that organization to these Terms (and, in which case, the terms “**you**”, “**your**”, or “**User**” refer to that organization). If you do not agree to be bound by these Terms, you should not accept these Terms, create an account, or use the Platform.

Your use of the Platform is also subject to the terms of any applicable Service Agreement signed by you or by any party that directly or indirectly engaged, commissioned, or requested you to participate in a LandScale assessment or to use the Platform (“**Service Agreement**”) and the [LandScale Communications and Claims Policy](https://platform.landscale.org/files/guideline/english/comms_claims.pdf), as may be updated from time to time (the “**Comms & Claims Policy**”).

## Definitions

The [LandScale Terms and Definitions](https://platform.landscale.org/files/guideline/english/terms_definitions.pdf) provides the definitions of terminology used within the LandScale program.

The following terms shall have the meanings set out below:

* **Assessment Owner:** An individual who initiates and controls an assessment on the LandScale platform
* **Assessment Co-Owner:** An individual who shares ownership of an assessment with the Assessment Owner
* **Assessment Lead:** An individual who plays the role of project manager for an Assessment Team
* **Assessment Specialist:** An individual who works on an assessment in a specific role
* **Assessment Team:** The group of individuals contributing directly to the creation of a LandScale assessment, consisting of the Assessment Owner, Co-Owner, Lead, and all Assessment Specialists
* **Local Reviewer:** An individual invited by an Assessment Team to review the results of a LandScale assessment prior to publication
* **Results Consumer:** An individual permitted to access published landscape profiles and reports.
* **Guidelines and Resources:** The entire set of documents made available on the Platform for use by an Assessment Team.

## Overview

The Platform may be used to conduct and validate LandScale assessments and develop and publish Landscape reports. All Users must meet LandScale’s registration requirements and be approved to use the Platform.Any use inconsistent with these Terms, the Comms & Claims Policy, or any applicable Service Agreement (including but not limited to the non-payment of any fees required under a Service Agreement) may result in the suspension or termination of your access to the Platform and/or access to your LandScale assessment by you or any Users linked to your LandScale assessment. We will not have any obligation to refund any fees if use of the Platform violates these Terms, the Comms & Claims Policy, or any Service Agreement.

## Registration and user accounts

1. Access to the Platform is made available only upon completion of the registration process. Upon approval of your registration, an account with a username and password will be provided to you.
2. You agree to provide us with current, complete and accurate information about yourself and your organization when completing the Platform’s registration form. Anyone registering as a User must be at least 18 years of age.
3. Once assigned an account username and password, you are responsible for keeping your username and password confidential and to safeguard and protect the access, use and security of your account information from unauthorized users. You are responsible for exercising complete control over all activities that occur within your account, including but not limited to uploading, posting and transmitting information to, on and through the Platform.
4. You agree to notify us immediately of any errors in your account information via our technical support channel. We may terminate an account if fraudulent, abusive, or other illegal activity occurs on the account, and may, at our discretion, refer such activity to the appropriate law enforcement agencies.
5. We reserve the right to refuse to open an account for any User at our absolute discretion, including but not limited to failure to provide sufficient information or documentation in connection with our registration requirements.
6. The rights and privileges provided to you under these Terms are solely for your and your associated organization’s benefit and are to be exercised only in connection with your use of the Platform. You may not assign, transfer or license any of the rights and privileges granted to you under these Terms other than as expressly permitted herein.
7. You may close your account at any time by sending a request via our technical support channel or by writing to us, in accordance with Section 14 (Term, Termination and Suspension) below.
8. If you have signed a Service Agreement:
   1. You are responsible for ensuring that a user is designated as the Assessment Owner at all times. If an Assessment Owner closes his/her account, you must ensure that a successor is designated to serve as Assessment Owner for your LandScale assessment to whom Assessment Owner usage rights shall be transferred.
   2. If a LandScale assessment does not have any Assessment Owner at any given time, we shall suspend access to the Platform for all linked Assessment Team members and Local Reviewers until a new Assessment Owner is designated as directed by the Assessment Owner's affiliated institution or institution that signed this Service Agreement

## Platform information terms and conditions <a href="#id-2bn6wsx" id="id-2bn6wsx"></a>

Each LandScale assessment may contain information input into the Platform by Users (the “**User Content**”). Users may input information into the Platform in accordance with the requirements and processes detailed in the Guidelines and Resources. Users may download, share, and publish information from the Platform in accordance with the Guidelines and Resources, the Comms & Claims Policy, and the provisions of this section.

The User agrees to the following terms regarding information entered into, manipulated, managed, or otherwise processed within, or extracted from, the Platform:

* 1. You are responsible for your User Content and ensuring that you have the necessary legal rights to share that information with us. You may not input non-public data or documents that you do not have the right to disclose (such as confidential information of others).
  2. You may not input source data (i.e. raw data that has not been further processed, analyzed, or transformed) unless explicitly permitted by the Platform’s user interface instructions in the Platform. You may upload a limited volume of supporting documents.
  3. It is your responsibility to instruct us – via the Platform’s publication permissions functions – regarding which User Content may be published. You acknowledge that any User Content you choose to publish will be made accessible to and may be used by any User.
  4. You will not input any information that you know or should know (based on the data suitability evaluation criteria detailed in Guidelines and Resources, or otherwise) to be erroneous or misleading, including interpretive statements about the LandScale assessment results. It is your obligation to correct any incorrect or inaccurate information held in the Platform and, if the information has already been validated, inform us in writing of any changes to that information.
  5. The Platform is intended solely to provide you with access to and use of the Services. It is not intended for use as a data backup or storage site, or for any other purpose. You are solely responsible for ensuring that you maintain copies of any User Content.
  6. In the event that you access any interface or information that is outside of your LandScale assessment and not published, you agree to (i) promptly notify us via our technical support channel or by writing to us and (ii) not disclose, disseminate, copy, or use any such information.
  7. Without any further consent, notice, compensation or right of attribution to you or others, you hereby grant us the right to use (a) any and all User Content input into the Platform, by you or on your behalf, whether published or not, and (b) data related to your use of the Platform (“**Usage Data**”) for the following purposes:
     1. To make the Platform and its Services available to you and other Users and to make improvements thereto;
     2. To prepare and publish analyses or reports for purposes aligned with the vision and mission of LandScale (including but not limited to identifying common data gaps, understanding and communicating LandScale’s reach and impact, or marketing), provided, however, that any information used for such purposes will be aggregated and/or anonymized prior to publication;
     3. To improve the LandScale program by adopting, adapting, or otherwise making use of custom indicators, metrics, or other elements of landscape assessment;
     4. To improve the LandScale program in other ways that do not involve disclosing User Content or Usage Data; and
     5. To develop future products and services under LandScale or by the LandScale Operator.

Further, you grant us the right to disclose User Content to third parties who have signed non-disclosure agreements with us for the purpose of researching, evaluating, monitoring, and analyzing topics related to landscape sustainability.

For the avoidance of doubt, information that is published by you or on your behalf on the Platform is not considered to be confidential.

1. You agree and acknowledge that LandScale shall be the sole owner of all data derived or inferred from user Content and/or Usage Data (“**Derived Data**”). For the avoidance of doubt, Derived Data will not be made publicly available without anonymization and/or aggregation.
2. We reserve the right to remove any information from the Platform, including any published reports, at any time if they violate these Terms or are harmful to the Platform, the LandScale program, or other Users as determined solely by us in our discretion.

## Acceptable use of platform

You are prohibited from:

1. Entering and using the Platform except as permitted under these Terms;
2. Obtaining unauthorized access to other Users’ information or data, or otherwise breaching or attempting to breach the security of the other Users’ information or data;
3. Misrepresenting yourself or your affiliated organization in connection with your use of the Platform, or knowingly uploading, posting or transmitting false, misleading, incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information;
4. Permitting unauthorized access to the Platform;
5. Uploading, posting, transmitting or disseminating any information that is offensive, libelous, defamatory, obscene, pornographic, vulgar, abusive, harassing, threatening, harmful to others or otherwise objectionable;
6. Distributing or posting spam, unsolicited, or bulk electronic communications, chain letters, or pyramid schemes;
7. Interfering with or disrupting the use of the Platform by the LandScale Operator or other Users;
8. Taking any action that may jeopardize the credibility, the purpose or the functionality of the Platform;
9. Using the Platform to circumvent or manipulate any fee structure, billing process, or fees owed to LandScale or the LandScale Operator;
10. Uploading, posting or transmitting a computer virus, worm or other contamination via or into the Platform;
11. Engaging in unlawful activities in connection with the Platform, or in activities which place the LandScale Steering Group, LandScale, or other Users at risk of civil or criminal liability; or
12. Otherwise acting in a way that may bring the Platform, LandScale, or the LandScale Steering Group into disrepute.

Any use inconsistent with these Terms may result in loss of access to the Platform, cancellation of your registration, or other legal action.

In the event that any activities you undertake in connection with the Platform are found to be fraudulent or illegal, we reserve the right to refer the matter to the appropriate government authorities.

## User acknowledgments

User acknowledges and agrees that the LandScale Operator is providing a service and, accordingly, User acknowledges and agrees that:

1. Neither LandScale, the LandScale Steering Group nor their members and their subsidiaries or affiliates have any special or fiduciary relationship to the User;
2. LandScale, the LandScale Steering Group and their members, subsidiaries and affiliates are not the User's agents or advisors;
3. These Terms create no relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise, or agency between the User and LandScale, the LandScale Steering Group or their members, subsidiaries and affiliates; and
4. The LandScale Operator may (1) temporarily or permanently cease to operate the Platform; and (2) terminate or suspend a User's access to the Platform in accordance with Section 14 (Term, Termination and Suspension).

## Intellectual Property

1. The LandScale Operator is the exclusive owner of LandScale and LandScale’s name, logo, trademarks, and websites (the “**LandScale Marks**”). Each member of the LandScale Steering Group is the exclusive owner of its respective name, logos, seals, certification marks and other trademarks. You may not reproduce or otherwise use the LandScale Marks or any marks of the LandScale Steering Group members without prior written permission from us. Nothing contained herein grants you with a license to use any marks of the LandScale Steering Group members
2. You agree to use the LandScale name and logo only in accordance with the Comms & Claims Policy. You must cease any use of the LandScale name or logo if we determine, in our sole discretion, that such use misrepresents or reflects poorly on LandScale or the LandScale Steering Group.
3. Other than your User Content (which shall be licensed to the LandScale Operator), the Platform, the materials within the Platform (including the Guidelines and Resources), and any and all intellectual property, including without limitation, any patent, industrial design, mark, copyright, proprietary information, design, process, method or methodology, technique, procedure, manual, research, tool, questionnaire, template, guideline, standard or know-how, and all aspects thereof, related to the Platform (the “**Platform IP**”), shall belong exclusively to, and may not be used in any way without prior written permission from the LandScale Operator or other than as expressly permitted under these Terms. No title to or ownership of the Platform IP, or any part thereof, shall be transferred to you as a result of your use of the Platform.
4. The Platform IP is proprietary to LandScale. You agree not to sell, license, rent, modify, distribute, copy, reproduce, reverse-engineer, transmit, publicly display, publicly perform, publish, adapt, edit, or create derivative works from, the Platform IP, including the Guidelines and Resources. You agree to keep the Guidelines and Resources confidential within your Assessment Team and not disseminate them outside of the Assessment Team. You may not alter documents downloaded from the Platform that are affixed with copyright notices.
5. You agree not to infringe the copyrights or other intellectual property rights of the LandScale Steering Group members, the LandScale Operator, or any other Users who input information into the Platform. You must report immediately to us any actual or suspected violations of copyright or intellectual property rights of which you become aware, whether such actual or suspected violation involves the rights of the LandScale Steering Group members, LandScale Operator, other Users, or any third party.
6. You agree that the LandScale Operator shall have perpetual, nonexclusive, worldwide, sub-licensable, royalty-free and irrevocable license to your User Content, including any custom indicators, metrics, or other elements of landscape assessment developed by you or your agents and submitted via the Platform, for purposes of delivering the Platform and its Services and improving the LandScale program.

## Representations, warranties, and covenants

You represent that:

1. If you are an organization, you are duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of your formation;
2. You have the full power and legal right and all corporate and other authority for you to enter into and perform your obligations under these Terms and engage in all activity on or relating to the Platform;
3. Prior to submission, you have examined the information submitted by you, or on your behalf, to LandScale via the Platform, and, to the best of your knowledge and belief, such information is accurate, complete and not misleading;
4. All rights, title, and interest in all information input into the LandScale Platform by you, or on your behalf, are held by, or licensed to, you or the User submitting such information on your behalf, or are otherwise derived from sources which are publicly available; and
5. Any publication of results bearing the LandScale name or logo outside of the LandScale Platform will be done in full accordance with the Comms & Claims Policy.

You further covenant that:

1. You will maintain your user ID and password in strict confidence;
2. If you are a (local) reviewer you are required to disclose outside interests. This entails filling out a form with various types of relationships, checking off any that apply to the reviewers and his or her family members, and specifying the details of any relationships that do apply. LandScale makes its Conflict of interest Policy available here
3. You will take all appropriate steps and precautions to safeguard and protect the access, use, and security of the Platform against unauthorized users; and
4. You will promptly notify us via our technical support channel of any suspected or actual unauthorized use of the Platform or other breach of security that you become aware of.

## Warranty disclaimers

1. The Platform and its contents are provided to you on an “as is” and “as available” basis. We make no representations or warranties, express or implied, with respect to the Platform or any portion thereof, including any warranties of merchantability, suitability, fitness for a particular purpose, title, or non-infringement of copyright, trademark or patent rights of others. We do not represent or warrant that the information or data available on or provided by the Platform will be accurate, complete, current, or error-free. We take no responsibility and assume no liability for any User Content in the Platform. We make no representations or warranties as to the Platform’s availability, reliability, adequacy, security, or freedom from bugs, errors, disruptions, defects, or viruses. Anyone who accesses the Platform is responsible for implementing their own procedures and protections against possible damage to hardware, software and systems.
2. We are not responsible for your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of third parties who input or review information in the Platform or from whom information is obtained for inclusion in the Platform. We are not responsible for any decisions made using the Platform or information from the Platform, including claims and LandScale assessment results.
3. We reserve the right to make changes or improvements to the Platform, its Services, the software behind the Platform, or to update or correct information or data on the Platform, at any time. The Platform may be unavailable for use during these activities.

## Limitation of Liability

1. The User assumes full responsibility and risk of loss resulting from use of the LandScale Platform and will have no claim whatsoever against LandScale, the LandScale Steering Group, and its members, subsidiaries, and affiliates. You use the Platform at your own risk.
2. To the maximum extent permitted by law, in no event shall LandScale or the LandScale Steering Group or its members, subsidiaries and affiliates be liable to User, any customer of User, or any other person and/or entity for any claim, demand, cause of action, damages, judgment or settlement, or for any loss or injury to earnings, profits, or good will, or for any direct or indirect consequential damages (including attorney fees and court costs) (“**Losses**”), arising out of or related directly or indirectly to: (1) the use of the Platform, (2) any failure or delay in including updated materials on the Platform, (3) any errors, omissions, or inaccuracies in User Content, (4) any libelous, defamatory, obscene, pornographic, vulgar, abusive, harassing, threatening, harmful or otherwise objectionable or illegal content on the Platform, (5) any infringement of another’s rights, including intellectual property rights, (6) any unauthorized access to or alteration of transmissions of information or data on the Platform, any failure of information or data to transmit, or any loss of data, (7) any bug, virus, trojan horse or the like that may be transmitted to or through the Platform by any third party, or (8) any decisions made or actions taken in reliance upon the Platform or information on the Platform, including any transactions or arrangements entered into in connection with use of the Platform.
3. This limitation of liability section applies whether the alleged liability is based on contract, tort, negligence, strict liability, or any other basis, even if we have been advised of the possibility of such damage. The foregoing limitation of liability will apply to the fullest extent permitted by law.

## Indemnification

You agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless LandScale, the LandScale Steering Group, its members, affiliates and subsidiaries, and its respective officers, directors, representatives, agents, designees, employees, consultants, service providers, suppliers, and successors and assigns (the “**LandScale Indemnified Parties**”), against any Losses arising out of or related to: (1) your use of the Platform; (2) your failure to comply with these Terms, including the breach of any warranty, representation or covenant made by you; and (3) your failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the Comms & Claims Policy.

## Privacy policy

Our [Privacy Policy](https://platform.landscale.org/files/guideline/english/privacy.pdf) describes how we collect and use your personal information when you visit our website, contact us, or use any of ours services, including the Platform.

## Communications

We may send you electronic mail regarding changes to the Platform or its Services. We may also send you electronic mail for the purpose of obtaining feedback on your use of the Platform. Information obtained by us through communications with you will be used to improve the Platform and better understand your needs. You are responsible for ensuring that your contact details as set forth in the Platform remain accurate at all times.

## Term, termination, and suspension

1. These Terms commence on the date you first accept them via the Platform’s acceptance function and will remain in effect until these Terms are terminated or updated.
2. Either you or we (each a “**Party**”) may terminate these Terms at any time (i) with cause, if the other Party fails in any material respect to observe or perform any of its obligations under these Terms, which failure is not remedied within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from the non-breaching Party specifying such failure, or (ii) with or without cause, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of termination to the other Party. Further, we may terminate your account immediately and without any prior notice if we have instructions to do so from your affiliated institution or organization.
3. We may suspend your account at any time and without prior notice if (1) your use of the Platform violates any provision of these Terms, (2) we believe your use of the Platform, as determined in our sole discretion, is harmful to the Platform, the LandScale program, or other Users, (3) you are in material breach of any applicable Service Agreement, or (4) we are instructed to do so from your affiliated institution or organization.
4. Upon termination or suspension, you will not be allowed to access your account or any information or data associated with your account. Subject to applicable data protection laws and regulations, we reserve the right to: (a) continue displaying, within the Landscape linked to you, your location, summary information, profile (if applicable), and any reports linked to you, at our discretion, and; (b) we may also maintain copies of any User Content, User Data, Derived Data, published results or reports, and any other data or information associated with a suspended or terminated account, and use such data or information in accordance with Section 4 (Platform Information Terms and Conditions) above. Termination or suspension shall not relieve you of any payment obligations by you of amounts outstanding under an applicable Service Agreement. If you believe termination or suspension of your account was made in error, please contact us at <info@landscale.org>.
5. Those provisions of these Terms that, by their nature and content, must survive the termination of these Terms in order to achieve the fundamental purposes of these Terms shall so survive. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sections 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 14 and 17 will survive the termination or expiration of these Terms.

## Notices

We may notify you via postings on the Platform, our website, via email, or any other means to the contact address you provide to us.

Other than communications required via our technical support channel, all notices given by you or required from you under these Terms shall be in writing and addressed to:

Rainforest Alliance, Inc.

Attn: LandScale Operator

27 East 28th Street 8th Floor New York, NY 10016 ,

Email: <landscale@ra.org>

## Trade control laws

You confirm that you are not, and will not, while using the Platform be (a) organized under the laws of or located in a country or territory sanctioned by the U.S. European Union (“**EU**”), or the United Kingdom-; (b) part of, nor owned or controlled by, the government of a country or territory sanctioned by the U.S., EU or the United Kingdom; or (c) subject to sanctions under U.S., EU, United Kingdom or other law, including through listing on a sanctions list or ownership or control by one or more parties subject to sanctions. You must promptly notify the LandScale Operator if you cannot comply with this section at any point while you are using the Platform or have an account in the Platform. You agree at all times to (i) comply with Trade Control Laws (as defined below); (ii) ensure that all of your agents and successors comply with Trade Control Laws; and (iii) refrain from taking any actions that would subject the LandScale Operator to penalties or adverse consequences under Trade Control Laws.

For purposes of this provision, “Trade Control Laws” means U.S., European Union (“EU”)/EU member state and United Kingdom sanctions and export control laws and regulations and other applicable sanctions regimes, including, without limitation, United Nations sanctions that are implemented by the national legislation of United Nations member states, the economic sanctions administered by the U.S. Treasury Department, Office of Foreign Assets Control and export control laws and regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry Security.

## General

1. To the extent permitted by law, these Terms shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, in the United States of America.
2. You agree that, in the event of any dispute, controversy or claim by you relating to these Terms, you and the LandScale Operator shall first seek to resolve the dispute through informal discussions. In the event that you and we do not resolve the dispute through informal discussions, you agree that any disputes shall be resolved as follows: (a) if you are domiciled in the United States, through litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction in New York City, New York, USA; (b) if you are domiciled outside the United States, through binding arbitration in New York City, New York, U.S.A, in accordance with the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Arbitration Rules as in effect at the time of the claim. The appointing authority shall be the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (“**ICDR**”). The case shall be administered by the ICDR under its Procedures for Cases under the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules. The language of the arbitration shall be English. The dispute shall be resolved by three arbitrators, who shall be appointed as follows: (i) you shall select one arbitrator; (ii) the LandScale Operator shall select another arbitrator; and (iii) within 30 days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, the two appointed arbitrators shall select the third arbitrator. If the arbitrators selected by you and the LandScale Operator are unable or fail to agree upon the third arbitrator, the third arbitrator shall be selected by the ICDR. The decision of the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties to the arbitration and their respective successors and assigns, and you and we agree that judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Except as may be required by law, neither you, we, nor any arbitrator(s) may disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of all parties to the arbitration.
3. In the event that any part of these Terms is deemed to be invalid or unenforceable pursuant to applicable law including, but not limited to, the warranty disclaimers and liability limitations set forth above, the remaining provisions of these Terms shall remain in full force and effect.
4. Our failure to exercise or enforce any right or provision contained in these Terms shall not constitute a waiver of that right or provision.
5. These Terms, together with any applicable Service Agreement and the Comms & Claims Policy, constitute the entire agreement between you and the LandScale Operator regarding the use of this Platform, and supersede all prior writings or understandings between you and the LandScale Operators with respect to the Platform.
6. If you have agreed to these Terms and a Service Agreement, in case of conflict, the provisions in the Service Agreement shall prevail over these Terms.
7. The LandScale Operator reserves the right to, and may from time to time, change or modify these Terms. It is your responsibility to review these Terms periodically because your continued use of the Platform signifies your acceptance of any changes to these Terms. The date on which these Terms was last modified shall be posted at the bottom.

If you have any questions or comments about these Terms or registration on the Platform, please contact <landscale@ra.org>.


# Cookie notice

> Last updated November 2022

## What are cookies?

A cookie is a small amount of data generated by a website and saved by your web browser. When you visit or log into a LandScale Site, we may collect information from you automatically through cookies.

When you visit a LandScale Site, you will receive a one-time cookie pop up consent wherein you are given the opportunity to consent to the use of cookies. Should you decide not to consent to the use of cookies, some functionality and Services related to your use of the site you visit may not work properly.

## What do we use cookies for?

We use cookies in a range of ways to improve your experience on the LandScale Sites, including:

* Understanding how you use the site, and
* To make the site easier to use and to better tailor your experience to your interests and needs.

Cookies can also be used to improve the speed of your future activities and sessions on the LandScale Site. We also use cookies to compile anonymous statistics with which we can gain insight into the way people use our sites, so that, for example, the structure and content of our sites can be improved.

## What types of cookies do we use?

We use on the LandScale Sites the following types of cookies:

* **Technically necessary.** These cookies are essential to ensure that our website functions properly. They allow you to navigate through the website and use our functionality.
* **Analytics.** These cookies help us understand, in the aggregate, how visitors interact with our website by providing information about the pages visited, the time spent on the website, and any problems encountered, such as error messages. This helps us improve website performance. We use Google Analytics to collect analytics information; visitors can opt-out of Google Analytics using the Ads Settings and by using the Google Analytics Opt-out Browser Add-on.
* **Functionality.** We use functionality cookies to recognize you on our Sites and remember your previously selected preferences. These could include language preferences and the region you are located in.
* **Marketing.** These cookies are used to display content that is relevant to you. They can be used to deliver targeted advertisements or to limit the number of times you see an ad. They also help us to measure the effectiveness of advertising campaigns on websites. We may use these cookies to remember websites that you have visited and we may share this information with other parties, including advertisers, advertising agencies, or advertising networks.

## How can I manage or delete cookies?

Most Internet browsers are set up to automatically accept cookies. You can change the settings on your browser to block cookies or remove cookies from your browser. If you disable the cookies we use, please note that some of our website features may not function as a result. For more information about cookies and how to manage them, visit [allaboutcookies.org](https://allaboutcookies.org/).


# Conflict of interest policy for local reviewers

> Last updated February 2023

## Purpose <a href="#id-9ejksesgfc07" id="id-9ejksesgfc07"></a>

The purpose of this guideline is to provide local reviewers with information concerning conflicts of interest, when and why it is important to disclose any conflict of interest and how LandScale will manage the conflicts of interest disclosures.&#x20;

## What is a conflict of interest?

Conflicts of Interest occur when reviewers’ own interests, such as personal or work relationships, could influence the way they criticize/ audit/ review an assessment. A conflict of interest is thus when an individual or organization has two or more duties, responsibilities, or interests (personal or professional) that cannot be fulfilled while one duty/ responsibility or interest is compromising the other. There are thus competing interests.&#x20;

Competing interests can be financial or non-financial, professional, or personal. Competing interests can appear in relationship to an organization or to another individual and should always be disclosed and if necessary, the person with the competing interest should disqualify themselves from involvement in the assessment to avoid compromising the study/ assignment.&#x20;

Common reasons for reviewers to recuse themselves from the review process may include but are not limited to:&#x20;

* The reviewer (or a relative) has a current or recent personal relationship/ works with the same institution or organization that is involved in such an assessment; &#x20;
* The reviewer has a current or recent financial relationship with the institution or organization that funded the research/ assessment;&#x20;
* The reviewer has a current or recent direct financial interest or other professional benefit from the review.&#x20;

In summary, any relationship that does not allow reviewers to evaluate the assignment objectively because of competing interests must be declared. Any associations which can be perceived by others as a conflict of interest must also be declared.&#x20;

## Disclosure

All potential reviewers will therefore be asked in the initial contact to state that they agree to review the assessment and that they have no financial, personal, or other conflict of interest that would interfere with performing an unbiased review. If a potential reviewer has questions about what might constitute a possible conflict of interest, the reviewer should contact the LandScale team. The LandScale team will make the determination - based on the information provided - as to whether the reviewer has a conflict that could affect their ability to objectively review the assignment.&#x20;


